- Email: [email protected]
Instruction Course
Instruction Courses
169
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES TUESDAY PM Course No.
Period
Room No .
T -4,5
11-MI
T -4,5,6 W-4,5,6
5-MI
6
Alper
Diagnosis and Surgical Management of Unilateral Exophthalmos
9
Armaly
Primary Glaucomas
12
Beale
Special Procedures in Oculoplastic Surgery
T-5,6
14
Bettman
Medicolegal Problems in Ophthalmology
T -4,5,6
210-MP
15
Beyer
Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
T -4,5,6 W-1 ,2,3
103 - MP
44
Ellis
Therapeutic Challenges
T -4,5
13-MI
47
Falls
Pathognomonic Ocular Manifestations of Systemic and Hereditary Disease States
T -5,6
7-MI
55
Forbes
Management of Primary Angle-Closure Glaucoma
T-4,5
17-MI
83
Helveston
Pediatric Ophthalmology Practice
T -4,5,6
216-MP
84
Hessburg
Advances in Instrumentation in Ophthalmology
T -4,5
215-MP
86
Hiatt
Strabismus: Advanced and Nonroutine
T-5,6
90
Hoskins
Trabecular Surgery in Glaucoma
T -5,6
202-MP
92
Hutchinson
The Management of the Postoperative Flat Anterior Chamber
T -5,6
209-MP
95
Jaffe
Lens Implant Surgery: Update 1980
T -4,5,6 W-4,5,6
214-MP
97
Johnson
Ptosis
T -4,5
213-MP
Kupfer
Methods of Clinical Research
T -4,5,6
111
Kushner
Adjustable Suture Strabismus Surgery
T-5,6
211-MP
124
McCrary
Clinical Neuroanatomy
T-4,5
204-MP
125
McKerricher
Newer Drugs in General Medicine: Ocular Implications
T-5,6
1- MI
130
Milder
The Lacrimal System: Diagnosis and Treatment
T -5,6
19-MI
132
Morgan
Hypnosis in Ophthalmology
T -5,6
101-MP
138
Ossoinig
Orbital Diagnosis: Integrated Use of Standardized Echography and Computerized Tomography
T -4,5,6
201-MP
142A
Parks
Horizontal Strabismus and Muscle Surgery
T -4,5,6
102-MP
1b8
Ruiz
The Diagnosis and Management of Small Melanomas of the Choroid
T-5,6
169
Shields
Secondary Glaucomas: Current Concepts, Diagnosis, and Management
T-5,6
203-MP
172
Sisler
Blepharoptosis: Prevention and Treatment of Complications
T-4,5
206-MP
175
Smith
Ophthalmology Basic and Clinical Science Course, Section 3: Intraocular Inflammation, Uveitis, and Ocular Tumors
T -4,5,6
20-MI
187
Trokel
Imaging Orbit Structures: Plain Film and Computerized Tomograms (CT Scans)
T -4,5,6
205-MP
'198
Willard
Practical Course in Ophthalmic Microsurgery
T -4,5,6 W-4,5,6
212-MP
'110
'Limited capacity
9-MI
4-MI
2-MI
3-MI
]70
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES TUESDAY PM Course No .
Single Period
Period
Room No.
205
Baylis
Correction of Deformities in Patients with a Prosthetic Eye by Surgical and Nonsurgical Methods
T -4
9-MI
230
Emery
Diagnosis and Management of Orbital Floor Fractures
T-4
19-MI
235
Fasanella
Complications of Cataract Surgery
T-4
203 - MP
236
Fetkenhour
Anterior Segment Photography and Fluorescein Angiography
T-4
202-MP
265
Kambara
Sources of Information for the Low-Vision Patient
T-4
3-MI
267
Kapetansky
Ocular Syndromes and Glaucoma
T-4
10-MI
278
Layden
Public Speaking for Physicians
T-4
1-MI
283
Lubkin
Cosmetic Blepharoplasty: Avoidance and Treatment of Complications
T-4
4-MI
321
Shields
Diagnosis and Management of Ocular Tumors
T-4
15-MI
341
Wainstock
Ultrasonic and Calculating Techniques for the Experienced Intraocular Implant Surgeon
T-4
208-MP
349
Weleber
Genetic Counseling for the Ophthalmologist
T-4
209-MP
354
Wilson
"No Touch " Enucleation Technique
T-4
355
Wilson
Ocular Manifestations in the Diagnosis of Unusual Inborn Errors of Metabolism
T-4
211-MP
207
Bensinger
Practical Color Vision and Color Testing
T -5
15-MI
345
Webster
Current Concepts in the Treatment of Alkali Burns
T -5
10-MI
351
Wilkins
Techniques in Blepharoplasty
T-5
208-MP
357
Worthen
Applied Anatomy of the Eye and Orbit
T-5
261
Hoyt
Does the Baby See?
T -6
208-MP
271
Knapp
Paretic Strabismus
T-6
10-MI
279
Lemp
The Dry Eye: Diagnosis and Management
T-6
204-MP
289
Meltzer
Critical Evaluation of Scientific Literature
T-6
8-MI
290
Mills
Supervision of Visual Field Technicians
T-6
15-MI
303
Ravin
Fine Art and Ophthalmology
T-6
206-MP
311
Sacks
Neuropathology for Ophthalmologists
T-6
215-MP
315
Scheie
Cataract Extraction: Routine and Complicated
T-6
13-MI
325
Smart
Malpractice Countersuits
T-6
11-MI
8-MI
8-MI
171
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES WEDNESDAY AM Course No. 3
Period
Room No.
Allansmith
Allergy and Immunology of the Eye
W-1,2
202-MP
19
Bronson
Contact B-Scan Ultrasonography
W-2,3
207-MP
33
Clayman
Current Cataract Surgical Techniques and Their Complications
W-1,2,3 Th-4,5,6
101-MP
41
Dohlman
Medical and Surgical Aspects of Corneal Disease
W-1,2,3
19-MI
53
Flynn
Binocular Vision and Ocular Motility
W-1,2,3
201-MP
56
Forster
Diagnosis and Treatment of Difficult External Disease Problems
W-1,2,3
*63
Gager
Streak Retinoscopy I: Lectures and Demonstrations
W-2 ,3
213-MP
73
Grove
Orbit, Eyelids, and Lacrimal System
W-1 ,2
206-MP
89
Holladay
Essential Optics for the Ophthalmologist
W-2,3
211-MP
103
Kaplan
Immunology Update for the Practicing Ophthalmologist
W-1,2
15-MI
108
Kramer
Keratoplasty: Complications, Pitfalls, and Current Techniques in Detail
W-1,2,3
20-MI
112
Laibson
Treatment of Corneal and Conjuctival Infection and Inflammation
W-1,2,3
214-MP
117
Luntz
Problem Solving in Glaucoma
W-1,2
1-MI
118
Lynn
Techniques of Quantitative Perimetry
W-1 ,2
11-MI
120
Maumenee
Anterior Segment Surgery
W-1,2,3
123
McCord
System of Reconstruction and Repair of Full Th ickness Eyelid Defects
W-1,2
3-MI
141A
Ostler
External Diseases of the Eye
W-1 ,2,3
7-MI
147
Polack
The Eye Bank and the Donor Cornea
W-2,3
4-MI
151
Raab
The Strabismus Examination : Performance and Interpretation
W-2,3
203-MP
153
Rao
Extended Wear of Soft Contact Lenses
W-1,2
205-MP
154
Reeh
Newer Concepts in Malpositions of the Eyelids : Their Etiology and Management
W-2,3
165
Schlaegel
Essentials of Uveitis
W-1,2,3
102-MP
170
Shock
Phacofragmentation of Cataracts and Other Planned Extracapsular Cataract Techniques
W-1,2
210-MP
173
Smith
Management of Complications in Ophthalmic Plastic Surgery
W-2,3
208-MP
176
Smolin
Ocular Immunology
W-2,3
216 - MP
200
Worst
Lens Implantation Sutured. Iris Medallion Type Lenses
W-1 ,2
215 - MP
*Limited capacity
5-MI
204-MP
8-MI
]72
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES WEDNESDAY AM Course No.
Single Period
Period
Room No. 8-MI
203
Bannon
Spectacle Lens Problems in Aphakia and Nonaphakia
W-1
213
Burris
Practical Applanation Tonometry
W-1
223
De lIapo rta
Trepano- Trabeculectomy (TTE): Ten Years Experience
W-1
2-MI
268
Keeney
Injuries and Protection from Ophthalmic Lenses and Frames: New Materials , New Standards, and What You Can Achieve
W-1
13-MI
274
Kwitko
Glaucoma in Infants and Children
W-1
203-MP
285
Maltzman
Toric Soft Lenses
W-1
209-MP
298
Pfister
Systematic Approach to the Management of Corneal Disease : The Treatment of Corneal Perforations
W-1
lO-MI
301
Polack
Viscosurgery of the Anterior Segment
W-1
207-MP
317
Schlossman
Approaches to Oblique Muscle Surgery
W-1
216-MP
320
Shepard
Obtaining a "Soft" Eye: Vitreous Pressure Reduction Techniques
W-1
4-MI
334
Terry
The Quantitative Techniques Which Are Used with the Quantitative Surgical Keratomer for Astigmatism Control
W-1
17-MI
335
Tessler
Episcleritis and Scleritis
W-1
208-MP
336
Theodore
External Diseases of the Eye Due to Allergy
W-1
9-MI
224
Della Rocca
Lid and Canthal Reconstruction
W-2
17 - MI
244
Giles
Childhood Uveitis
W-2
209-MP
299
Pico
Techniques in Lacrimal Surgery
W-2
9-MI
327
Spinak
Cytology and Pathology as an Aid in the Study of Ocular Disease
W-2
lO-MI
331
Sugar
Clinical Specular Microscopy
W-2
2- MI
340
Wadsworth
Orbital and Lacrimal Surgery
W-2
13-MI
212
Bullock
Ophthalmic and Systemic Disease
W-3
205-MP
215
Chamberlain
Management of Strabismus Update
W-3
13-MI
216
Chandler
Ophthalmia Neonatorum : Diagnos is and Therapy
W-3
15-MI
238
Reiland
Senile Ectropion and Entropion
W-3
2-MI
243
Gasset
Contact Lenses for the Practicing Ophthalmologist
W-3
1- MI
245
Gillman
Profiles of Complications in Cataract Surgery: Pathogenesis and Prevention
W-3
210 - MP
247
Grizzard
Principles of Human Genetics
W-3
206-MP
252
Harbin
Glaucomatous Visual Field Defects, Correlation with Optic Disc Cupping
W-3
209-MP
254
Hardesty
Superior Oblique Surgery
W-3
215-MP
300
Pi co
Surgery for Pterygium
W-3
9-MI
312
Safir
Understanding Retinoscopy
W-3
l1-MI
318
Shepard
Diagnosis and Treatment of Intraocular Lens Complications
W-3
17-MI
329
Stewart
Complications of Filtering Operations and Their Management
W-3
3-MI
339
Veronneau Troutman
Recent Advances in Strabismus Therapy: Fresnel Prism Membranes
W-3
202 - MP
352
Williamson
Outpatient Cataract-Implant Surgery
W-3
10-MI
211-MP
173
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Condensed Schedule of MUL TIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES WEDNESDAY PM Course No.
Period
Room No.
4
Allen
Clues to the Diagnosis of Commonly Overlooked or Misdiagnosed Fundus Diseases
W-4,5,6
20-MI
20B
Burde
Basic Neuro-Ophthalmology
W-4,5,6
7-MI
23
Calhoun
Surgery of Strabismus
W-4,5,6
207-MP
28
Cavanagh
Management of Common Office Problems in Cornea External Disease
W-4,5,6
203-MP
40
Diddie
Vitrectomy Techniques for the General Ophthalmologist
W-5,6
208-MP
42
Donn
The Medical and Surgical Management of Corneal Diseases
W-4,5,6
59
Frenkel
Neuro-Ophthalmology of Childhood
W-5,6
201-MP
*64
Gager
Streak Retinoscopy II: Laboratory
W-4,5
213-MP
67
Gitter
Argon Laser Photocoagulates: Advanced Course
W-4,5,6
101-MP
70
Goldberg
Dyslexia and Learning Disabilities
W-5,6
74
Guyton
Automated Clinical Refraction
W-5,6
91
Hoyt
Pediatric Neuro-Ophthalmology
W-4,5
106
Kaufman
Corneal and External Disease: Newer Aspects
W-4,5
205-MP
142B
Parks
Horizontal Strabismus and Muscle Surgery
W-4,5,6
102-MP
144
Phelps
Slit-lamp Microscopy of the Anterior Chamber Angle and Ocular Fundus
W-5,6
13-MI
146
Poirier
Limbal Corneal Disease
W-4,5
9-MI
150
Putterman
Basic Orbit Radiology for the Ophthalmologist
W-5,6
210-MP
155
Reeser
Perforating Ocular Injuries: A Comprehensive Approach
W-4,5
211-MP
157
Robertson
Chorioretinal Disorders
W-4,5
216-MP
168
Shields
Diagnosis and Management of Fundus Diseases
W-4,5,6
206-MP
174
Smith
Clinicopathologic Correlations in Ophthalmology
W-4,5,6 Th-1,2,3
19-MI 19-MI
179
Soil
Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
W-4,5,6 Th-4,5,6
103-MP 103-MP
186
Tripathi
Pathophysiology of Glaucomas and Rationale of Current Surgical and Medical Treatment
W-5,6
202-MP
189
Troutman
Refractive Keratoplasty: Basic Principles and Techniques
W-4,5
15-MI
193
Walsh
Retinal Vascular Disease
W-5,6
10-MI
195
Weinstein
Clinical Visual Electrical Physiology (ERG, EOG, and VEP)
W-4,5
209-MP
196
Wilensky
Current Concepts in Angle-Closure Glaucoma
W-4,5
8-MI
201
Wright
Practical Approach to Diseases of the Orbit
W-4,5,6
1-MI
'Limited capacity
2-MI
4-MI 215-MP 3-MI
174
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES WEDNESDAY PM Course No.
Single Period
Period
Room No.
208
Bettman
One-Day Intracapsular and Extracapsular Surgical Techniques without Phacoemul sification: With Application to Intraocular Lens Implantation
W-4
210
Boyden
Vitreous Hemorrhage : Diagnosis and Management
W-4
232
Ernest
Fluorescein Angiography, Angioscopy, and Fluorophotometry
W-4
204-MP
239
Fraunfelder
Cryosurgery for External Disease Including Skin Malignancies
W-4
201-MP
255
Hartstein
Extended-Wear Contact Lenses in Aphakia
W-4
208-MP
256
Havener
Techniques of Posterior Segment Cryotherapy
W-4
17-MI
275
Landers
Use of Intraocular Gas in Retinal and Vitreous Surgery
W-4
202-MP
286
Marmor
The Management of Retiniti s Pigmentosa (and Allied Diseases)
W-4
11-MI
310
Sa bates
Basic Approach in the Management of Intraocular Foreign Bodies
W-4
10-MI
347
Weinstock
Bifocal and Multifocal Contact Lenses
W-4
210-MP
269
Kingham
Retrolental Fibroplasia
W-5
11 - MI
292
Murphree
Pediatric Ophthalmology Update
W-5
17-MI
209
Blumberg
Modern Diagnosis and Treatment of Migraine
W-6
216-MP
222
Daily
Biomicroscopy of Vitreous and Fundus Oculi
W-6
3-MI
231
Enoch
Modern Techniques of Quantitative Perimetry
W-6
15-MI
237
Folk
Diagnostic Problems in Strabismus
W-6
213-MP
270
Klingele
Optic Neuritis : Differential Diagnosis and Treatment
W-6
205-MP
272
Koller
Practical Amblyopia Therapy
W-6
209-MP
302
Purnell
Clinical B-Scan Ultrasonography
W-6
11-MI
328
Sprague
Congenital Anomalies of the Visual Pathway
W-6
17-MI
330
Straatsma
Trophic-Tractional Degeneration of the Peripheral Retina
W-6
211-MP
344
Weber
Radiology of Benign and Malignant Lesions of the Orbit
W-6
9-MI
358
Zinn
Peripheral Retinal Degenerations
W-6
8-MI
215-MP 4- MI
175
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
~
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES THURSDAY AM
Course No.
Period
Room No.
Abrams
Management of Ocular Trauma with Vitrectomy Instruments
Th-2,3
15-MI
Acers
Clinical Neuro-Ophthalmology
Th-1,2
215-MP
*16
Blaydes
New Microsurgical Sutures Used in Cataract Wound Closure for Correction of Postoperative Astigmatism and Fixation of Intraocular Lens
Th-1,2
212-MP
17
Bloome
Retinal and Choroidal Dystrophies
Th-1,2,3
17-MI
361A
Boniuk
Ocular and Adnexal Tumors
Th-1,2,3
16-MI
18
Boruchoff
Controversial Topics in Ophthalmology
Th-1,2,3
103-MP
21
Byer
Peripheral Retinal Lesions in Profile: Examination, Diagnosis, and Management
Th-2,3
102-MP
27
Cavanagh
New Concepts in Extended-Wear Hydrogel Lenses for Corneal Diseases and Aphakia
Th-1,2,3
208-MP
29
Chandler
Corneal Physiology for the Practicing Ophthalmologist
Th-1,2
9-MI
48
Farkas
Hereditary Diseases of the Macula
Th-1,2
10-MI
49
Federman
Fluorescein Angiography: Basic Concepts
Th-1,2
206-MP
*60
Friedman
Binocular Indirect Ophthalmoscopy
Th-1,2,3
213-MP
65
Giles
Clinical Uveitis: Expert Consultation
Th-1,2
1-MI
68
Godfrey
A Clinical Approach to Uveitis
Th-1,2
2-MI
72
Grayson
Corneal Manifestations of Systernic Disease
Th-1,2,3
101-MP
79
Hartstein
Update on Hydrophilic Contact Lenses
Th-1,2
216-MP
82
Hedges
The Diagnosis and Management of Headache
Th-1,2
85
Hetherington
Glaucoma: Problems and Cornplications
Th-1,2,3
202-MP
94
Irvine
Vitrectomy for the Cataract Surgeon
Th-1,2
214-MP
99
Jones
Medical and Surgical Therapy of Corneal Disease
Th-1,2,3
5-MI
119
Macherner
Pars Plana Vitrectomy: The Treatment of Retinal Detachments
Th-1,2,3
20-MI
121
Maumenee
Inherited Ocular Diseases
Th-1,2,3
204-MP
131
Milder
Problems in Presbyopia
Th-1,2
133
Novak
Ocular Trauma
Th-2,3
211-MP
139
Ossoinig
Standardized Echography: The Eye
Th-1,2,3
201-MP
141B
Ostler
External Diseases of the Eye
Th-1,2,3
7-MI
149
Potts
The Assessrnent of Visual Function
Th-1,2
8-MI
163
Schepens
Vitreous Surgery: 1980
Th-1,2,3
178
Sokol
The Visually Evoked Potential: Techniques and Clinical Applications
Th-2,3
13-MI
182
Steinberg
Expert Witness: Preparation and Court Appearance
Th-2,3
203-MP
190
van Heuven
Vitreous Examination in Vitreoretinal Diseases
Th-1,2
207-MP
194
Wand
Neovascular Glaucoma: Diagnosis, Causes, and Management
Th-2,3
210-MP
199
Wilson
Transient Loss of Vision
Th-1,2
209-MP
2
*Limited capacity
4-MI
3-MI
205-MP
176
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES THURSDAY AM Course No.
Single Period
Period
Room No.
258
Heckenlively
Current Concepts in Retinitis Pigmentosa
Th-1
11-MI
306
Reed
Congenital Corneal Anomalies
Th-1
210-MP
307
Roth
Pigmented Lesions of the Bulbar and Palpebral Conjunctiva
Th-1
211-MP
323
Kimbrough
Argon Laser Photocoagulation in Glaucoma and Anterior Segment Disease
Th-1
13-MI
337
Torczynski
Ocular Embryogenesis and Congenital Anomalies
Th-1
203-MP
356
Wood
External Disease Problems
Th-1
15-MI
260
Howard
Ocular Defects Due to Chromosome Errors
Th-2
11-MI
360
Boyd
When Intraocular Lenses and when Prolonged Wear Contact Lenses
Th-3
215-MP
211
Bronson
Intraocular Foreign Body Management: A Practical Approach to Magnetic and Nonmagnetic Particles
Th-3
206-MP
219
Coleman
Vitrectomy in Traumatized Eyes
Th-3
209-MP
220
Coles
Office Management of Uveitis
Th-3
228
Douvas
Vitrectomy Update: Techniques and Special Applications
Th-3
251
Halberg
Optic Disc in Glaucoma
Th-3
2-MI
262
Hutton
Vitreoretinal Complications of Intraocular Lenses
Th-3
3-MI
264
Jacobson
Clinical Applications of Retinal and Cortical Electrical Activity Recording
Th-3
8-MI
266
Kapetansky
Diagnosis and Management of Glaucoma
Th-3
9-MI
280
Levine
Medical and Surgical Treatment of Orbital Fractures
Th-3
1-MI
308
Ruiz
Optic Disc Lesions
Th-3
11-MI
313
Sanders
Aphakic Bullous Keratophathy: Etiology, Prevention, Surgical Therapy
Th-3
10-MI
338
Vaiser
Retinal Detachment and Pseudophakia
Th-3
214-MP
4-MI 216-MP
177
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES THURSDAY PM Course No.
Period
Room No. 4-MI
Aquavella
Specular Microscopy
Th-5,6
10
Asbury
Surgery of Complicated Extraocular Muscle Problems
Th-4,5
201-MP
361B
Boniuk
Embryology and Developmental Anomalies 16-MI
Th-4,5,6
216-MP
20C
Burde
Basic Neuro-Ophthalmology
Th-4,5,6
7-MI
22
Byron
The Business of Ophthalmic Practice
Th-4,5
214-MP
35
Conway
Vitrectomy Instruments and the General Ophthalmologist
Th-5,6
207-MP
36
Costin
Office Neuro-Ophthalmology
Th-4,5
203-MP
38
Cunningham
Diagnosis and Treatment of Lacrimal Disorders
Th-4,5
206-MP
66
Girard
Advanced Techniques in Ophthalmic Microsurgery Part II: Corneal Surgery
Th-4,5
208-MP
75
Haddad
Metabolic Eye Disorders: Diagnostic Technique
Th-5,6
77
Harbin
Chronic Angle-Closure Glaucoma: Diagnosis and Surgical Management
Th-5,6
78
Harris
Current Concepts in Extracapsular Cataract Surgery and Posterior Chamber Lens Implantation
Th-4,5,6
19-MI
80
Havener
Indirect Ophthalmoscopic Interpretation of Fundus Disease
Th-4,5
20-MI
93
Iliff
Oculoplastic Surgery
Th-4,5 F-1,2
2-MI 2-MI
96
Jampolsky
Strabismus Surgery
Th-4,5
98
Jones
Diagnosis and Management of Ocular Fungal Infections
Th-4,5,6
5-MI
102
Kalina
Management of Ocular Problems in Premature and Fullterm Infants
Th-4,5,6
8-MI
104
Karlin
New Horizons in Vitreoretinal Surgery
Th-5,6
107
Kelman
Introduction to Phacoemulsification and Aspiration and Modern Extracapsular Techn iques Including Anterior Chamber IOL Techniques
Th-4,5,6
215-MP
109
Kupfer
Clinical Guidelines for Photocoagulation in Diabetic Retinopathy
Th-5,6
204-MP
127
McTigue
A Basic Approach to the Management of Common Diseases of the Cornea
Th-4,5
15-MI
134
Nozik
Practical Uveitis
Th-5,6
11-MI
136
Ogden
Practical Office Electrophysiology
Th-4,5
211-MP
137
Okun
Specific Topics in Retinal Diseases: Management of Diabetic Retinopathy
Th-4,5,6
216-MP
143
Peyman
Pars Plana Vitrectomy
Th-4,5
145
Pierce
Surgery of Retinal Detachment
Th-4,5,6 F-1,2
210-MP 210-MP
161
Safir
Computers in Ophthalmology
Th-4,5
202-MP
*166
Schultz
Diagnostic Problems in External Disease
Th-4,5,6
212-MP
177
Smolin
Corneal Dystrophies and Degenerations
Th-5,6
17-MI
184
Tasman
Retinal Diseases in Children
Th-4,5
205-MI
191
von Noorden
Practical Aspects of Strabisums Management
Th-4,5,6
192
Wallow
Clinical Histopathologic Correlations of Diabetic Retinopathy
Th-4,5
8
*Limited capacity
9-MI 209-MP
102-MP
10-MI
1-MI
3-MI 13-MI
178
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES THURSDAY PM Course No .
Single Period
Period
Room No .
218
Cleasby
Vitreous Surgery as a Supplement to Cataract Surgery
Th-4
240
Frederick
Techniques for Producing and Presenting Vi sual Aids
Th-4
*259
Hovland
Small-Pupil Binocular Indirect Ophthalmoscopy
Th-4
281
Lichter
The Optic Disc in Glaucoma and Neuro-Ophthalmology
Th-4
284
Maltzman
Extended -Wear Contact Lenses: A Six-Year Experience
Th-4
204-MP
294
O'Malley
Ocutome Surgery for the Anterior Segment Surgeon
Th-4
17-MI
305
Record s
Bacterial Endophthalmitis : Diagnosis and Therapy
Th-4
11-MI
332
Taylor
Advanced Keratoplasty
Th-4
207-MP
346
Weingeist
Management of the Postoperative Retinal Detac hment Patient
Th-4
lO - MI
'316
Schepens
Ind irect Ophthalmoscopy
Th-5
213-MP
202
Abbott
Postoperative Corneal Complications : Prevention and Management
Th-6
214-MP
225
Diamond
Intraocular Management of Endophthalmitis
Th-6
202-MP
233
Esposito
Anesthesia in Ocular Surgery, Local, General , Neuroleptic Analgesia: Pre- and Postoperative Management Including Intraocu lar Lens
Th-6
211-MP
249
Hagler
Toxocara Canis Endophthalmitis: Surg ical Management
Th-6
205-MP
253
Hardesty
The Use and Abuse of Pri sms
Th-6
15-MI
287
Mcintyre
Extracapsular Cataract Surgery: The Man ual Procedure
Th-6
102-MP
288
McMeel
Practical Photocoagulation of Common Retinal Vascular Problems
Th-6
2-MI
291
Morse
Which Patients Should I Send for Fluorescein Retinal Angiography?
Th-6
13-MI
293
Novak
Occupational Ophthalmology
Th-6
203-MP
296
Ostler
Oculogenital Diseases
Th-6
208-MP
324
Singerman
Evaluation and Management of Proliferative Retinopathies
Th-6
201-MP
333
Tenzel
Cosmetic Blepharoplasty
Th-6
20-MI
350
Wilensky
Laser Therapy of Glaucoma
Th-6
206-MP
353
Wilson
Basic Ocular Mycology and Fungal Diseases of the Eye
Th-6
'Limited capacity
209-MP 9-MI 213-MP 4-MI
1-MI
179
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES FRIDAY AM Course No. 7
Period
Room No. 102-MP
Aquavella
Current Concepts in the Management of Corneal Disease
F-1 ,2
13
Benson
An Introduction to Color Vision
F-1,2
25
Carr
Visual Function and Electrodiagnostic Methods in Retinal Disease
F-1 ,2,3
19-MI
31
Charles
Advanced Endosurgery for the Posterior Segment Surgeon
F-1,2,3
211-MP
32
Choromokos
Ophthalmic Photography
F-1,2
102 - MP
37
Cotlier
Genetic Eye Diseases
F-1,2
202-MP
43
Drance
The Visual Field: Application and Technique
F-1,2 ,3
103 - MP
46
Epstein
Diagnostic Dilemmas in Angle Closure
F-1 ,2
51
Fine
Complications of Argon Laser Photocoagulation: Prevention and.Management
F-1 ,2,3
52
Flynn
Practical Management of Endophthalm itis
F-1 ,2
11-MI
54
Fonda
Low Vision
F-1,2
15-MI
58
France
Diagnosis and Treatment of Cataracts in Children
F-1,2
207-MP
61
Friedman
Controversies in Diagnosis and Therapy of Retinal and Vitreous Diseases
F-1,2
62
Fuller
Presurgical Evaluation of Eyes with Opaque Media
F-1,2
209-MP
71
Gombos
Selected Topics in Ophthalmologic Emergencies
F-l,2,3
214-MP
76
Hagler
Retinal Detachment : Discussion of the Major Specific Types with Emphasis on Prevention of Complications
F- l ,2
10- MI
87
Hoffer
Lens Calculation Course
F-l,2
212-MP
101
Judisch
Basic Genetics for Clinical Ophthalmology
F-l,2,3
204-MP
122
Mazow
Diagnosis and Management of Adult Strabismus
F-l,2,3
126
McPherson
Complications of Retinal Detachment Surgery : Diagnosis, Management, and Prevent ion
F-2,3
156
Ritch
Laser Iridectomy: Procedure and Pitfalls
F-1 ,2
159
Ryan
Diagnosis and Therapy of Macular and Retinal Vascular Disease
F-l ,2,3
160
Sachs
Office and Space Design for Ophthalmolog y
F-l ,2
164
Schepens
Retinal Detachment Panel
F-l,2
205-MP
167
Schwartz
Decision-Making in the Management of Glaucoma
F-l,2
101 - MP
180
Soper
Advanced Contact Lens Fitting
F-1,2
215 - MP
181
Stark
Anterior Segment Surgery Using Vitrectomy Techniques
F-l,2
208-MP
185
Thompson
Pupillary Signs in Clinical Diagnosis
F-l ,2
9-MI
13-MI 216-MP
7-MI
1- MI 203-MP 4-MI 20-MI 5-MI
3-MI
180
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES FRIDAY AM Course No.
Single Period
Period
Room No.
241
Freeman
The Punctum Plug: The Dry Eye and the Wet Eye
F-1
201-MP
246
Gills
Extracapsular Cataract Extraction and Insertion of the Posterior Chamber Lenses
F-1
17-MI
277
Lawwill
Practical Electrophysiology: ERG, EOG, and VER
F-1
203-MP
282
Long
Complications of Retinal Surgery
F-1
8-MI
204
Barber
Management of the Dry Eye Patient
F-2
8-MI
217
Cleasby
Surgery of the Orbit
F-2
17-MI
257
Hecht
Management of Recurrent Entropion and Ectropion
F-2
201-MP
273
Kraushar
Why Can't My Patient See 20120?: Simplified Evaluation of Macular Function
F-3
304
Raymond
Managing the Patient Who Complains of "Flashing Lights"
F-3
343
Waring
The Skin and Eye
F-3
4-MI
359
Lippman
Fitting of Oxygen-Permeable Contact Lenses
F-3
8-MI
9-MI 212-MP
Advance Order Form Advance orders for instruction courses will be taken from members whose 1980 dues have been paid and candidates until October 1. Nonmember orders will be processed from October 1 to 15. NO order will be filled unless accompanied by a check in the proper amount. Upon receipt of your advance order form, you 'Nill be preregistered; therefore, it will NOT be necessary to fill out a registration card at the meeting. Mail orders promptly to secure your course preferences. Every effort will be made to include your first choices. To complete this order form: • Fill in your complete name and address and indicate if you are a member, candidate or nonmember. • Specify your course preferences in the spaces below (include first, second and third choices). • Tally the number of course hours requested and indicate the total amount enclosed. Cut the entire page out of the program and mail to: American Academy of Ophthalmology, 1833 Fillmore, P. O. Box 7424, San Francisco, CA 94120. Payment is to be made at U.S. dollar equivalency at current rate of exchange. All orders originating outside the United States will be filled upon receipt of either (1) a draft written from a U.S. bank for U.S. currency or (2) a cashier's check from a foreign bank for foreign currency at the current U.S. conversion rate. (Type or Print)
Last Name
First Name
Middle Initial
Office Address City
State
_ _ Member
Zip Code _ _ Nonmember
_ _ Candidate
COURSE ORDER FORM FIRST CHOICE PERIOD
Course
T
1
AM
2
Author
SECOND CHOICE Course
Author
THIRD CHOICE Course
Author
3 T
4
PM
5
6 W
1
AM
2 3
W
4
PM
5
6 Th
1
AM
2 3
Th
4
PM
5
6 F
1
AM
2 3
Check all orders to ensure that single and multiple courses have not been inadvertently double scheduled during the same time slot, and that course numbers and authors are accurate. _ _ _ _ Total Hours ($7 a course hour)
_ _ _ _ Total Amount Enclosed
Instruction Courses November 4 - 7, • 980 McCormick Inn and McCormick Place Secretary for Instruction, Melvin L. Rubin, MD ADVISORY COMMITTEE Ronald S. Fishman, MD John W. Glotfelty, MD Malcolm N. Luxenberg, MD
Robert L. Stamper, MD Jonathan D. Trobe, MD Richard A. van Heuven, MD
Each year the Academy undertakes the challenging task of preparing the Annual Meeting program for its members. A major aspect of the meeting is the Instruction Course Program. It is the responsibility of this Secretary and the Instruction Advisory Committee to arrange a comprehensive, high quality, and balanced schedule of courses covering the major ophthalmologic categories. Every year, the course schedules are revised and updated-some courses are added, others retired-to offer a selection that we anticipate will be most valuable for the practicing ophthalmologist. This year there were 660 submitted applications, requesting more than 1300 hours of instruction time, and the Advisory Committee made priority judgments on every application. The task then was left to this Secretary to decide how best to meld the Committee's priority ratings with the time slots available. In fact, it was the availability of time and space that were the limiting factors, rather than the quality of the course offerings. In any case, for 1980, 683 instruction hours are being offered compared with 658 in 1979-with 309 highly rated courses being repeated. The latter includes 94 courses that, in our five-year review plan, were reviewed critically and in competing with new course applications were retained. Fifty-two new courses were added. The following describes the guidelines for submission of new or returning courses and the evaluation and scheduling procedures.
George O. Waring, III, MD Robert D. Whinery, MD
CRITERIA FOR NEW COURSES The Advisory Committee has determined that each course should cover important practical information in a concise manner. Consideration is given to the appeal of the topic, the number of courses already offered on that subject, the number of hours requested (shorter courses are easier to schedule), the qualifications of the instructors, and the anticipated attendance. The latter, though certainly not the primary consideration, is an important one. Further, to attract an audience, the instructor should be known or recognized as an authority in the field.
RETURNING COURSES In the past, if a course received good evaluations by the attendees, the instructor was almost automatically invited to present it again the following year. Some courses were being offered almost out of habit, without any restructuring, and some had become outdated despite reasonable evaluations. In 1979, the Advisory Committee initiated a new rule to avoid inordinate prolongation of courses that effectively squeeze out new course applications. Now, courses can be offered for a maximum of five years, after which time a reapplication is necessary. Obviously, after a number of years of" seasoning, " many courses become excellent and, thus, a significant percentage of those reapplying do gain a high enough priority rating to be chosen again.
NEW COURSES
TIME EXPANSION
There are always a greater number of new instruction courses submitted for consideration than there are hours available in the schedule; thus , some priority system is necessary for their allocation. After the Advisory Committee rates each application, the courses are accommodated to the facilities available.
The national inflationary trend seems to have spilled over into course hours. Returning instructors almost universally request additional hours for their courses. Realistically, there is insufficient time to permit routine expansion of courses without simultaneously sacrificing other valuable offerings.
183
184
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Actually, the Advisory Committee has found repeatedly that" more is not necessarily better. " Experience has shown that, generally, a popular instructor attracts a larger audience with shorter presentations than with longer ones! Nonetheless, the Advisory Committee closely scrutinizes all requests for additional instruction hours. Unfortunately, only a few can be awarded.
COURSE SUBMISSION GUIDELINES The standard form for both new and returning course applications can be obtained from the Secretary for Instruction and must be submitted prior to January 1. This deadline must be honored. If it is not rigidly observed, the course will be automatically cancelled. No more than two instructors per hour of instruction can be listed on the published abstract. In addition, no instructor can be involved in more than three courses in any given year. These rather arbitrary limitations were made in the effort to be fair to the large number of applicants, and to reduce the possibilities for scheduling conflicts in personnel and topic areas.
COURSE EVALUATION At the meeting, course attendees are given evaluation cards to complete following the course. These evaluations are of inestimable value in helping determine which courses are satisfying Academy members' needs. An overall course rating as well as constructive criticism of the instructors help emphasize the aspects of the course that warrant improvement. Hence, all course registrants are urged to complete their evaluation cards and to tum them in to the course monitor as they leave each teaching session. In addition, the Academy maintains attendance figures for each instruction course, and these are used by the Secretary to aid in the evaluations. A declining course attendance frequently indicates that the material being presented is no longer of major interest to Academy members. However, as long as attendance is "reasonable, " and there is an educational need for the topic, the course may be maintained when the registrants' ratings warrant it.
SCHEDULING The senior instructors of every course given at the meeting are notified in November or December as to the evaluations. Those invited to give their courses the following year must formally accept that invitation by returning a new application by the deadline date. Only when these applications and equipment forms have been returned to the Secretary can the scheduling process begin. Old courses are scheduled first, and this determines the number of slots available for new courses, which are awarded in order of their priority ranking. The scheduling process involves a large amount of shuffling of instruction course positions, rooms, and times, to reduce or eliminate conflicts for instructors giving multiple courses and to avoid competition between related courses as well as to hold down the audio-visual costs by scheduling courses with special equipment requirements into specific rooms. Within the context of these limitations, the staff also makes an effort to rotate the scheduled time and day of a returning course from one year to the next, though this is not always possible. After a tentative schedule is constructed, it is coordinated with the Secretary for Program in an effort to reduce the possibility of instructor and subject overlap with scientific papers. Once the instruction course section is confirmed, it is submitted to the Academy office for final preparation for publication in the printed program.
SUMMARY The members of the Advisory Committee, in conjunction with the Program Committee and the Academy's Board of Directors, are continually exploring methods of improving the educational value of the instruction program and ways of encouraging the largest possible number to participate in our educational courses at the least expense. The Advisory Committee welcomes suggestions that help accomplish these aims and improve the professional continuing education for all opthalmologists. MELVIN L. RUBIN, MD Secretary for Instruction
General Information At the Chicago Meeting, the instruction courses will be held in two facilities, McCormick Inn and McCormick Place, from Tuesday, November 4, through Friday, November 7. Throughout this section of the program and at the meeting, room numbers for the courses will be referenced with (MI) if located in McCormick Inn and (MP) if in McCormick Place. A listing of course rooms and their capacities follows these instructions. Courses will be held in the mornings and afternoons, Tuesday through Thursday and in the morning only on Friday. Both single-period, one-hour courses and multipleperiod courses for two or more hours will be offered. Tickets to multiple period courses are issued for the entire course unless specified otherwise. Tickets are $7.00 per hour. In the course abstracts, the condensed listing of courses, and on the course tickets, the day and time of each course is denoted by the following key: T W Course 1: 2: 3:
Tuesday Wednesday periods: 8:30--9:30 am 9:45-10:45 am 11:00-noon
order has been filled. It must be presented at the preregistration booths to obtain your registration packet, which contains your badge and instruction course tickets. No tickets will be sent through the mail. TICKET SALES AT THE MEETING Tickets will be on sale at the Instruction Desk located across from the main registration area in McCormick Place-R. R. Donnelley Hall. The bulletin boards there will indicate which courses are still available. REFUNDS If courses requested in advance are unavailable and it is impossible to substitute, a refund will be granted. Refund cards will be placed in these preregistration packets. These cards should be presented at the instruction desk for payment. No refunds will be made without the card or after noon on the closing day of the meeting.
Th Thursday F Friday 4: 5: 6:
ROOM CAPACITIES Listed below are the seating capacities for the rooms the Academy is using for instruction courses in both McCormick Inn and McCormick Place. Some courses are limited below the room capacities and this is noted in the condensed course listing.
1:30-5:00 pm 2:45-3:45 pm 4:00-5:00 pm
For example, a course in the T-1,2,3 time slot is a multiple-period course and is scheduled on Tuesday from 8:30 to noon.
McCormick Place
McCormick Inn
ORDERING ADVANCE TICKETS Room No.
At the end of the condensed listing of instruction courses is the form for ordering tickets in advance. Read the instructions carefully, specify your course preferences on this form, and return it to the Academy with a check. No orders will be filled without checks. Since the number of tickets for each course is limited, it is essential to list second and third choices for each period. In every case, efforts will be made to provide your first choices. In the case of multiple-period courses, you may wish to specify preferences for single-period courses as substitutes in those time slots in case all multiple-period courses are sold out. All orders for tickets will be filled according to the postmark on the envelope containing the check. Telegrams will not be honored.
Lobby Level 1-MI 2-MI 3-MI 4-MI Second Level 5-MI 7-MI 8-MI 9-MI 10-MI 11-MI 12-MI 13-MI 14-MI 15-MI 16-MI 17-MI 19-MI 20-MI
CONFIRMATION OF ORDERS As soon as an advance order is filled, a postcard listing the courses reserved for the subscriber will be mailed. This postcard is your confirmation that your 185
Seating Capacity 82 85 85 85 337 337 72 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 60 97 150
Room No.
Seating Capacity
Mall Level 101-MP 102-MP 103-MP
345 345 345
Lobby Level 201-MP 202-MP 203-MP 204-MP 205-MP 206-MP 207-MP 208-MP 209-MP 210-MP 211-MP 212-MP 213-MP 214-MP 215-MP 216-MP
248 156 117 117 117 117 156 248 133 133 133 200 200 400 125 175
Course 1 Thursday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 15-MI
Gary W. Abrams, MD, Miami, FL Harry W. Flynn, MD, George W. Blankenship, MD, Don R. May, MD
Management of Ocular Trauma with Vitrectomy Instruments The rationale for vitrectomy in traumatic injuries is presented utilizing experimental and histopathological studies. Preoperative evaluation, including ultrasonography and electroretinography, is discussed. Using case presentations and didactic discussions, surgical techniques for management of anterior and posterior segment injuries and removal of intraocular foreign bodies with vitrectomy instruments are presented.
Course 2 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 215-MP
Thomas E. Acers, MD, Oklahoma City, OK Henry JL.Van Dyk, MD, William T. Shults, MD
Clinical Neuro-Ophthalmology This is not a course in basic neuro-ophthalmology. Instead, it is aimed at those physicians interested in clinical neuro-ophthalmology who feel comfortable with basic neuro-ophthalmologic examination and diagnostic methods. Selected cases will be presented to illustrate common (and not so common) diagnoses in neuro-ophthalmology with attention directed to the features in each case that provide clues for proper management.
Course 3 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 202-MP
Mathea R. Allansmith, MD, Boston, MA Mark B. Abelson, MD, Mitchell H. Friedlander, MD, Herbert E. Kaufman, MD, Stephen R. Waltman, MD
Course 5 Tuesday-Periods 2 and 3
This course is designed to give the ophthalmologist background in basic ocular immunology and eye diseases with immunologic properties. Time will be divided to cover the following five subjects: (I) immunoglobulins and antibodies, (2) delayed hypersensitivity, (3) the ocular surface, (4) transplantation, and (5) ocular diseases with immunologic properties.
Room 20-MI
Arthur W. Allen, Jr., MD, San Francisco, CA Wayne E. Fung, MD, John C. Cavender, MD
Clues to the Diagnosis of Commonly Overlooked or Misdiagnosed Fundus Diseases This course is designed for the practicing ophthalmologist
186
Room 8-MI
Lee Allen, Coralville, IA Richard L. Anderson, MD
Prosthetics, Problems, and Their Management This course for ophthalmologists includes discussion of different types of eye sockets (enucleation, evisceration, congenitally abnormal or phthisical globes), superior methods of fitting, coloring and fabricating plastic artificial eyes for them, advice for patients on prosthesis care, several common corrective surgical procedures, and a final discussion period.
Course 6 Tuesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room ll-MI
Melvin G. Alper, MD, Washington, DC
Diagnosis and Surgical Management of Unilateral Exophthalmos The modern diagnostic techniques for diagnosing expanding orbital masses and differentiating, them from Graves' ophthalmopathy and inflammatory orbital pseudotumor will be presented. Emphasis will be placed on CT scanning. In the second hour, surgical techniques for approaching these expanding masses will be discussed. The aim is to present a practical approach to orbital disease.
Course 7 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
Allergy and Immunology of the Eye
Course 4 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
who wishes to increase his working knowledge of puzzling, but important, fundus conditions. It will concentrate on the clinical appearance of various lesions, some of which may be similar. Appropriate tests required to make the definitive diagnosis will be discussed.
Room 204-MP
James V. Aquavella, MD, Rochester, NY S. Arthur Boruchoff, MD, Anthony B. NesbuTD, MD
Current Concepts in the Management of Corneal Disease The presentation is designed to familiarize the ophthalmologist with innovations in the diagnosis and treatment of corneal conditions frequently encountered in general ophthalmic practice. Candid presentations by each instructor will attempt to present a balance between advantages and disadvantages associated with diagnostic and therapeutic modalities. Subjects to be discussed include: (1) office management of the dry eye, (2) herpes simplex keratitis, (3) corneal erosions and ulcerations, (4) corneal complications of anterior segment surgery, and (5) diagnosis and management of graft rejection.
187
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 8 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 4-MI
James V. Aquavella, MD, Rochester, NY Gullapalli N. Rao, MD, Ronald A. Laing, PhD
crucial points for a panel discussion on laboratory data needed, differential diagnosis, and treatment. Those taking the course will see the development of opinions by the panelists.
Specular Microscopy The course is designed to introduce the participant to the routine clinical and laboratory use of the specular microscope. The first segment will cover the basics of specular microscopy, including optics, photography, and methodology. The current and future role of endothelial and epithelial morphological studies will be discussed. The second portion will stress the practical clinical aspects of specular microscopy in evaluating the functional capacity of the cornea.
Course 9 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 5-MI Room 5-MI
Course 12 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 9-MI
Howard L. Beale, MD, Memphis, TN J. Justin Older, MD, John H. Sullivan, MD
Special Procedures in Oculoplastic Surgery Techniques, indications, and contraindications are given to broaden the knowledge of the ophthalmologist in the management of flaps, grafts, and Z-plasty procedures. Newer lacrimal procedures are explained, and retractor surgery, levator aponeurosis repair, and management of trichiasis detailed. A question and answer session is encouraged.
M. F. Armaly, MD, Washington, DC Douglas Anderson, MD, Stephen Drance, MD, Allan Kolker, MD
Course 13 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Primary Glaucomas
An Introduction to Color Vision
The course will concentrate on the primary glaucomas and will include open-angle glaucoma, its epidemiology and that of ocular hypertension, changes in the optic disc and visual field, the medical treatment of open-angle glaucoma, and the surgical indications and surgical procedures in open-angle glaucoma. In addition, it will include management of angleclosure glaucoma and chronic narrow-angle glaucoma.
The emphasis of this course is on practical, useful, and interesting aspects of color vision. It is intended for ophthalmologists and lay persons. A thorough discussion of the basic principles of normal color vision will provide a foundation for understanding color vision testing and color vision abnormalities.
Course 10 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 201-MP
Taylor Asbury, MD, Cincinnati, OH Philip Knapp, MD, Rees W. Sheppard, MD, Howard Eggers, MD
Surgery of Complicated Extraocular Muscle Problems This course deals primarily with sophisticated techniques of extraocular muscle surgery, including treatment of sixth nerve palsy (Jensen's procedure), vertical muscle surgery (including Knapp's procedure), dissociated vertical divergence (Faden suture), reoperations, and adjustable sutures. Liberal use is made of videotapes and slides.
Course 11 Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 103-MP
Jules L. Baum, MD, Boston, MA Peter Laibson, MD, Robert Burns, MD, Mathea Allansmith, MD, Richard Forster, MD
Problem Cases in Cornea and External Disease Case histories representing corneal pathology and external disease will be presented. Faculty members will present their cases as unknowns to the rest of the faculty, stopping at
Room 9-MI
William E. Benson, MD, Philadelphia, PA
Course 14 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 210-MP
Jerome W. Bettman, MD, Woodside, CA
Medicolegal Problems in Ophthalmology The course offers frank discussion of: (I) how to avoid litigation, including the art of practice and informed consent, (2) involvement as an expert, consultant, or defendant, (3) development of a malpractice suit-interrogatories, depositions, and trial, (4) special problems (when to hire your own attorney, going bare, when to settle, fraud, punitive damages), and (5) case presentations.
Course 15 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Wednesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 103-MP Room 103-MP
Charles K. Beyer, MD, Cambridge, MA Robert B. Wilkins, MD, Charles Stephenson, MD, Bartley R. Frueh, MD, Gerard M. Shannon, MD, Robert M. Dryden, MD, Richard R. Tenzel, MD, Albert Hornblass, MD, Paul T. Gavaris, MD, David H. Saunders, MD, W. Jackson Iliff, MD, John Wobig, MD
Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery The course serves to acquaint the average ophthalmologist
188
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
with the major procedures in ophthalmic plastic and reconstructive surgery. A practical approach is stressed. Detailed discussions will be held to enforce the salient points. Surgical techniques, complications, and their treatment will be presented by a number of experienced ophthalmic plastic surgeons. The course is coordinated by Dr. Orkan G. Stasior. Doctors Wendell L. Hughes and Alston Callahan are consultants. To allow for detailed presentations, the course is divided into two sections of six hours each, Part 1 being given in 1980 and Part 2 in 1981.
Course 16 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 212-MP
J. Elliott Blaydes, MD, Bluefield, WV Robert F. Azar, MD, Richard Kratz, MD, C. William Simcoe, MD, Clifford M. Terry, MD
New Microsurgical Sutures Used in Cataract Wound Closure for Correction of Postoperative Astigmatism and Fixation of Intraocular Lens This practical course describes the newest developments in needles, absorbable sutures, and nonabsorbable sutures for cataract wound closure, including their microscopic evaluation. The Terry Keratometer's value and utilization in astigmatism control is detailed. Intraocular lens suture fixation is considered. Eight leading discussants outline their latest suture techniques for optimum cataract wound closure with minimal astigmatism. The course is limited to 50 persons.
Course 17 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Course 19 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 207-MP
Nathaniel R. Bronson, II, MD, Southampton, NY Yale L. Fisher, MD, William F. Regan, MD, Edwin M. Trayner, MD
Contact B-Scan Ultrasonography B-scan ultrasonography is a valuable technique for examining eyes with opaque media or suspected retrobulbar lesions. This course will describe the technique of examination and the interpretation of ultrasonograms. There will be a description of typical findings in patients with hemorrhage, detachments, tumors, foreign bodies, thyroid diseases, and retrobulbar masses.
Course 20 A, B, C Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 7-MI Room 7-MI Room 7-MI
Ronald M. Burde, MD, St. Louis, MO Myles M. Behrens, MD, Joel S. Glaser, MD, John L. Keltner, MD, Neil R. Miller, MD, Norman J. Schatz, MD
Basic Neuro-Ophthalmology Room 17-MI
Michael A. Bloome, MD, Houston, TX Charles A. Garcia, MD
Retinal and Choroidal Dystrophies The purpose of this course is to present a clear and systematic approach to a vast and confusing group of disorders. A classification based on histological findings will be used and correlated with clinical findings. An introduction to diagnostic testing will precede discussion of these disorders. Each disease will be discussed in relation to its genetic pattern, clinical findings and symptoms, differential diagnosis and workup, and treatment. Due to the large amount of material and the limited time, a complete syllabus describing these disorders will be distributed at the beginning of the presentation.
Course 18 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
mitting formal exposition of opposing points of view, and challenge and response between the opponents and audience participants. The topics for discussion are: (1) corneal therapeutic dilemmas, (2) the role of photocoagulation and steroids in presumed ocular histoplasmosis, and (3) controversy in aphakic open-angle glaucoma.
Room 103-MP
S. Arthur Boruchoff, MD, Boston, MA Robert J. Brockhurst, MD, B. Thomas Hutchinson, MD
Controversial Topics in Ophthalmology This course will discuss three controversial topics, per-
These courses are based on a patient-oriented approach, stressing clinical diagnosis and practical applications of concepts in neuro-ophthalmology. Each course is intended to cover a series of topics independently, but the entire series forms a continuum furnishing a broad overview of the subject. Day I-Afferent Visual System, Day 2-Efferent Visual System, Day 3-Emphasis on Specific Disease Entities.
Course 21 Thursday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 102-MP
Norman E. Byer, MD, Torrance, CA
Peripheral Retinal Lesions in Profile: Examination, Diagnosis, and Management This course is designed as a thorough introduction to the lesions found in the peripheral retina and will be presented by means of many color photographs of lesions, most of which were taken with simultaneous scleral indentation (and many of which were shown in the 1979 Academy exhibit, "The Peripheral Retina in Profile"). The purpose will be to assist ophthalmologists in recognizing and identifying the
189
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
more important lesions in the fundus periphery and to give a well-balanced perspective in the evaluation of these lesions when it comes to the important matter of decisionmaking in their management. The whole subject of prophylactic treatment will be thoroughly discussed.
Course 22 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 214-MP
Herve M. Byron, MD, Englewood, NJ Malcolm A. McCannel, MD, James D. Atwood, MD
sual system will be presented, with emphasis on the application of certain electrophysiologic tests of visual function in man. The theoretic background for the practical application of the tests for fundus reflectometry, electroretinography, and electrooculography will be considered. In addition, the use of these tests in clinical diagnosis (e.g., progressive and stationary night-blinding anomalies and disorders of decreased vision in childhood) and in the area of genetic counseling will be discussed.
The Business of Ophthalmic Practice This course is aimed at younger ophthalmologists who have completed residency training or have recently started practicing. The material, especially the medical-legal considerations, will also prove interesting(to older ophthalmologists. The course will be divided into six topics: (1) introduction to practice, (2) creation of the first office, (3) running the office, (4) medical-legal considerations, (5) banking, and (6) insurance and legal requirements.
Course 23 Wednesday-Periods 4,5, and 6
Room 207-MP
Joseph H. Calhoun, MD, Philadelphia, PA R. D. Harley, MD, Philip Knapp, MD, Donelson R. Manley, MD, Guy Chan, MD
Surgery of Strabismus This course is designed for the ophthalmologist who performs surgery for strabismus. Using TV tapes of actual surgery, various procedures will be shown with comments pro and con by a panel of experts. The presentation of each technique will be preceded by a brief panel discussion on indications for this technique.
Course 24 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 15-MI
Alston Callahan, MD, Birmingham, AL Michael A. Callahan, MD
Lid Reconstruction after Trauma and Malignancy Detailed illustrations and case histories will be used to present: (1) six major methods for reconstructing lower eyelid defects; (2) four time-tested techniques for reconstructing upper lid defects, and (3) three well-proven techniques for repairing medial canthal defects. Variations on each basic technique will be covered, which will enable the ophthalmic surgeon to comfortably handle a sizeable variety of lesions.
Course 25 Friday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 19-MI
Ronald E. Carr, MD, New York, NY Irwin M. Siegel, PhD
Visual Function and Electrodiagnostic Methods in Retinal Disease The basic processes involved in the physiology of the vi-
Course 26 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 19-MI
Ronald E. Carr, MD, New York, NY Kenneth G. Noble, MD
Hereditary Chorioretinal Diseases The hereditary chorioretinal diseases are divided into the generalized degenerations and the macular dystrophies. Generalized degenerations to be discussed are retinitis pigmentosa and its variants, congenital stationary night blindness, the cone dysfunction syndromes, vitreotapetoretinal degenerations, and the choroidal abiotrophies. The common macular dystrophies will include Stargardt's disease and fundus flavimaculatus, Best's vitelliform dystrophy, dominant drusen, central areolar choroidal dystrophy, hereditary hemorrhagic macular dystrophy, and the pattern dystrophies of the retinal pigment epithelium.
Course 27 Thursday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 208-MP
H. Dwight Cavanagh, MD, PhD, Atlanta, GA Bruce I. Bodner, Louis A. Wilson, MD, George O. Waring, III, MD, Perry S. Binder, MD, Stephen E. Kelly
New Concepts in Extended-Wear Hydrogel Lenses for Corneal Diseases and Aphakia This course will introduce the practicing ophthalmologist to the newest concepts in constant-wear hydrogel lenses for therapeutic use and aphakia. Basic concepts will be integrated with practical clinical applications. Topics covered will include physical characteristics of hydrogel materials, physiologic implications of hydration and thickness for hydrogel lenses, blepharitis and infections as related to constant-wear lenses, ocular inflammation and allergic reactions associated with lens wear, clinical fitting procedures for therapeutic and aphakic lenses, constant-wear lenses in corneal edema, recurrent epithelial erosion, dry eyes and viral infection, the management of lens-induced neovascularization, and other complications of lens wear. Discussion will include all currently available hydrogel lenses and the high-water content Cooper-Permalens and Sauflon lenses and Scan Lens.
190
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 28 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 203-MP
H. D. Cavanagh, MD, PhD, Atlanta, GA Perry S. Binder, MD, George O. Waring, III, MD, Louis Wilson, MD
Management of Common Office Problems in Corneal External Disease This course is designed to update the clinical diagnosis and practical management of common corneal and external disease problems seen in any busy office practice. Topics will be rotated on a yearly basis to provide ongoing, in-depth education for the practitioner. Mechanisms of disease and newer modes of diagnosis and therapy will be stressed. Topics for 1980 will include: (I) skin and ocular surface inflammatory syndromes, including blepharitis , (2) manifestations and treatment of herpetic disease, and (3) corneal complications of anterior segment surgery , including intraocular lenses .
Course 31 Friday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Advanced Endosurgery for the Posterior Segment Surgeon Advanced methods of vitreoretinal surgery will be discussed, including training requirements , complications, and the use of the ocutome system. Indications, results, and complications will be discussed in the management of diabetic retinopathy, massive periretinal proliferation, macular pucker, giant break, and trauma . Specific methods, including hydraulic reattachment, scissors membranectomy , bipolar diathermy, and endophotocoagulation will be discu ssed.
Course 32 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
* Earl
Course 29 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 9-MI
Corneal Physiology for the Practicing Ophthalmologist Basic principles of corneal physiology and applications to clinical problems will be discussed. Emphasis will be placed on corneal edema and corneal wound healing. Physiology of these will be applied to the therapy of bullous keratopathy and corneal epithelial defects and erosions , and the use and removal of corneal sutures. If time permits, attention will also be given to the tear film and the treatment of dry eyes. The intention of this course is to remain as clinically oriented as possible, emphasizing the basic principles of physiology that are important for patient management .
Room 9-MI
Devron H. Char, MD, San Francisco, CA R. Dudley Stone, MD, J. Brooks Crawford, MD
Current Approaches in the Diagnosis and Management of Lid, Conjunctival, Intraocular, and Orbital Tumors This course offers an overview of ocular and adnexal tumor management. Newer diagnostic modalities will be discussed including CT scans, ultrasonography , and immunologic tests. Therapeutic modalities and their indications will be reviewed, including surgery, radiation therapy, photocoagulation , cryosurgery, chemotherapy, and immunotherapy. *By invitation
Room 102-MP
A. Choromokos, Cincinnati, OH Ken Christopherson, Gerald S. Hoover, Jerry Sewell
John W. Chandler, MD, Seattle, WA Joel Sugar, MD
Course 30 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 211-MP
Steve Charles, MD, Memphis, TN Conor O' Malley, MD
Ophthalmic Photography The basic techniques and instrumentation for fundus photography, fluorescein angiography, anterior segment photography , and external photography will be discussed and demonstrated. This session will benefit the ophthalmologist who uses or plans to use photography in his office. There will be a question and answer period at the end of the presentation.
Course 33 Wednesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 101-MP Room 101-MP
Henry M. Clayman, MD, Miami Beach, FL Steve Charles, MD, Miles A. Galin, MD, Norman S. Jaffe, MD, Mark S. Jaffe, MD, Herbert E. Kaufman, MD, Richard Kratz, MD
Current Cataract Surgical Techniques and Their Complications Modern techniques have made cataract surgery a safer but often more complex operation. Some complications have decreased , but new complications have appeared. This course will cover current techniques of cataract surgery , their complications, and the correction of aphakia. The management of these complications will be discussed.
191
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 34 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 201-MP
D. Jackson Coleman, MD, New York, NY Richard L. Dallow, MD, Mary E. Smith, Stanley Chang, MD
Ultrasonic Tomography of the Eye and Orbit Diagnostic techniques for combined A-, B - and M-scan evaluation with characteristic scans will be discussed for the evaluation of ocular and orbital tumors, vitreous hemorrhage, retinal detachment, and other structural changes of the globe and orbit. Correlation with the results of physical examination, and radiologic, surgical, and pathologic findings will be stressed. Newer methods for display and analysis of ultrasonic information in tissue identification will be presented , as will the role of ultrasonic biometry in determining accurate axial length measurements for appropriate intraocular lens calculations .
Course 35 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6
level of suspicion when one of those" mystery cases" comes through the doors.
Course 37 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 202-MP
Edward CotHer, MD, New Haven, CT James Puklin, MD
Genetic Eye Diseases Recently described funduscopic and slit-lamp signs of more than 40 genetic eye disorders will be reviewed. Emphasis will be placed on subtle diagnostic signs in cataracts, retinal degenerations, dislocated lenses, anterior chamber angle anomalies, macular diseases, and hereditary vitreoretinal degenerations, which allow separation of genetic disorders from inflammatory or degenerative conditions.
Course 38 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 206-MP
R. D. Cunningham, MD, Temple, TX Everett R. Veirs, MD
Room 207-MP
Brian P. Conway, MD, Charlottesville, VA David E. Eifrig, MD
Vitrectomy Instruments and the General Ophthalmologist In this course , emphasis will be placed on anterior segment disorders, including pupillary membranes and distortions , aphakic pupillary block and "malignant" glaucoma, ectopia lentis, vitreous touch syndrome, and vitreous loss during cataract surgery. The management of postoperative endophthalmitis and of anterior segment trauma will be discussed in detail. We will outline the advantages and disadvantages of the various types of vitrectomy instruments and surgical approaches.
Diagnosis and Treatment of Lacrimal Disorders Diagnostic tests to evaluate the function of the lacrimal drainage system will be reviewed. Management of important disorders of the puncta, canaliculus, lacrimal sac, and nasolacrimal duct (including anomalies of position, trauma, stenosis, and inflammatory and neoplastic conditions) will be presented. A practical approach to lacrimal sac surgery will emphasize operative techniques and the management of complications.
Course 39 Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room IOI-MP
Matthew D. Davis, MD, Madison, WI George H. Bresnick, MD, Suresh R. Chandra, MD, Franklin L. Myers, MD, Thomas S. Stevens, MD
Diabetic Retinopathy Course 36 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 203-MP
John A. Costin, Loraine, OH l;Iarold Shaw, MD
Office Neuro-Ophthalmology This course is primarily aimed at the practicing ophthalmologist. It will present as many practical points in the office management of commonly encountered neuro-ophthalmologic problems as is feasible to do so in the time allowed. The content of the course varies a bit from year to year as an attempt is made to emphasize the many common problems seen. Thus , the course may emphasize optic nerve problems one year, visual field problems the next , common pupillary findings the next, important points in history the next , or x-rays and CT scan findings in the more common neuro-ophthalmologic problems the next. The course is just what the title says-Office Neuro-ophthalmology-and is aimed at helping the busy ophthalmologist to have a higher
Management strategies for diabetic retinopathy will be described , and treatment goals suggested by the natural course of diabetic retinopathy will be considered. The following treatment problems will be discussed: (1) photocoagulation of macular edema in terms of the different types of diabetic macular edema; (2) clinical applications of the Diabetic Retinopathy Study (DRS) results; (3) complications and side effects of photocoagulation, and (4) management of severe cases of proliferative retinopathy by photocoagulation, vitrectomy, and scleral buckling surgery.
Course 40 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 208-MP
Kenneth R. Diddie, MD, Los Angeles, CA James G. Diamond, MD, Walter Stern, MD
Vitrectomy Techniques for the General Ophthalmologist This course will emphasize anterior segment applications
192
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
of various vitrectomy instrumentation. Indications and techniques will be illustrated, and adequate opportunity for questions will be provided. Open-sky and closed-eye techniques of value to any ophthalmologist doing intraocular surgery will be stressed. Cornea, cataract, and anterior chamber applications will be emphasized.
Course 41 Wednesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 19-MI
Claes H. Dohlman, MD, Boston, MA S. Arthur Boruchoff, MD, Richard A. Thoft, MD, Deborah P. Langston, MD, C. Stephen Foster, MD, Kenneth R. Kenyon, MD
Course 44 Tuesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 13-MI
Philip P. Ellis, MD, Denver, CO S. Lance Forstot, MD, James R. Cerasoli, MD
Therapeutic Challenges This course involves active participation by the audience in a discussion of the management of problem cases in ocular therapeutics. Selected difficult cases in ocular therapeutics will be presented, including various corneal disorders, retinal problems, intraocular infections, and chronic inflammations. Discussion of these cases and personal cases of audience members is encouraged.
Medical and Surgical Aspects of Corneal Disease This course will review some important problems in corneal diseases. In particular, afflictions of the corneal and conjunctival surface, their diagnosis and treatment, and recent research trends will be discussed. Clinical entities such as recurrent erosions, keratoconjunctivitis sicca, herpetic keratouveitis, severe chronic inflammations, persistent epithelial defects, ulcerations, and problems in keratoplasty will be covered.
Course 42 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 2-MI
Anthony Donn, MD, New York, NY Arthur G. DeVoe, MD, Richard Darrel, MD, R. Linsy Farris, MD, Balachandran Srinivasan, MD, Frank B. Hoefle, MD, John E. Espy, MD
The Medical and Surgical Management of Corneal Diseases The course will cover the practical management of corneal infections (bacterial, viral, and fungal), corneal edema (Fuch's dystrophy and aphakic bullous keratoplasty), and corneal trauma. The underlying panophysiology will be emphasized, including the role of specular microscopy.
Course 43 Friday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 103-MP
Stephen M. Drance, MD, Vancouver, BC Douglas R. Anderson, MD, Gordon R. Douglas, MD
Course 45 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 4-MI
Robert M. Ellsworth, MD, New York, NY David H. Abramson, MD, F. David Kitchin, MD, Brenda Gallie, MD
Retinoblastoma-1980 The diagnosis, differential diagnosis, ancillary test used in diagnosis, present treatment modalities, results of treatment modalities, and genetic counseling of retinoblastoma will be discussed by the use of individual case presentations.
Course 46 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 13-MI
David L. Epstein, MD, Boston, MA Martin Wand, MD, David G. Campbell, MD
Diagnostic Dilemmas in Angle-Closure Although often routine, cases of angle-closure glaucoma can present difficulty in diagnosis and treatment. These dilemmas may be categorized as follows: Is this angle closure, the asymptomatic narrow angle, or postoperative pressure rise after peripheral iridectomy (or filter)? Clinical diagnosis of usual and unusual forms of angle closure will be discussed.
The Visual Field: Application and Technique The physiology of the visual field, both static and kinetic, will be reviewed. The pertinent and physiological information will then be applied to the technique of static and kinetic perimetry. The technique will be discussed with regard to screening and plotting of definitive visual field defects. The varying techniques will then be discussed in detail in relation to glaucomatous, neurological, and local retinal disease. The pitfalls and artifacts will be stressed. The exact techniques will be discussed. New perimetric equipment will be discussed and semi-automatic and automatic techniques will be described.
Course 47 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 7-MI
Harold F. Falls, MD, Ann Arbor, MI Richard A. Lewis, MD
Pathognomonic Ocular Manifestations of Systemic and Hereditary Disease States This course offers a presentation of the pathognomonic ocular manifestations of both commonplace and rare systemic and constitutional disease states. An awareness of
193
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
such signs or symptoms is an important adjunct toward definitive diagnosis and subsequent management.
Course 48 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Course 51 Friday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 216-MP
Stuart L. Fine, MD, Baltimore, MD Arnall Patz, Lawrence J. Singerman, MD, David H. Orth, MD, Lee M. Jampol, Thomas Rice, MD
Room 10-MI
Tibor G. Farkas, MD, New York, NY Marvin F. Kraushar, MD, Sheila Margolis, MD
Hereditary Diseases of the Macula The most common hereditary macular dystrophies are covered. Techniques, interpretation for color vision, dark adaptation, electroretinogram (ERG), foveal ERG, electrooculogram (EOG), visually evoked potential (VER), and fluorescein angiography are discussed. Disease selection changes yearly to include current material. At least 12 diseases are discussed. Clinical picture and natural history are correlated with histopathology and illustrated with slides .
Complications of Argon Laser Photocoagulation: Prevention and Management The aim of this course will be: (1) to assist in the selection of patients to be considered for argon laser photocoagulation; (2) to review treatment techniques for proliferative diabetic retinopathy, choroidal neovascularization, branch vein occlusion, sickle retinopathy, and other fundus disorders; (3) to illustrate complications encountered in treating such eyes, and (4) to reduce incidence of complications by anticipation and prevention .
Course 52 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room ll-MI
Harry W. Flynn, Jr., MD, Miami, FL Henry Gelender, MD, Richard K. Forster, MD
Course 49 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Practical Management of Endophthalmitis Room 206-MP
Jay L. Federman, MD, Philadelphia, PA Leonard Joffe, MD, James Augsburger, MD, Terrance Tomer
Fluorescein Angiography: Basic Concepts The basic concepts for use in interpreting fluorescein an- . giography will be presented. Hyperfluorescence and hypofluorescence will be discussed in detail with examples of each. The clinical and angiographic pictures of many disorders will be correlated with the histopathology. Unknowns will be presented for audience participation, and treatment of variolJs ocular diseases will be discussed.
The purpose of this course will be to review the clinical evaluation, laboratory workup, and management of endophthalmitis. An important area of discussion will be the role of vitrectomy and injection of intravitreal antibiotics in the management of endophthalmitis. The course will be directed to the clinical ophthalmologist.
Course 53 Wednesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 201-MP
John T. Flynn, MD, Miami, FL David Friendly, MD, William Scott, MD, Joseph Calhoun, MD, Elliot Blaydes, MD, Charlene Hsu-Winges, MD
Binocular Vision and Ocular Motility
Course 50 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 3-MI
Jay L. Federman, MD, Philadelphia, PA William H. Annesley, MD, William Tasman, MD, Lov K. Sarin, MD, William Benson, MD, Alfred C. Lucier, MD, Madison Slusher, MD
In this course, the members of the committee who compiled the Basic and Clinical Science Course of the American Academy of Ophthalmology will present the highlights of Section VI-Binocular Vision and Ocular Motility. It is designed primarily for those who have completed this course booklet. A pretest and a posttest will be offered and, if time permits, a question-and-answer period will be held.
Closed Intraocular Microsurgery Closed intraocular microsurgery (CIOM) has developed rapidly in the past ten years. This course will teach the basic principles and techniques that apply to both anterior segment and posterior segment surgery . Indications, results, and complications will be discussed, as will the use of microsurgical techniques in trauma cases. Case examples will be used and audience participation will be encouraged.
Course 54 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 15-MI
Gerald Fonda, MD, Short Hills, NJ Low Vision The examination for low vision is an extension of a routine eye examination. Essentially it consists of a careful refrac-
194
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
tion and the prescribing of strong reading additions. The most useful aids are high-add bifocals, half-eye glasses, focusable stand magnifiers, and the paperweight-type magnifier (Visolett). Most useful aids will be demonstrated.
Course 55 Tuesday-Periods 4 and 5
Course 58 Friday-Periods 1 and 2 Room 17 -MI
Max Forbes, MD, New York, NY
Management of Primary Angle-Closure Glaucoma A comprehensive classification of the stages of evolution of primary angle-closure glaucoma is presented. Special emphasis is given to the technique of indentation gonioscopy as an aid in diagnosis and management. The technical details of medical therapy, argon laser iridotomy, peripheral iridectomy , and trabeculectomy are described, and indications for use of these modalities are formulated. Surgical complications are considered, including a discussion of vitrectomy in the management of malignant (ciliary block) glaucoma.
Course 56 Wednesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
of such concepts on the basis of the most recent data. Examples of clinical applications will be presented.
Room 207-MP
Thomas D. France, MD, Madison, WI John D. Baker, MD, William E. Scott, MD, Gary L. Rogers, MD
Diagnosis and Treatment of Cataracts in Children This course will discuss diagnosis and surgical treatment of cataracts in children. Special surgical techniques, including the use of vitreous instruments, will be presented. Postoperative care and indications for contact lenses and occlu~ sion therapy will be discussed, and results of this therapy will be reported.
Course 59 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6 Room 5-MI
Richard K. Forster, MD, Miami,FL Henry Gelender, MD, Richard L. Abbott, MD
Room 201-MP
Marcel Frenkel, MD, Chicago, IL
Neuro-ophthalmology of Childhood
A systematic, diagnostic workup and approach to management is presented for a variety of difficult inflammatory, external disease problems . These include ulcerative keratitis, chronic conjunctivitis, epibulbar tumors, and selected complications of anterior segment surgery. Practical diagnostic laboratory studies and discussion of therapeutic surgery to augment diagnoses and treatment will be presented. Therapeutic flow sheets will accompany subject areas.
Neuro-ophthalmic problems occurring in the younger pediatric age group frequently perplex the ophthalmologist. The purpose of this course is to outline a method of examination of the young child and to review some of the disturbances appearing in this period. Methods for testing visual acuity and visual fields and for examining the ocular fundi will be discussed. The general physical and neurologic examinations, as applied to the infant and young child, will be reviewed. Ancillary testing techniques applicable to pediatric neuro-ophthalmology will be discussed. Case presentations will illustrate some of the clinical situations encountered in children.
Course 57 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Course 60 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Diagnosis and Treatment of Difficult External Disease Problems
Room 20-MI
C. Stephen Foster, MD, Boston, MA
Basic Immunology for the Ophthalmologist Inflammatory diseases of the eye are the largest single cause of blindness. Most inflammatory reactions are mediated via immune mechanisms. It is important to understand basic immunopathologic mechanisms in order to rationally select therapeutic interventions. Ocular immunology is the study of normal and pathologic immunologic properties of the eye. To feel comfortable in this rapidly developing field, one must appreciate the changing concepts of basic immune mechanisms, as well as the story of the "new immunology." This two-hour course will survey basic concepts of general immunology and update our understanding
Room 213-MP
M. Wallace Friedman, MD, San Francisco, CA Harvey Lincoff, MD, Morton L. Rosenthal, MD
Binocular Indirect Ophthalmoscopy This is a practical course on how to use the indirect ophthalmoscope. Lantern slides will be used to show the appearance of the eye under examination, and there will be a practical demonstration of techniques involved. Emphasis will be placed on scleral depression.
195
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 61 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 7-MI
M. Wallace Friedman, MD, San Francisco, CA A. R. Irvine, MD, W. H. Stern, MD, J. J. Weiter, MD
Controversies in Diagnosis and Therapy in Retinal and Vitreous Diseases This course will use case presentations and panel discussion to provide current thinking on controversial and difficult diagnostic and therapeutic problems in retinal and vitreous disease. The course will include both medical and surgical disorders of the retina and vitreous. Members of the panel will present selected cases that illustrate problems and controversies in differential diagnosis and current therapy.
Course 62 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 209-MP
Dwain G. Fuller, MD, Dallas, TX William L. Hutton, MD
Course 64 Wednesday-Periods 4 and S
Room 213-MP
Walter E. Gager, MD, Milwaukee, WI Robert L. Stofac, MD
Streak Retinoscopy II: Laboratory This course is meant to be used as an adjunct to Streak Retinoscopy I or as a separate entity for practical application of the principles taught in the first course. It is a laboratory instruction and exercise course for the retinoscopist who has knowledge of the basic streak retinoscopic techniques using plus-cylinders. It will include practical exercises in unknown refractive states utilizing streak retinoscopic technique, including review of the basic principles. All equipment will be provided. Plus-cylinder technique will be stressed. The use of plus-cylinder equipment utilizing plus-cylinder streak retinoscopic technique will be included. This course should be taken only if the student is familiar with basic streak retinoscopic theory.
Presurgical Evaluation of Eyes with Opaque Media This is a basic course designed to integrate newly available clinical diagnostic tests such as ultrasonography, bright flash electroretinography, visually evoked potential, and laser interferometry into a logical approach for the preoperative assessment of eyes with corneal, lenticular, or vitreous opacity. The course will begin with fundamental concepts of ultrasonography and electrophysiology and then show how these concepts can be utilized to permit accurate evaluation of eyes with traumatic and nontraumatic opacities of the media.
Course 63 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 213-MP
Course 6S Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room I-MI
Conrad L. Giles, MD, Southfield, MI G. Richard O'Connor, MD
Clinical Uveitis: Expert Consultation A panel of consultants will discuss patients presenting with ocular inflammatory disease. The cases will be shown to the panelists and course participants as "clinical unknowns." Special emphasis will be placed on specific etiologic evaluation, treatment, and expected course of the entities presented. Emphasis will be placed on those anterior and posterior inflammatory disease states that the practitioner can expect to encounter in the course of the office practice of ophthalmology.
Walter E. Gager, MD, Milwaukee, WI Robert L. Stofac, MD
Streak Retinoscopy I: Lectures and Demonstrations This course consists of introductory lectures and demonstrations of the basic principles and techniques of streak retinoscopy utilizing plus-cylinders. Individual attention will be given to the following subjects: (1) identifying the conoid, (2) determining neutrality; (3) recognizing the presence of high- and low-order astigmatism; (4) locating the astigmatic axis; (5) refining the astigmatic axis; (6) estimating the astigmatic power (without lenses); (7) refining the astigmatic power; (8) refining the spherical power; (9) estimating high orders of myopia and hyperopia, and (10) use of minuscylinder equipment with plus-cylinder technique.
Course 66 Thursday-Periods 4 and S
Room 208-MP
Louis J. Girard, MD, Houston, TX
Advanced Techniques in Ophthalmic Microsurgery, Part II: Corneal Surgery This course will be devoted to: (1) a review of standard techniques of corneal surgery, e.g., trauma, keratotomy, keratectomy, lamellar and penetrating keratoplasty; (2) description of advanced techniques, ie, keratabrasion, keratocryotherapy, lamellar and penetrating sclerokeratoplasty, thermal keratoplasty, and keratoprosthesis, and (3) description of new experimental techniques, ie, refractive keratoplasty. Postoperative care and management of complications of corneal surgery will be discussed.
196
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 67 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 101-MP
Kurt A. Gitter, MD, New Orleans, LA Lawrence Yannuzzi, MD, Howard Schatz, MD
Argon Laser Photocoagulates: Advanced Course This course will be directed toward those who have experience with photocoagulates. Instruction wiJI be provided by individual case presentation and discussion wiJI use material from the preceding year that is considered by the instructor to be the most valuable. Visiting guest instructors wiJI be asked to participate.
course will provide the physician with background information for the identification of learning disabilities and will demonstrate evidence as to its etiology. Tests that can be done in the physician's office wiJI be demonstrated. The educator's role in the evaluation of a child with learning disabilities wiJI be explained. As a result of the educational evaluation, there wilJ be cooperation between physician and educator. Materials wiJI be handed out to physicians so that they will be thoroughly confident in the handling of individual patients.
Course 71 Friday-Periods 1, 2, and 3 Course 68 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 2-MI
William A. Godfrey, MD, Kansas City, KS Dean Hirabayashi, MD, Samuel N. Key, III, MD, Robert Weinreb, MD
A Clinical Approach to Uveitis This course will outline our clinical approach to uveitis. Case histories and color slides wiJI be used to illustrate uveitis in children, middle-aged adults, and the aged. Management of the more important entities, as well as general management of uveitis, wiJI be discussed. Student participation in discussion with faculty and guest faculty wiJI be part of the format.
Course 69 Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room lO-MI
Michael H. Goldbaum, MD, San Diego, CA Lee M. Jampol, MD, Gerald Fishman, MD
Vascular, Medical, and Inherited Retinal Diseases This course describes nonsurgical retinal diseases not often discussed in other courses. Some topics will be changed from year to year. Techniques and the significance . of examinations such as color vision testing, fluorescein angiography, and electrophysiologic studies are described. Each disease is well-illustrated. Diagnosis and current treatment techniques are discussed.
Course 70 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 4-MI
Herman K. Goldberg, MD, Baltimore, MD Gilbert Schiffman, PhD, Michael Bender, PhD
Dyslexia and Learning Disabilities Learning disabilities and dyslexia have become a major responsibility of the physician in private practice. This
Room 214-MP
George M. Gombos, MD, Brooklyn, NY Robert I. Adler, MD, Arthur H. Wolintz, MD
Selected Topics in Ophthalmologic Emergencies This course is divided into four parts. The first part deals with the diagnosis and management of perforating ocular injuries with and without intraocular foreign bodies. Special attention wilJ be given to intraocular foreign body localization. In the second part, infections and inflammations such as orbital cellulitis, corneal ulcer, and endophthalmitis will be discussed. The third part concentrates on sudden deterioration of vision with special emphasis on retinal vascular occlusions. The fourth part will deal with neuro-ophthalmologic emergencies such as temporal arteritis, ischemic optic neuropathy, and intracranial lesions.
Course 72 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 101-MP
Merrill Grayson, MD, Albuquerque, NM Fred M. Wilson, II, MD, Jeffrey Lanier, MD
Corneal Manifestations of Systemic Disease This three-hour course is designed to present an orderly classification and discussion of corneal problems associated with systemic disease. Auto-immune disease and lipid, carbohydrate, protein, and nutritional problems will be covered. This material will be augmented by Kodachrome slides and a comprehensive handout, enabling participants to more freely direct attention to the demonstrations and lectures.
Course 73 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 206-MP
Arthur S. Grove, Jr., MD, Boston, MA Bartley R. Frueh, MD, Frederick A. Jakobiec, MD, Charles R. Leone, Jr., MD, Jay Justin Older, MD
Orbit, Eyelids, and Lacrimal System In this course will be presented important topics selected
197
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
from material covered in Section 9, Orbit, Eyelids, and Lacrimal System, of the Basic and Clinical Science Course of the American Academy of Ophthalmology. Emphasis will be placed upon the diagnosis and management of tumors of the eyelids.
Course 74 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 215-MP
David L. Guyton, MD, Baltimore, MD
Automated Clinical Refraction At least three nell' automated refractors will be introduced at the 1980 Academy Meeting. All automated refractors will be discussed, with audience participation. Emphasis will be on the difficulty in operating the instruments, the level of patient cooperation required, the accuracy of results, and practice suitability.
Course 77 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6
Chronic Angle-Closure Glaucoma: Diagnosis and Surgical Management Chronic angle-closure glaucoma represents one of the most frequently misdiagnosed problems in glaucoma practice. This course will cover the typical and atypical clinical features of chronic angle-closure glaucoma. The indications for peripheral iridectomy, laser iridotomy, and filtering surgery will be presented. Laser iridotomy, a new technique, will be covered in greater detail since the combined experience of the instructors is approximately 400 cases. Emphasis will be on technique and complications.
Course 78 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Course 75 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 9-MI
Heskel M. Haddad, MD, New York, NY Kenneth R. Kenyon, MD, Jules Francois, Marvin L. Kwitko, MD
Metabolic Eye Disorders: Diagnostic Technique This course will be presented in three sections. In the first part we will discuss metabolic cataracts and disorders of carbohydrate and calcium metabolism. In the second section we will discuss mucopolysaccharidosis, mucolipidoses, and aminoacidopathies. In the third part we will discuss the various laboratory techniques that the clinician uses to help him reach the diagnosis of a specific metabolic eye disorder, and possibly a rationale for its management.
Course 76 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 10-MI
William S. Hagler, MD, Atlanta, GA William H. Jarrett, II, MD, Daniel Weidenthal, MD, W. Rex Hawkins, MD
Retinal Detachment: Discussion of the Major Specific Types with Emphasis on Prevention of Complications The instructors have classified rhegmatogenous retinal detachment into ten major etiologic and anatomic categories. The specific and unique characteristics of each will be discussed, along with personal techniques for management and suggestions for reduction of major operative and postoperative complications. The indications for intravitreal air, Sulfa-hexafluoride, and pars plana vitrectomy will be included in the discussion.
Room 209-MP
Thomas S. Harbin, Jr., MD, Atlanta, GA Alan I. Mandell, MD, Irvin Pollack, MD
Room 19-MI
William S. Harris, MD, Dallas, TX John Pearce, Steven Shearing, MD, Richard L. Lindstrom, MD, Robert M. Sinskey, MD, Fabio Dossi
Current Concepts in Extracapsular Cataract Surgery and Posterior Chamber Lens Implantation
The purpose of this course will be to update the current concepts, contraindications, and preoperative ocular evaluation for posterior chamber lens implantation following extracapsular cataract surgery. This will include A-Scan, for determination of the intraocular lens power, and specular microscopy. The surgical techniques, their complications and management, and results obtained using the Shearing, Pearce, and Harris posterior chamber lenses will be presented and discussed. Special emphasis will be given to each author's technique of extracapsular surgery and its particular advantages. There will be a discussion of complications of each lens and how they may best be avoided. Each author will further discuss the results he has obtained with his implants to date.
Course 79 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 216-MP
Jack Hartstein, MD, St. Louis, MO Joseph Baldone, MD, James Gordon, MD, Melvin Freeman, MD, James Aquavella, MD
Update on Hydrophilic Contact Lenses This course will cover, in detail, the approved hydrophilic lenses, both for pathology and for cosmetic purposes. Material will also be included on the cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB) lenses, polycon lenses, and silicone lenses.
198
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 80 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 20-MI
William H. Havener, MD, Columbus, OH
Indirect Ophthalmoscopic Interpretation of Fundus Disease Almost all ophthalmologists are not aware of the special tricks of indirect ophthalmoscopy whereby subtle, but very important, changes are best identified. Can you find the best visual path through opaque media or recognize vitreous traction or slight pathologic elevations? Come, I'll tell you much more.
vances in the care of children's eye disorders. The course material varies from year to year. Topics covered include examination techniques, learning disorders, the role of contact lenses versus intraocular lenses in infantile cataracts pediatric anesthesia, and differential diagnosis of disorder~ of the retina.
Course 84 Tuesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 215-MP
Philip C. Hessburg, MD, Grosse Pointe Park, MI James J. Rowsey, MD
Advances in Instrumentation in Ophthalmology Course 81 A-F Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3 Tuesday-Periods 4,5, and 6
Room 207-MP Room 207-MP
Thomas R. Hedges, MD, Philadelphia, PA Don C. Bienfang, MD, Robert Hepler, MD, Joel Sacks, MD, James Corbett, MD, John B. Selhorst, MD, Melvin G. Alper, MD
Neuro-Ophthalmology: Diagnosis and Management of Diseases Involving the Visual Motor Pathways The course covers basic neuro-ophthalmology of the visual system with acknowledged experts on oculomotor palsies, myasthenia and muscular dystrophies, nystagmus, supranuclear palsies, aneurysms, and neuroradiology. Emphasis is on diagnostic techniques and patient management utilizing a neuroscientific team approach for earlier diagnosis and coordination of subsequent therapy. There will be comprehensive handouts.
Course 82 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 4-MI
Thomas R. Hedges, MD, Philadelphia, PA
The Diagnosis and Management of Headache The course presents a comprehensive review with detailed classification and evaluation of headache problems commonly seen in ophthalmic practice. Differential diagnosis and management of vascular headaches, transient visual obscurations due to migraine, and vaso-occlusive and other hemodynamic causes of head pain are covered to help avoid diagnostic pitfalls. There will be detailed handouts.
Course 83 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Guest physician experts will present a discussion of the advances, purposes, advantages, disadvantages, cost, and booth numbers of the following groups of instruments: examining stands for phoropters, slit lamps, keratometers, ophthalmoscopes, direct ophthalmoscopes, intraocular lens power predictors, tonometers, automatic perimeters, and surgical television systems. The course is designed to assist clinical ophthalmologists in visiting instrument makers in an enlightened way. A summarizing handout will be distributed.
Course 85 Thursday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 202-MP
John Hetherington, Jr., MD, San Francisco, CA E. George Rosanelli, MD, H. Dunbar Hoskins, Jr., MD, Paul R. Lichter, MD, Kenneth T. Richardson, MD, Robert N. Shaffer, MD, George Spaeth, MD
Glaucoma: Problems and Complications Speakers, well-informed and known for their clinical and research knowledge, will discuss new developments, management problems, and complications in glaucoma. Topics will be mainly of clinical importance and may be introduced with problem cases. Included will be discussions of examination procedures and operative techniques. Audience participation will be encouraged.
Course 86 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 4-MI
Roger L. Hiatt, MD, Memphis, TN Edward Raab, MD, William E. Scott, MD
Strabismus: Advanced and Nonroutine Room 216-MP
Eugene M. Helveston, MD, Indianapolis, IN Forrest D. Ellis, MD
Pediatric Ophthalmology Practice This course is designed to present new and significant ad-
This is an advanced course concerning problems that are not routine; therefore it necessitates a previous basic understanding of strabismus. We will attempt to present the diverse opinions and available options in regard to nonroutine strabismus problems. We will also point out varying viewpoints on the diagnostic and treatment problems.
199
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 87 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 212-MP
Kenneth Hoffer, MD, Santa Monica, CA Cornelius D. Binkhorst, MD, Manus C. Kraff, MD, John Shammas, MD
Lens Calculation Course The combined faculty, with lens calculation experience of more than 15,000 eyes since 1973, will present an intense course on the various acceptable methods of calculating intraocular lens power. All formulas, equipment, and philosophies will be presented and evaluated. Presentations will be aimed at initiates as well as those with experience in this field. Scientific evaluations of the results of various methods, formulas, A-scans, lens companies, and lens styles will be presented. A careful analysis of ten problem cases (including the problems of iseikonia) will be made by the attendees and faculty. Hands-on demonstration will be available if facilities and time frame permit.
Course 90 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 202-MP
H. Dunbar Hoskins, Jr., MD, San Francisco, CA John Hetherington, MD, William Layden, MD
Trabecular Surgery in Glaucoma This course presents management and technical decisions involved in trabecular surgery. Trabeculotomies, internal and external, are discussed, but more emphasis is placed on trabeculectomy. Pre- and postoperative management and technical "tricks" to reduce and manage complications are stressed. Operative modifications to fit specific situations are included.
Course 91 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 3-MI
Creig S. Hoyt, MD, San Francisco, CA John A. McCrary, MD
Pediatric Neuro-ophthalmology Course 88 Tuesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 213-MP
Kenneth Hoffer, MD, Santa Monica, CA Manus Kraff, MD, Miles Galin, MD, David Mcintyre, MD
Endothelial Cell Counts The usefulness of preoperative and postoperative endothelial cell counts will be carefully evaluated based on long-term animal and human clinical studies. The rationale and importance of cell count evaluation prior to anterior segment surgery, evaluation and approach to secondary surgery, and usefulness in postoperative evaluation to inform patients regarding the future status of their corneas will be presented. Comparisons of surgical procedures, lens implant styles, intraocular medications, and equipment for counting will be thoroughly covered. This course is aimed at those now using endothelial cell counts and those considering its use. Hands-on demonstration will be available if Academy time and facilities permit.
Course 89 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
This course is specifically designed to stress the differences between the pediatric and adult neuro-ophthalmologic examination. It will, moreover, compare and contrast the common causes of cranial nerve palsy, optic atrophy, blurred and elevated discs, and disturbances of gaze in both adults and children. Special emphasis will be placed on congenital anomalies that may superficially mimic acquired neuroophthalmic disorders.
Course 92 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 209-MP
B. Thomas Hutchinson, MD, Boston, MA
The Management of the Postoperative Flat Anterior Chamber This course is designed for the practicing ophthalmologist. The etiology and pathophysiology of the flat anterior chamber following cataract, glaucoma, and retinal detachment surgery are discussed. The differential diagnosis of wound leak, pupillary block, serous choroidal detachment, hemorrhagic choroidal detachment, and malignant glaucoma (both in the phakic and aphakic eye) are described in detail. The medical and surgical approaches to treatment are emphasized.
Room 211-MP
Jack T. Holladay, MD, Houston, TX
Essential Optics for the Ophthalmologist. This course is designed for residents who have never taken a formal course in optics, candidates preparing for the Board examination, and clinicians interested in understanding optical principles frequently encountered clinically. A comprehensive syllabus will be provided to minimize note-taking and serve as a future source of review.
Course 93 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 2-MI Room 2-MI
Charles E. Iliff, MD, Baltimore, MD W. Jackson Iliff, MD, Nicholas T. Iliff, MD
Oculoplastic Surgery This is a detailed review of the diagnosis and surgical man-
200
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
agement of lid tumors including major reconstruction, acute and chronic dacryocystitis (dacryocystorhinostomy), blepharochalasis (blepharoplasty), thyroid ophthalmopathy, entropion, and ectropion. Other topics may be covered if time permits. Adequate time for discussion and questions will be allotted.
Course 97 Tuesday-Periods 4 and 5
Course 94 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 214-MP
Alexander Rodman Irvine, MD, San Francisco, CA Robert D. Stone, MD, Walter H. Stern, MD, Wayne E. Fung, MD, Arthur W. Allen, MD
Vitrectomy for the Cataract Surgeon This course describes the wide range of uses for modern vitrectomy instrumentation available to the anterior segment surgeon. Panel discussion highlights areas of controversy. Instruments are compared with regard to both their capabilities and their practicality for the anterior segment surgeon. Topics include vitreous loss at cataract extraction, aphakic pupillary block, vitreocorneal touch, aphakic cystoid macular edema, postcataract pupillary membranes, traumatic and juvenile cataracts, subluxated and dislocated lenses, penetrating corneoscleral lacerations, and endophthalmitis.
Course 95 Tuesday-Periods 4,5, and 6 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 214-MP Room 214-MP
Henry M. Clayman, MD, Gilbert W. Cleasby, MD, Robert C. Drews, MD, Charles E. Iliff, MD, Richard H. Keates, MD, Manus C. Kraff, MD, Richard P. Kratz, MD, David J. Mcintyre, MD, David Miller, MD, Dennis D. Shepard, MD, C. William Simcoe, MD
Lens Implant Surgery: Update 1980 By popular demand, the following subjects will be emphasized in 1980: (1) spectacle, contact lens, or intraocular lens-which one for the cataract patient? (2) surgical techniques with intraocular lenses; (3) ICCE-ECCEadvantages and disadvantages of each, and (4) complications with intraocular lenses. Panel discussion and audience participation are also planned.
Course 96 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
restriction and paralysis by electro-oculogram (EOG) and force tests, planning the amount of surgery to perform, usual operative techniques, and unusual operative techniques such as stay sutures, transpositions, and intraoperative and postoperative adjustments of muscle positions.
Room 102-MP
Arthur Jampolsky, MD, San Francisco, CA Alan Scott, MD, Henry Metz, MD
Strabismus Surgery This course will review the following areas: diagnosis of
Room 213-MP
Carl Cordes Johnson, MD, Boston, MA
Ptosis This course will consider the essential preoperative workup of cases of ptosis, both congenital and acquired, and their treatment, with special emphasis on levator resection by the author's (external approach) method. Other procedures, including the Fasanella-Servat procedure and frontalis suspensions, will also be described, as will complications and their treatment.
Course 98 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 5-MI
Dan B. Jones, MD, Houston, TX Denis M. O'Day, MD, C. Stephen Foster, MD
Diagnosis and Management of Ocular Fungal Infections This course will review the clinical features, methods of laboratory diagnosis, medical therapy, and surgery of corneal, orbital, and intraocular mycoses. The current status of new antifungal agents, anti-inflammatory therapy, keratoplasty, and vitrectomy surgery will be emphasized. A course syllabus and bibliography will be provided.
Course 99 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 5-MI
Dan B. Jones, MD, Houston, TX David Paton, MD, Ralph M. Stanifer, MD
Medical and Surgical Therapy of Corneal Disease This course will review the clinical diagnosis, laboratory investigation, medical therapy, and surgery of corneal diseases frequently encountered by the practicing ophthalmologist. Emphasis will be on new antimicrobial agents, utilization of contact lenses, keratoplasty, and other surgical procedures. A course syllabus and reference material will be provided.
Course 100 Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 1-MI
Lester Jones, MD, Portland, OR John L. Wobig, MD
Lacrimal Diagnosis and Surgery This course is divided into three parts: (I) the examination
201
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
of the lacrimal system based on the anatomy of the secretory and excretory system, (2) the surgical repair of lacrimal disorders, and (3) instrumentation used in the diagnosis and surgery of the lacrimal system.
Course 101 Friday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 204-MP
G. Frank Judisch, MD, Iowa City, IA
Basic Genetics for Clinical Ophthalmology The course is designed specifically to provide a clinically pragmatic foundation for those with little or no genetics background. Discussion of single gene disorders, chromosomal aberrations, multifactorial inheritance, and genetic counseling principles will be limited to clinically pertinent material. Numerous examples will be included. A detailed handout will be provided.
Course 104 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6 David B. Karlin, MD, New York, NY H. MacKenzie Freeman, MD New Horizons in Vitreoretinal Surgery
This course describes the latest techniques in intravitreal CO 2 laser photocoagulation of vitreous hemorrhage and retinal tears and phototranssection of vitreoretinal membranes. Vitrectomy in traction and rhegmatogenous retinal detachment, vitreous cinematography, and vitrectomy in trauma will be covered, as well as the latest treatment in endophthalmitis. Use of the CO 2 laser probe for full-thickness scleral chorioretinal wall resection for small intraocular tumors and transvitreal chorioretinal biopsy will be discussed. Motion pictures and 35-mm slides will be shown.
Course 105 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3 Course 102 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 8-MI
Robert E. Kalina, MD, Seattle, WA Arnall Patz, MD, Stephen S. Feman, MD, John T. Flynn, MD, Robert Foos, MD, Andrew McCormick, MD, Guy O'Grady, MD, John W. Payne, MD
Management of Ocular Problems in Premature and Full-Term Infants Retrolental fibroplasia (RLF) and other neonatal ocular disorders are discussed and illustrated. Included are aspects of history, pathogenesis, histopathology, diagnosis, and treatment of early proliferative RLF and late complications. The role of the ophthalmologist in the neonatal unit and in diagnosis and management of neonatal visual disturbances is described.
Course 103 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 10-MI
Room 209-MP
Michael A. Kass, MD, St. Louis, MO Allan E. Kolker, MD, Theodore Krupin, MD, Paul F. Palmberg, MD
The Surgical Management of Glaucoma The indications, results, and complications of the surgical management of glaucoma in phakic and aphakic eyes will be presented. Iridectomy, laser iridectomy, the place of filtering surgery in the management of angle-closure glaucoma, standard filtering procedures compared with trabeculectomy, and surgery in an eye with an intraocular lens will be discussed in this course.
Course 106 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 205-MP
Herbert E. Kaufman, MD, New Orleans, LA Theodore P. Werblin, MD, Miles H. Friedlander, MD, John Cowden, MD
Corneal and External Disease: Newer Aspects Room 15-MI
Henry J. Kaplan, MD, Atlanta, GA Travis A. Meredith, MD
Immunology Update for the Practicing Ophthalmologist This course will give the practicing ophthalmologist familiarity with new immunologic concepts that relate to common office diseases. The immunologic aspects of three eye disorders will be discussed: idiopathic uveitis and immunoregulation; the presumed ocular histoplasmosis syndrome and histocompatibility antigens, and orbital lymphoid tumors and cell surface markers.
Advances in refractive surgery will be described in detail. Some factors involved with intraocular lenses will be reviewed, but emphasis will be placed on new techniques of changing refraction by surgical means, including the treatment of aphakia with keratomileusis and the "living contact lens." Astigmatism and myopia will be discussed, and problems of glaucoma and some new antiviral drugs also will be presented.
202
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 107 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 215-MP
Charles D. Kelman, MD, New York, NY Harold Sawelson, MD, Leeds Katzen, MD
Introduction to Phacoemulsification and Aspiration and Modern Extracapsular Techniques Including Anterior Chamber IOL Techniques Complete details of emulsification techniques will be presented . Discussion will center on the Kelman anterior chamber intraocular lens (lOL) including: three-point fixation, low mass, low trauma insertion, applicability following intracapsular, extracapsular, phacoemulsification or secondary implantation, and accurate anterior chamber maintenance. Phaco unit and Cavitron machine will be available for participants ' use . The course qualifies the participant for lens use.
Course 110 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Methods of Clinical Research The following areas of clinical research will be discussed: (I) when is clinical research appropriate? (2) principles of scientific research, (3) natural history studies , disease regis-
tries , clinical trials, case-control studies, retrospective review of clinical charts, (4) development of research protocol, (5) role of measurement and classification, and (6) reproducibility of observations and measurements.-:standardization of procedures.
Course 111 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6 Course 108 Wednesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 2-MI
Carl Kupfer, MD, Bethesda, MD Fred Ederer, Frederick L. Ferris, MD, Matthew Davis, MD
Room 211-MP
Burton J. Kushner, MD, Madison, WI John T. Flynn, MD
Room 20-MI
Steven G. Kramer, MD, PhD, San Francisco, CA John A. Stanley, MD, Jorge A. Alvarado, MD
Keratoplasty: Complications, Pitfalls, and Current Techniques in Detail Meticulous technique is all-important to successful penetrating keratoplasty (PKP). This course covers details of tissue storage , donor trephination, recipient trephination , preplaced sutures, initial sutures, interrupted and continuous suturing techniques, aphakia, combined PKP and lens extraction, bullous keratopathy, and PKP in glaucoma and intraocular lens patients . Emphasis is given to surgical pitfalls, avoidance of complications, protection of the donor endothelium , appropriate postoperative care, and improvements in the visual rehabilitation of PKP patients.
Adjustable Suture Strabismus Surgery This in-depth course contains all the fine details needed to immediately begin utilizing adjustable suture techniques. Slides and a movie showing intraoperative and postoperative adjustment techniques are presented. Analysis of a large series is made, with attention to complications .
Course 112 Wednesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 214-MP
Peter Laibson, MD, Philadelphia, PA Jules L. Baum, MD, Chandler R. Dawson, MD, James H. Elliott, MD, Danny B. Jones, MD, Howard M. Leibowitz, MD, Anthony B. Nesburn, MD, Thomas Moore, MD
Treatment of Corneal and Conjunctival Infection and Inflammation Course 109 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 204-MP
Carl Kupfer, MD, Bethesda, MD Lloyd Aiello, MD, Matthew Davis, MD
Clinical Guidelines for Photocoagulation in Diabetic Retinopathy Data from the Diabetic Retinopathy Study provide information on the natural history of diabetic retinopathy and document the beneficial effect of photocoagulation. Case presentations will be used to illustrate the application of these results to clinical practice. Time will be allotted for questions and discussion.
This course will cover the following topics in detail: herpes simplex virus infection and herpes zoster infection, adenovirus infection and bacterial corneal ulcers and eridophthalmitis. We will also cover corneal dystrophies and recurrent corneal erosions, as well as the appropriate use of antibiotics and steroids in these various diseases. The material will be presented by lecturers , case presentations, panel discussions, and questions from the audience.
203
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 113 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 210-MP
Course 116 Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 102-MP
Albert N. Lemoine, MD, Kansas City, MO Rolfe A. Becker, MD, Thomas B. Coulter, MD, James T. Robison, Jr., MD, Jerry B. Wurster, MD, Gerhard Cibis, MD
Hunter L. Little, MD, Menlo Park, CA Robert L. Jack, MD, Lloyd M. Aiello, MD, Steven T. Charles, MD, Eric J. Cambie, MD, Acheim Wessing, MD, Gabriel Coscas, MD
Fundus Lesions: Differential Diagnosis
Diagnosis and Treatment of Retinal and Choroidal Vascular Diseases
The purpose of this course is to review both common and unusual developmental defects and pathology of the disc, macula, and peripheral fundus. Emphasis is on diagnosis by the direct and indirect ophthalmoscope and biomicroscope; however, the role of fluorescein angiography, ultrasound, ERG, EOG, and VER will be considered.
Course 114 Tuesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 216-MP
Richard Alan Lewis, MD, Houston, TX Johnny Justice, Jr., Stephen N. Schindler, MD
Fluorescein Angiography: Basic Techniques and Angiographic Interpretations The basic techniques of fluorescein angiography and their application to diagnosis and documentation of retinal and choroidal diseases are demonstrated. We emphasize the indications and limitations of angiography, the basic terminology of angiographic interpretations, and the recognition and management of adverse reactions to intravenous fluorescein. (Review of Course 225 [1979] evaluation cards indicates an overwhelming request for expansion of this course to two hours.)
Course 115 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 5-MI
Harvey Lincoff, MD, New York, NY Ingrid Kreissig, MD, Frank LaFranco, MD, Leonard Parver, MD
The Treatment of Retinal Detachment with Sponge Explant and without Drainage The course is divided into three parts: (1) the preoperative examination with emphasis on finding the retinal hole and the management of vitreous hemorrhage, (2) the selection of patients for nondrainage, primary surgical repair, and analysis of failure, and (3) recent issues, including radial versus circumferential buckles, encircling limits, new gases, and unsecured balloons.
This is a course on the diagnosis and treatment of retinal and choroidal vascular diseases, stressing the interpretation of fluorescein angiography and its uses as a diagnostic aid in evaluation of retinal and choroidal diseases. Specific instruction will be given on the use of argon laser photocoagulation and the indications and results of pars plana vitrectomy. Half the period will be devoted to diabetic retinopathy, which is the leader of retinal vascular diseases both in frequency and in terms of patient disability. Discussions of diabetic retinopathy will pertain to the magnitude of the problem, the natural history, current concepts on pathogenesis, and the use of laser photocoagulation and vitrectomy in the treatment of diabetic retinopathy and vitreous hemorrhages.
Course 117 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room I-MI
Maurice H. Luntz, MD, New York, NY Jeffrey Freedman, MD
Problem Solving in Glaucoma The course discuss\!S the practical management of major present-day problems in glaucoma, particularly surgical management. Case histories are used as illustration. Subjects discussed are: (1) angle-closure glaucoma (treatment of acute episode and neglected acute episode, chronic condition, management of the fellow eye, medical management), (2) open-angle glaucoma (when to treat ocular hypertension and the place, if any, of surgery, indications for surgery in established cases, selection of suitable surgical method, management of cataracts and corneal disease with glaucoma, special problems such as high myopia, visual field changes with poor prognosis and good prognosis, management of hemorrhagic glaucoma and glaucomato-cyclitic crisis), (3) glaucoma in aphakia and its management, and (4) secondary glaucoma (management of uveitis with raised intraocular pressure).
Course 118 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 11-MI
John R. Lynn, MD, Dallas, TX George W. Tate, Jr., MD
Techniques of Quantitative Perimetry Several variables must be considered if the results of
204
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
perimetry are to be maximally useful. Practical application of physiology and psychophysics leads to tips for avoidance of common pitfalls in testing the visual field. The Goldmanntype perimeter will be used as a preferred model in this course so that solid examples of controlled variables can be shown, but appropriate guidelines for the best use of other perimeters will also be discussed. Accuracy and reproducibility are the goals to be achieved in quantitative perimetry.
Course 119 Thursday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 20-MI
Course 122 Friday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 1-MI
Malcolm L. Mazow, MD, Houston, TX William Phelps, MD, Keith McNeer, MD
Diagnosis and Management of Adult Strabismus This course will cover the management, both medical and surgical, of strabismus in adulthood. The course will be divided into three components: (I) long-standing, uncorrected cases occurring both as congenital and early-childhoodacquired strabismus, (2) acquired restrictive deviations both of acute and chronic nature, and (3) neurologic-acquired strabismus.
Robert Machemer, MD, Durham, NC Thomas A. Rice, MD, Thomas Aaberg, MD, Ronald Michels, MD, Stephen Ryan, MD
Pars Plana Vitrectomy: the Treatment of Retinal Detachments This course provides detailed information about the treatment ofrhegmetogenous (especially giant tears) and traction retinal detachments with the techniques of pars plana vitrectomy. The rationale for surgery, preoperative evaluation, surgical technique, and surgical and postoperative complications and their results are discussed and illustrated.
Course 120 Wednesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 204-MP
A. E. Maumenee, MD, Baltimore, MD Walter Stark, MD
Anterior Segment Surgery Techniques for cataract, glaucoma, and corneal surgery will be discussed and illustrated with slides and movies. The indications for these types of surgeries and their results will be presented. If time permits, examples of reconstruction of the anterior segment of the eye following trauma and complicated congenital abnormalities will be illustrated.
Course 121 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Course 123 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Clinton D. McCord, Jr., MD, Atlanta, GA Henry Baylis, MD, Robert Wilkins, MD
Room 3-MI
System of Reconstruction and Repair of FullThickness Eyelid Defects The ophthalmologist and resident in general practice may be called on to repair a traumatically created defect of the eyelid or one that he has created himself by the removal of an eyelid tumor. The course will emphasize that the creation and repair of eyelid defects can be systematized in that any defect can be satisfactorily repaired provided certain basic techniques are first learned. In this system of repair, it is emphasized that eyelid reconstruction involves a system of alternative procedures or techniques that can be applied to a variety of eyelid defects. If one technique cannot be called on, there is a "backup" alternative technique, or modified technique, that can be used. Eyelid defects will be grouped into medial canthal defects, lateral canthal defects, upper eyelid defects, and lower lid defects with subgroupings depending upon the amount and contour of the defects.
Room 204-MP
Irene H. Maumenee, MD, Baltimore, MD Walter J. Stark, MD, Harold E. Cross, MD, G. Frank Judisch, MD, A. Linn Murphree, MD, Edward L. Kazarian, MD
Course 124 Tuesday-Periods 4 and 5
Inherited Ocular Diseases
John A. McCrary, III, MD, Houston, TX
During this course, the genetics, histology, biochemistry, and ultrastructure of hereditary ocular diseases will be discussed. Genetic mechanisms will be explained. These will be exemplified by discussion of anterior segment diseases due to corneal dystrophies, metabolic diseases, chromosomal aberrations, and syndromes primarily affecting the anterior part of the eye.
Room 204-MP
Clinical Neuroanatomy Neuroanatomy is the key to comprehension of neuroophthalmology. This course provides a strong foundation in applied neuroanatomy. The neuroanatomy of the orbit, cavernous sinus, parachiasmal region, suprachiasmatic visual radiations, and posterior fossa are covered. Clinical correlation is used extensively.
205
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 125 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 1-MI
Don McKerricher, MD, 'Nanaimo, BC, Canada William Ross Morton, MD, William J. Could well, MD
Newer Drugs in General Medicine: Ocular Implications The purpose of this course is to help ophthalmologists recognize ocular side effects of medications, particularly those that may have been obtained elsewhere. The ocular side effects of topical medications, corticosteroids, psychotropics, antiarthritics, antibotics, diuretics, vitamins, antihypertensives, B-blockers, anticholinergics, antimetabolites, etc., will be discussed, and illustrative cases will be presented.
Course 126 Friday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 203-MP
Alice McPherson, MD, Houston, TX Charles D. J. Regan, MD, Robert B. Welch, MD
Complications of Retinal Detachment Surgery: Diagnosis, Management, and Prevention In this course we will consider various preoperative, operative, and postoperative complications of detachment surgery performed either alone or in conjunction with vitrectomy. Complications associated with full-thickness scleral buckling, with exoplants and intrascleral procedures, and with implants will be considered. Special attention will be given to the complications that may be encountered in the management of retinal detachment that occurs following vitrectomy or the implantation of a pseudophakos.
Course 127 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 15-MI
John W. McTigue, MD, Washington, DC Stephan R. Waltman, MD, Malcolm J. Magovern, MD, George R. Beauchamp, MD
A Basic Approach to the Management of Common Diseases of the Cornea This course is designed to acquaint the practicing clinician with the diagnostic and therapeutic techniques at his disposal for the treatment of common corneal and external diseases. The therapeutic approach to each specific problem will be chosen with regard to those agents that are available to all practitioners.
Course 128 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 204-MP
Travis A. Meredith, MD, Milwaukee, WI Frederick H. Reeser, MD, Thomas M. Aaberg, MD, Robert A. Wiznia, MD
Exoplants and Cryotherapy in Repair of Retinal Detachment This course will provide a basic approach to the repair of
retinal detachments. Discussion will be presented in four parts: (1) theoretic and practical advantages of cryotherapy, soft silicone exoplants, and drainage of subretinal fluid, (2) operative technique, (3) application of principles to specific cases, and (4) recognition and management of complications.
Course 129 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 203-MP
David D. Michaels, MD, San Pedro, CA David L. Guyton, MD
Management of Complex Refractive Problems The purpose of this course is to consider the diagnosis, differential diagnosis, and management of the more complex refractive problems, such as anisometropia, aniseikonia, oblique astigmatism, and binocular motility disorders. In particular, we will consider the prescription of vertical and horizontal prisms, cylinder modifications (with respect to axis and power), aniseikonia screening tests, and recent advances in refracting amblyopia. The course is designed to be practical rather than theoretic, with emphasis on therapeutics.
Course 130 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 19-MI
Benjamin Milder, MD, St. Louis, MO Byron H. Demorest, MD
The Lacrimal System: Diagnosis and Treatment Knowledge of the anatomy and physiology of the secretion and elimination of tears, essential in planning appropriate treatment, will be reviewed briefly. Diagnostic tests will be described. These include Schirmer testing, Jones tests, dye disappearance, and dacryocystography. Based on these tests, treatment will be described for each component of the lacrimal system.
Course 131 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 3-MI
Benjamin Milder, MD, St. Louis, MO Barry D. Milder, MD
Problems in Presbyopia Presbyopia and bifocals are responsible for more problems and more patient dissatisfaction than any other area of ophthalmic practice. This course will provide guidelines for the management of such problems as the premature presbyope, indications for unequal adds, prescribing for the anisometrope, bifocals in developing cataracts, and multifocals for occupational use.
Course 132 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 101-MP
George E. Morgan, MD, Pasadena, CA Peter Rowell, MD
Hypnosis in Ophthalmology Hypnosis is a useful tool in ophthalmology. In children
206
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
who resist such procedures as instillation of drops for removal of a foreign body, hypnosis saves time. In those patients allergic to local medications and on whom tonometry is necessary, hypnosis allows measurement of intraocular pressure. Hypnosis can be used to relieve pain. In the preoperative patient, hypnosis and suggestion reassure the patient and allay fear. The simple, rapid-induction technique requires less than two minutes to obtain the desired state. The rapid-induction technique will be demonstrated, and its applications to ophthalmic practice will be discussed. During the second hour, each person attending the course will have an opportunity (if he wishes) to practice some of the induction techniques used in ophthalmology.
Course 133 Thursday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 211-MP
Joseph F. Novak, MD, Pittsburgh, PA William H. Coles MD, John A. Burns, MD
Ocular Trauma This course, intended for the general ophthalmologist, will describe office management of industrial trauma with an update on hyphema, basic techniques of immediate repair of perforating corneal scleral lacerations, the management of intraocular foreign bodies, plastic repair of lid lacerations, lid burns, and management of orbital floor fractures.
Course 134 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6
Room ll-MI
Robert A. Nozik, MD, San Francisco, CA Ronald E. Smith, MD, Robert S. Weinberg, MD, Joseph B. Michelson, MD
Practical Uveitis The first hour of this course presents a unique approach to uveitis based on disease classification. The emphasis will be to simplify and organize the entire world of clinical uveitis. The second hour is directed towards the IO to 15 percent of cases which do not "'follow the rules." This will be a problem-solving session and there will be time for attendees to present their difficult cases. This will also be a time to enlarge on issues presented during the first hour.
Course 135 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 211-MP
Richard R. Ober, MD, Los Angeles, CA Alan C. Bird, MD, Stephen J. Ryan, MD
Course 13'6 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 211-MP
* Thomas E. Ogden, MD, PhD, Los Angeles, CA Practical Office Electrophysiology
Designed for the ophthalmologist who does not have access to a qualified electrophysiology laboratory but wishes to provide ERG, EOG, and VER tests, the course includes discussion of (1) indications for and use of tests, (2) problems of office electrophysiology and possible solutions, (3) review of available equipment, and (4) a new approach-automated testing, demonstration, and discussion.
Course 137 Thursday-Periods 4,5, and 6
Room 216-MP
Edward Okun, MD, St. Louis, MO Glen Paul Johnston, MD, Richard Escoffery, MD, Neva P. Arribas, MD
Specific Topics in Retinal Diseases: Management of Diabetic Retinopathy This course will discuss diabetic retinopathy under five major headings: (1) pathogenesis of diabetic retinopathy and rationale for treatment, (2) photocoagulation techniques for proliferative retinopathy in all stages, (3) techniques for treatment of disc neovascularization, (4) treatment and prevention of rubeosis iridis and neovascular glaucoma, and (5) indications for and techniques of vitrectomy in advanced diabetic retinopathy.
Course 138 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 201-MP
Karl C. Ossoinig, MD, Iowa City, IA Frederick C. Blodi, MD, Sandra Frazier Byrne, MD, Barton L. Hodes, MD, Nancy J. Weyer
Orbital Diagnosis: Integrated Use of Standardized Echography and Computerized Tomography In the first section, we will review the current diagnostic techniques applied to the orbit, including basic principles, examination techniques, and typical patterns of orbital echography and computerized tomographic scanning. In the second and third periods, we will discuss the clinical applications of both methods, including explanation of the often different, independent, and complementing information provided by each method, clinicopathologic correlations with special emphasis on findings of standardized echography and computerized tomography, and the role of the ophthalmologist and the technician in the use of these methods.
Fluorescein Angiography: Practical Principles and Diagnostic Interpretation of Fundus Disease
Course 139 Thursday-Periods 1,2, and 3
This course will emphasize basic principles, techniques, and theories of fluorescein angiography. The role of fluorescein angiography in the diagnosis and treatment of various fundus diseases will be discussed. The advantages and limitations of fluorescein angiography as a diagnostic adjunct for the practicing clinician will be stressed.
Karl C. Ossoinig, MD, Iowa City, IA Sandra Frazier Byrne, Barton L. Hodes, MD, Nancy J. Weyer
*By invitation
Room 201-MP
Standardized Echography: The Eye 'This course will be a review of the use of clinical ultrasonography in intraocular diseases based on the combination of standardized A-scan and contact B-scan. The first
207
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
period covers principles of echography with emphasis on different types of information obtained with A-scan and Bscan; special design and standardization of the equipment; examination techniques for detection, localization, measurement and differentiation of lesions, and for reliable and accurate measurement of axial eye length and thickness of cornea, lens, retina, choroid, and sclera. The second and third periods cover clinical application (vitreoretinal conditions, differential diagnosis of malignant melanoma, retinoblastoma, trauma, etc.), echographic-pathologic correlations, and indications for echography.
Course 140 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 102-MP Room 102-MP
Marshall M. Parks, MD, Washington, DC David S. Friendly, MD, John F. O'Neill, MD
Horizontal Strabismus and Muscle Surgery This six-hour course is divided into two parts-horizontal strabismus and muscle surgery. The first part comprehensively reviews the diagnostic and treatment aspects of esotropia and exotropia. The second part reviews the anatomic basis of surgical principles, emphasizing how to avoid technique complications, followed by illustration of the surgical technique for horizontal and oblique muscle surgery.
Room 2-MI
H. Bruce Ostler, MD, San Francisco, CA Phillips Thygeson, MD, Chandler Dawson, MD
The Herpetic Viruses The herpetic viruses are considered in detail starting with a consideration of their physical and immunologic properties. The epidemiology, clinical findings, laboratory findings, and therapy are all considered. The course is designed to introduce some controversy into the discussion; therefore each participant will discuss his mode of therapy and be asked to defend that mode of therapy before the group . The course is appropriate inasmuch as herpetic infections still constitute a major cause of blindness.
Course 141 A, B Wednesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Course 142 A, B Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Wednesday-Periods 4,5, and 6
Room 7-MI Room 7-MI
H. Bruce Ostler, MD, San Francisco, CA Phillips Thygeson, MD, Mas Okumoto, Ira Wong, MD, Robert R. Sexton, MD, Jack Whitcher, MD, W. Bruce Jackson, MD
Course 143 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room I-MI
Gholam A. Peyman, MD, Chicago, IL James G. Diamond, MD, James E. Puklin, MD, Felipe U. Huamonte, MD, Morton F. Goldberg, MD
Pars Plana Vitrectomy This course comprises lectures on embryology, anatomy. biochemistry, and biomicroscopy of the vitreous. It reviews past methods of vitrectomy and replacement substances. Special consideration is given to the present status of vitreous surgery . A section is devoted to comparative instrumentation, preoperative evaluation of patients, and various surgical techniques of vitrectomy and lensectomy. Also covered will be: indications for , and method of management of, vitrectomy in diabetics and numerous nondiabetic causes of vitreous hemorrhage and opacities (traumatic anterior segment injuries, intraocular foreign bodies, secondary membranes, endophthalmitis , membrane stripping, and other proliferative diseases) .
External Diseases of the Eye This course is designed to give the practItIoner basic knowledge using the "Proctor" approach to external diseases and especially infectious diseases of the eyes. The course may be taken for three hours or six hours, depending on the desire of the participant. During each three-hour period, lectures will be given discussing the cytology, virology, bacteriology, mycology, and parasitology of the various diseases covered during each hour of that period. Diseases covered will include: (I) 1st hour, eyelid infections, (2) 2nd hour, conjunctival bacterial infections , (3) 3rd hour, viral and chlamydial conjunctivitis, (4) 4th hour, fungal and bacterial corneal ulcers, (5) 5th hour, marginal corneal ulcers and allergic conjunctivitis. and (6) 6th hour, endophthalmitis.
Course 144 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 13-MI
Charles D. Phelps, MD, Iowa City, IA M. Gilbert Grand, MD
Slit-Lamp Microscopy of the Anterior Chamber Angle and Ocular Fundus We will describe the gonioscopic examination of the anterior chamber angle with emphasis on landmarks, normal variations, and signs of glaucoma. We will also demonstrate how to examine the fundus through a contact lens, including the use of scleral indentation. Normal and pathologic findings will be illustrated.
208
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 145 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 21O-MP Room 21O-MP
L. Harrell Pierce, MD, Baltimore, MD
specular microscopy or review of present methods of corneal tissue storage (penetrating and lamellar grafts). New operating room instrumentation and epithelial versus endothelial fashioning of donor buttons will be discussed.
George F. Hilton, MD, Edward W. D. Norton, MD, Donald M. Shafer, MD
Surgery of Retinal Detachment The purpose of the course is to present a comprehensive view of the surgery and treatment of retinal detachment. We will cover preoperative management, surgical principles, techniques available, choice of technique, drainage of subretinal fluid, prevention of infection, complications, different types of detachments, and treatment of each type. The different approaches of four instructors will hopefully be instructive.
Course 146 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 9-MI
Robert H. Poirier, MD, San Antonio, TX Mathea Allansmith, MD, C. Stephen Foster, MD
Limbal Corneal Disease Abnormalities of the corneal limbus are commonly seen in clinical practice. They may be found in association with metabolic disorders and with the use of certain medications and are a favored place for hypersensitivity reactions. A systematic approach to differential diagnosis oflesions at the corneal limbus is presented. The management of infections (viral, bacterial, and chlamydial) will be given. Immunopathogenesis of limbal lesions will be reviewed in detail. Marginal corneal ulcers, Moorens ulcers, rheumatoid corneal furrows, Terriens marginal degeneration, and other limbal degenerations will be presented, and current management concepts discussed. The surgical management of a variety of limbal degenerations, including peripheral corneal thinning and limbal perforations, will be presented. The use of corneoscleral lamellar grafts and tectonic grafts will be presented. A movie illustrating surgical techniques will be shown and course outlines distributed.
Course 147 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 4-MI
Course 148 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Management of Corneal Graft Complications This course will review modern concepts in the postoperative care of the transplanted cornea. We shall discuss the influence of corneal disease in the prognosis for successful keratoplasty. Various causes for graft failure are discussed, including primary tissue failure, wound dehiscence, glaucoma, immune graft reactions, infection, vitreous complications, ulceration, vascularization, and secondary procedures. Suggestions for both the medical and surgical management of these complications to maintain graft clarity are stressed using clinical case histories and histopathologic preparations. Additionally, we discuss techniques for suture removal, the problem of cystoid macular edema, and the management of high astigmatism.
Course 149 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 8-MI
Albert M. Potts, MD, Louisville, KY Jay Enoch, MD, Mathew Alpern, MD, Arthur H. Keeney, MD, Vivianne C. Smith Pokorny, MD
The Assessment of Visual Function The purpose of this course is to present the basic science foundations of ophthalmic practice and to correlate these with the daily office procedures of the ophthalmologist. Each year for three years a different set of topics is presented and updated, after which the cycle is repeated. Topics covered are: (1) visual field, (2) color vision, (3) dark adaptation, (4) practical aspects of depth perception, (5) electrophysiological methods, (6) visual acuity, (7) ocular motility, and (8) selected topics in visual performance.
Frank M. Polack, MD, Gainesville, FL Frederick S. Brightbill, MD
Course 150 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
The Eye Bank and the Donor Cornea
Allen M. Putterman, MD, Chicago, IL Galdino E. Valvassori, MD
This course will review the organization and function of the modern eye bank. Discussion will include standards required for membership, certification by the EBAA, modern equipment needs, and program financing. Course outlines used in the training and certification of funeral directors and technicians will be distributed. Emphasis will be placed on preoperative evaluation and management of eye donor tissue including: (1) up-to-date criteria for donor tissue acceptance; (2) bacteriology of eye bank eyes, and (3) slit-lamp and
Room 215-MP
Frank M. Polack, MD, Gainesville, FL Frederick S. Brightbill, MD
Room 21O-MP
Basic Orbit Radiology for the Ophthalmologist The purpose of the course is to teach the ophthalmologist how to read basic orbital roentgenograms and to determine which roentgenographic studies and views to order in the most common orbital problems. Tomography, optic canal views, venography, computerized tomography, and dacryocystography will be emphasized. Orbital fractures, tumors, and anomalies will be covered.
209
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 151 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 203-MP
Edward L. Raab, MD, New York, NY
The Strabismus Examination:' Performance and Interpretation The usual tests employed in evaluation of the strabismus patient require careful performance and interpretation to avoid misleading conclusions. This course will emphasize appreciation of the limits to the information provided by these common procedures and ways to increase their reliability. Among the included topics are: (1) factors that affect the choice of examination techniques, and (2) "credibility checks" in evaluating subjective responses.
Course 154 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
Newer Concepts in ·Malpositionsof the 'Eyelids: Their Etiology and Management This is a basic course attempting to clarify the diagnosis and surgery for ptosis and entropion by presenting normal and abnormal anatomy and associated pathophysiology . It is a departure from the presentation of "cookbook" surgery with before and after photographs , which usually aids very little in the long run .
Course 155 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5 Course 152 Tuesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 208-MP
I. Matthew Rabinowicz, MD, Detroit, MI
Pediatric Ophthalmology: Diagnostic Difficulties and New Advances
Room 8-MI
Merrill J. Reeh, MD, Seattle, WA Arthur J . Schaefer, MD, Richard L. Anderson, MD
Room 211-MP
Frederick Reeser, MD, Milwaukee, WI Trexler M. Topping, MD, Thomas M. Aaberg, MD, Stephen Sinclair, MD Perforating Ocular Injuries: A Comprehensive
Approach
Various pediatric problems, some controversial, some new , will be discussed. The evaluation of the apparently blind child , confusing fundus lesions , epiphora , the "funny-looking-child, " and the management of uniocular and binocular cataracts will be among the topics covered. The course is intended to be very practical and will be illustrated with slides.
This course provides an understanding of the newer techniques available for the evaluation and management of perforating ocular injuries . Discussion will include: (l) evaluation-ultrasonography, electrophysiology , macular function testing, foreign body localization; (2) primary repair-foreign body removal, vitrectomy, wound repair techniques and (3) secondary complications-prevention and management. The emphasis is on determining what surgery is necessary , and when.
Course 153 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Course 156 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 205-MP
Gullapalli N. Rao, MD, Rochester, NY James V. Aquavella, MD, Edward L. Shaw, MD
Extended Wear of Soft Contact Lenses The purpose of this course is to familiarize the ophthalmologist with the current thinking about the extended wear of soft contact lenses , both in the correction of aphakia and as a therapeutic modality. This course will cover: (1) basic corneal physiology as applied to extended wear lenses, (2) different types of extended wear lenses, their merits and demerits, (3) fitting techniques, (4) sterilization techniques, (5) proper selection of patients, (6) common problems associated with these lenses, their pathogenesis, early recognition and management, and (7) therapeutic bandage lenses.
Room 4-MI
Robert Ritch, MD, New York, NY Steven M. Podos, MD
Laser Iridectomy: Procedure and Pitfalls Designed for practitioners, this course details patient selection, indications, contraindications, preoperative preparation , operative procedure, postoperative treatment , and complications. Modifications for difficult iris types , avoidable pitfalls, and various types of primary and secondary angle-closure glaucomas responsive to laser iridectomy will be covered. Other anterior segment laser applications will be discussed.
Course 157 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 216-MP
Dennis M. Robertson, MD, Rochester, MN Morton S. Cox, Jr., MD, Froncie A. Gutman, MD
Chorioretinal Disorders This course is designed to present a clinical approach to the management of selected inflammatory diseases of the
210
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
retina and choroid, venous occlusive disease, and a collective group of disorders which have a similar pathogenesis in common, namely, the development of subretinal neovascular membranes.
Course 158 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 3-MI
Richard S. Ruiz, MD, Houston, TX W. S. Hagler, MD, F. H. Davidorf, MD
The Diagnosis and Management of Small Melanomas of the Choroid This course reviews the author's approach to the clinical diagnosis as well as the laboratory diagnosis of small melanomas of the choroid. A thorough discussion of the indications and contraindications of various testing procedures such as P- 32 will be carried out. Those cases which are suitable for photocoagulation and cobalt plaque therapy will be discussed and multiple examples of specific cases will be used during the presentation. Several carefully documented series of cases will be reviewed and discussed.
Course 159 Friday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 20-MI
Stephen J. Ryan, MD, Los Angeles, CA James S. Kelley, MD, Ronald G. Michels, MD
Diagnosis and Therapy of Macular and Retinal Vascular Disease The morphology and pathogenesis of macular and retinal vascular diseases will be presented. Macular degeneration, especially diseases characterized by the disciform process, will be considered in depth. Cystoid maculopathy, branch vein occlusion, diabetic retinopathy, and other retinal vascular diseases will also be considered from the aspects of pathogenesis and treatment.
Course 160 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 5-MI
meant for the practitioner and includes no formal mathematics. Explanations will be given for how computers work, what they can and can't do, and how they relate to the people who use them.
Course 162 Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 214-MP
Whitney G. Sampson, MD, Houston, TX Marlys H. Sampson
Parliamentary Procedure for Physicians This course will review the application of the fundamental principles of parliamentary law to the orderly and legal transaction of the business of deliberative assemblies. As one gains familiarity and confidence with these principles, those specific rules necessary for group participation and leadership assume a logical pattern , thereby removing most of the confusion and mystery from a subject that is assuming increasing importance in the professional activities of all physicians.
Course 163 Thursday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 205-MP
Charles L. Schepens, MD, Boston, MA H. M. Freeman, MD, Tatsuo Hirose, MD, J. W. McMeel, MD, F. I. Tolentino, MD, C. L. Trempe, MD
Vitreous Surgery: 1980 Modifications of indications and techniques of vitreous surgery are discussed, especially points emerging as of prime importance. Preoperative workup techniques of closed vitrectomy, including prevention and management of complications, are summarized. Vitreous surgery in trauma, rhegmatogenous, and traction retinal detachments are discussed in detail , including case presentations. Open-sky vitrectomy is similarly discussed .
Baruch J . Sachs, MD, Boston, MA
Office and Space Design for Ophthalmology A presentation of techniques for precise calculation of total space needs, space subdivision, and efficient utilization. Proper patient flow patterns, suitable room designs, single and multiple doctor offices, space for ancillary help, equipment space utilization, and layout procedures for effective interaction of alI office areas will be discussed. The course is intended for all ophthalmologists.
Course 161 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 202-MP
Aran Safir, MD, New York, NY Norman R. Kashdan, MD
Computers in Ophthalmology This course, covering the fundamentals of computers and some of their applications to clinical ophthalmology, is
Course 164 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 205-MP
C. L. Schepens, MD, Boston, MA H. M. Freeman, MD, F. I. Tolentino, MD, T. Hirose, MD
Retinal Detachment Panel This two-period course is divided into two parts. The first will cover new and controversial approaches in the management of retinal detachment, such as the role of vitrectomy, the usefulness of athermal buckling, and the use of hyaluronic acid injections. In the second part, members of the panel will present specific vitreoretinal problems encountered in their practice. Other panelists and the audience will be invited to comment and present their views on diagnosis and treatment. This will be followed by a description of what was done, the results, and the complications.
211
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 165 Wednesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 102-MP
T. F. Schlaegel, Jr., MD, Indianapolis, IN Daniel H. Spitzberg, MD, C. Joseph Anderson, MD
Essentials of Uveitis The practical approach will be emphasized. Procedures that are of importance in the diagnosis of uveitis will be discussed. The diagnosis of uveitis is based mainly on history and clinical appearance. Therapeutic agents will be considered in detail.
Course 166 Thursday-Periods 4,5, and 6
Room 212-MP
Richard O. Schultz, MD, Milwaukee, WI Robert A. Hyndiuk, MD, R. Poirier, MD, J. Krachmer, MD, M. Besson, MD
tests and histopathologic correlations. Specific illustrative cases will be shown. Audience participation is encouraged.
Course 169 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 203-MP
M. Bruce Shields, MD, Durham, NC David G. Campbell, MD, David L. Epstein, MD, Robert Ritch, MD
Secondary Glaucomas: Current Concepts, Diagnosis, and Management An update of current concepts in the mechanism, diagnosis, and management of several of the more clinically significant secondary glaucomas is presented. Subjects to be discussed in this year's course are glaucomas associated with (1) intraocular tumors, (2) ocular inflammation, (3) ocular trauma, and (4) ocular surgery.
Diagnostic Problems in External Disease This course offers a systemic approach to differential diagnosis, correlating clinical signs with information from cultures and cytology. Entities are stressed that present diagnostic problems or provoke controversy in management, e.g., atypical ulcers, superficial keratitis, limballesions, follicular conjunctivitis, and noninfectious disorders. Current concepts in management are illustrated by demonstration materials and panel discussion.
Course 167 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 101-MP
Bernard Schwartz, MD, PhD, Boston, MA Ralph Z. Levene, MD, Miles Galin, MD
Decision-Making in the Management of Glaucoma
The course will consist of a series of case presentations. Each case will be introduced step-by-step to a panel of wellknown clinicians. At each stage of the patient's history, the members of the panel will be asked to comment on their method of handling a particular case. In this way a comprehensive discussion of the more subtle aspects of the management of glaucoma cases will be obtained. The panelists will not be familiar with the cases prior to the presentation.
Course 170 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 210-MP
John P. Shock, MD, Little Rock, AR Floyd L. Wergeland, Jr., MD, George W. Blankenship, MD
Phacofragmentation of Cataracts and Other Planned Extracapsular Cataract Techniques This course is designed to present the principles and the practice of phacofragmentation of cataracts, with emphasis on technique, indications, contraindications, and instrumentation. The technique will be demonstrated through both limbal and pars plana incisions in conjunction with posterior vitrectomy. A full-incision, planned extracapsular cataract method will also be demonstrated.
Course 171 Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 13-MI
Richard J. Simmons, MD, Boston, MA B. Thomas Hutchinson, MD
Contemporary Glaucoma Surgery Course 168 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 206-MP
Jerry A. Shields, MD, Philadelphia, PA William S. Tasman, MD, William H. Annesley, Jr., MD Jay L. Federman, MD, Lov K. Sarin, MD, William E. Benson, MD, Leonard Joffe, MD, James J. Augsburger, MD, Terrance L. Tomer
Diagnosis and Management of Fundus Diseases This course will present a discussion of common conditions affecting the ocular fundus. Congenital, inflammatory, traumatic, degenerative, and neoplastic disorders will be considered with emphasis on differential diagnostic ancillary
A system of contemporary glaucoma surgery based on the entire spectrum of glaucoma procedures available is presented. The emphasis is on practical methods. A variety of procedures is presented which allows individual selection of the technique most suited for each glaucoma case. Specific surgical techniques presented include, when time permits, contemporary glaucoma procedures such as trabeculectomy, other filtering techniques, approaches for the aphakic eye, management of coexisting cataract and glaucoma, special techniques for low-tension glaucoma, techniques for prevention and management of flat anterior chamber, and the use of anterior segment reconstruction techniques with "vitreous nibblers" in glaucomatous eyes.
212
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 172 Tuesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 206-MP
Hampson A. Sisler, MD, New York, NY Crowell Beard, MD
Blepharoptosis: Prevention and Treatment of Complications A detailed workup, knowledgeable therapeutic choice, and good operative technique will minimize complications of ptosis surgery. These elements, together with methods of dealing with those complications that do occur, compose the substance of this course. A familiarity with basic surgical techniques will be assumed by the instructors.
Course 173 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 208-MP
Management of Complications in Ophthalmic Plastic Surgery This continuing, advanced course deals in depth with different subjects each year. This year's topics include complications of evisceration, enucleation, buried prosthetic devices and autogenous dermal fat grafts, and complications of brow, canthus, and upper lid surgery. Participants should have completed basic courses in oculoplastic surgery since a working knowledge of oculoplastic procedures is necessary to fully comprehend the discussions. Audience participation and panel discussions are integral components of the course.
Room 19-MI Room 19-MI
Clinicopathologic Correlations in Ophthalmology This is a clinically oriented course in which the ophthalmic pathologist will present several cases in the traditional "CPC" approach. A group of expert panelists will be asked to discuss each case from the point of view of differential diagnosis and management.
Room 20-MI
Ronald E. Smith, MD, Los Angeles, CA John A. Carver, MD, Alan H. Friedman, MD, Alexander R. Gaudio, MD, Conrad L. Giles, MD, Raymond Records, MD
Ophthalmology Basic and Clinical Science Course, Section 3: Intraocular Inflammation, Uveitis, and Ocular Tumors In this course, Section 3 of the Basic and Clinical Science Course of the American Academy of Ophthalmology will be *By invitation
Room 216-MP
Ocular Immunology This course is designed for the student or practitioner who is interested in a comprehensive view of immunologic ocular disease. We will cover basic immunologic mechanisms to the pathophysiology of specific ocular diseases. The clinical course of these diseases, the morphology of their lesions, and their differential diagnosis will also be described. Treatment, including both the well-established methods and some new approaches that are now being tested, will be discussed.
Course 177 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 17-MI
Gilbert Smolin, MD, San Francisco, CA Mitchell Friedlander, MD, J. Alvarado, MD
Morton E. Smith, MD, St. Louis, MO Brooks Crawford, MD
Course 175 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Course 176 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
Gilbert Smolin, MD, San Francisco, CA G. Richard O'Connor, MD
Byron Smith, MD, New York, NY Richard R. Tenzel, MD
Course 174 Wednesday-Periods 4,5, and 6 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
used as a guide and manual. Part 1, "Intraocular Tumors," will be a discussion of diagnostic and therapeutic approaches to ocular tumors. Part 2 will be "Intraocular Inflammation and Uveitis." It will be assumed that each registrant has studied Section 3 in advance, and therefore formal presentations will be brief, leaving much time for discussion and questions. A self-assessment examination will be given at the end of the course.
Corneal Dystrophies and Degenerations In this course, corneal dystrophies and degenerations will be discussed in detail. The presentation will include the frequency, hereditary pattern, pathogenesis, signs and symptoms, clinical appearance, course, and treatment of these entities. The discussion will familiarize the practitioner with the appearance and the latest information regarding these diseases so that recognition of the specific entity and an understanding of its course will result.
Course 178 Thursday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 13-MI
... Samuel Sokol, PhD, Boston, MA
The Visually Evoked Potential: Techniques and Clinical Applications Particular emphasis will be placed on the use of the visually evoked potential (YEP) in pediatric ophthalmology, neuro-ophthalmology, and glaucoma. Specific case examples will be presented to illustrate the usefulness ofthe YEP. The types of stimuli used to elicit the YEP and the measurement and interpretation of amplitude and implicit time will also be discussed.
213
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 179 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 103-MP Room 103-MP
David B. Soli, MD, Philadelphia, PA Richard C. Webster, MD, George F. Buerger, MD, Robert C. Della Rocca, MD, Robert R. Waller, MD, Richard L. Anderson, MD, James L. Hargiss, MD, Earl J. Rathbun, MD, John D. Bullock, MD, Michael A. Callahan, MD, John S. Crawford, MD, Richard P. Carroll, MD
Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery Different topics in oculoplastic surgery are discussed in detail by experts. Emphasis is placed on practical surgical techniques useful to both the general ophthalmologist and the experienced oculoplastic surgeon. Management and avoidance of complications are covered. Discussions and audience participation are encouraged. Subjects are rotated each year. Subject material is coordinated with Course 15, given by Charles K. Beyer, MD.
Course 180 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
* Joseph
Room 215-MP
W. Soper, Houston, TX
Advanced Contact Lens Fitting This is an advanced course in contact lens technology which will present approaches to problem cases and the use of special types of lenses. Included in the course will be gas-permeable, bifocal, toric, and keratoconus lenses. Soft lenses for cosmetic, therapeutic, and extended wear will be covered.
Course 181 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 208-MP
the inexperienced in litigation, elements of appropriate form and language of ophthalmological evaluation reports, legal terms, and rules of legal procedure will be outlined. Preparation for pretrial conference, deposition, and conduct during court appearance will be discussed.
Course 183 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 205-MP
Hunter R. Stokes, MD, Florence, SC
Vascular Considerations for the Ophthalmologist: Ocular and Systemic Central retinal artery and central retinal vein occlusions require very specific treatment and a very careful medical evaluation. Advances in diagnosis and therapy are discussed with emphasis on ophthalmodynamometry (ODM) and the role of carotid artery disease. The critical role of the ophthalmologist in the evaluation and referral of patients is emphasized.
Course 184 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 205-MP
William Tasman, MD, Philadelphia, PA William E. Benson, MD, Jerry A. Shields, MD
Retinal Diseases in Children In this course we will present a review of the fundus characteristics of hereditary chorioretinal disorders, retinoblastoma, Toxocara, and retinal telangiectasia. Disorders of childhood that may lead to retinal detachment, such as retrolental fibroplasia, Stickler's syndrome, and trauma, will also be considered. Particular attention will be given to retrolental fibroplasia.
Walter J. Stark, MD, Baltimore, MD Ronald E. Smith, MD, George O. Waring, MD
Anterior Segment Surgery Using Vitrectomy Techniques
Course 185 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
In this course, three anterior segment surgeons will discuss the application of endosurgical (vitrectomy) techniques in anterior segment surgery. We will first cover the strengths and weaknesses of available endosurgical systems. The majority of the course, however, will emphasize the functional principles of surgery-cutting, aspiration, infusion, tissue incision, fragmentation, and endoillumination. The role of the anterior segment surgeon in the management of appropriate cases using endosurgical techniques will be emphasized.
H. Stanley Thompson, MD, Iowa City, IA
Course 182 Thursday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 203-MP
Theodore Steinberg, MD, Fresno, CA
Expert Witness: Preparation and Court Appearance Professional liability, public liability, and industrial compensation litigation involve expert medical testimony. For *By invitation
Room 3-MI
Pupillary Signs in Clinical Diagnosis This course reviews the most useful pupillary signs, including filters, how to detect small afferent pupil defects and measure them, how to recognize Adie's tonic pupil and distinguish it from other poorly reacting pupils, how to make the diagnosis of Horner's syndrome and locate the lesion, and how to distinguish "simple anisocoria" from other, more serious, pupillary inequalities.
Course 186 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 202-MP
Ramesh C. Tripathi, MD, PhD, Chicago, IL
Pathophysiology of Glaucomas and Rationale of Current Surgical and Medical Treatment This course provides current information on the pathophysiology of the glaucomas and the rationale for their
214
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
medical and surgical management. As an introduction to the basic understanding of the problems, the various drainage mechanisms of aqueous humor, especially the newly described transendothelial channels, are reviewed. New findings on the pathogenetic aspects of primary and secondary glaucomas are presented together with practical tips and logic on selected topics of medical, surgical, and Argon laser treatments. The course offers practitioners an updating of their knowledge; for investigators, it means a greater insight into the fundamental problems of glaucoma.
Course 187 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Course 189 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5
Refractive Keratoplasty: Basic Principles and Techniques The cornea can now be modified surgically to correct meridional and axial optical errors. Two basic principlessurface area or thickness volume modification-are employed for all currently recognized techniques. These principles and the surgical techniques currently practiced to affect axial and meridional corrections will be presented.
Room 205-MP
Stephen L. Trokel, MD, New York, NY
Imaging Orbit Structures: Plain Film and Computerized Tomograms (CT Scans) Following clinical examination, the most important tools for analyzing orbital diseases are skull x-rays for the bone structures and computed tomograms for the soft tissues. Hypocycloidal tomography and angiography are of less critical importance since the development of high resolution CT scanning. Details of the plain-film radiographs are developed with disarticulated orbital bones in photographs and x-rays. Soft tissue structures in the orbit are shown on the CT scan and correlated with anatomic structures. The interrelationship of plain films, computed tomograms, and other special x-ray studies is illustrated with specific clinical cases. Most patients with orbital disease problems can be analyzed using the plain films and the CT scan studies.
Course 190 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 212-MP Room 212-MP
Richard C. Troutman, MD, New York, NY Gerald J. Barron, MD, Michel Mathieu, MD, John Stuart, MD, Austin I. Fink, MD, Stephen E. Kelly, MD, Jeffrey Freedman, MD, Herbert G. Pang, MD, Casimir A. Swinger, MD, Alan I. Chalfin, MD, Ronald N. Gaster, MD
Microsurgery of the Anterior Segment: A Practical Course This is a practical laboratory course in the use of the surgical microscope, microsurgical instruments, suture materials, and several anterior segment surgical techniques. It is mandatory that the student bring his own instruments: razor blade knife and blades, microsurgical needleholder, fine corneal forceps, fine iris scissors, cataract or keratoplasty scissors, I mm iris spatula, lens extracting forceps, erysiphake of disposable cryoextractor, disposable 8 mm corneal trephine, disposable corneal splitting knife, four 2-cc plastic syringes, six 25-gauge needles, anterior chamber irrigation needle, and (most important of all) tying forceps for monofilament sutures, one straight and one curved. Enrollment is limited to 24 participants.
Room 207-MP
W. A. J. van Heuven, MD, Albany, NY Walter D. Cockerham, MD, Kenneth R. Hovland, MD
Vitreous Examination in Vitreoretinal Diseases This course teaches the importance and technique of vitreous cavity examination as a prerequisite to retinal and vitreous surgery and as an aid to the understanding of vitreous and retinal diseases. A step-by-step description is given of slit-lamp positions and contact lens manipulations that permit maximum visualization of all parts of the vitreous cavity and retina. A method of recording vitreous findings is described. Vitreous anatomy and its changes with aging and with vitreoretinal disease are then discussed.
Course 191 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Course 188 A, B Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3 Wednesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 15-MI
Richard C. Troutman, MD, New York, NY Casimir Swinger, MD, Jose Barraquer, MD, Richard Villasenor, MD
Room 3-MI
Gunter K. von Noorden, MD, Houston, TX Eugene Helveston, MD
Practical Aspects of Strabismus Management Problems of medical and surgical management of strabismus as they may confront the practicing ophthalmologist will be discussed. The content of this course is changed every year to avoid repetition. Videotape recordings will be shown to demonstrate interesting diagnostic and therapeutic problems and their solutions. The purpose of this course is to keep the practitioner up to date with the latest advances in the practical aspects of strabismus management. This course does not provide instruction in the basic sciences, nor is it an introduction to ocular motility disorders.
Course 192 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 13-MI
Ingolf Wallow, MD, Madison, WI Guillermo de Venecia, MD, George Bresnick, MD
Clinical Histopathologic Correlations of Diabetic Retinopathy Changes of diabetic retinopathy (DR) will be shown by color and fluorescein photographs, trypsin digest preparations, flat mounts, and by light and electron micrographs of
215
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
retinal cross sections. We will describe in detail capillary nonperfusion, microaneurysms, intraretinal microvascular abnormalities, vitreoretinal relationships in proliferative DR, and the histopathologic effects of photocoagulation.
Course 193 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 10-MI
Joseph B. Walsh, MD, Bronx, NY Paul Henkind, MD, Daniel H. Gold, MD, Barry E. Wright, MD
Retinal Vascular Disease
oculogram (EOG) is dependent on the integrity of the standing potential of the eye which develops between the retinal pigment epithelium and the neural retina. The visually evoked potential (YEP) represents the cortical response to light stimulation of the retina and primarily reflects central visual acuity.
Course 196 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 8-MI
Jacob T. Wilensky, MD, Chicago, IL David Robbin, MD, M. Cyrlin, MD
Current Concepts in Angle-Closure Glaucoma
This course will cover, over a several-year period, the spectrum of retinal vascular diseases. Lectures will emphasize the clinical features of these disorders, their underlying pathophysiology with clinicopathologic correlations, and their treatment. Illustrative material will include clinical photographs, fluorescein angiograms, and both light and electron photomicrographs.
Our present understanding of angle-closure glaucoma (ACG) will be presented. The pathophysiology, incidence, and diagnosis of the disease will be reviewed. New methods of therapy, including laser iridotomy, will be discussed and illustrated. Primary ACG will be stressed, but chronic and secondary ACG will be covered as well.
Course 194 Thursday-Periods 2 and 3
Course 197 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 210-MP
Martin Wand, MD, Hartford, CT David K. Dueker, MD, David A. Hill, MD, B. Thomas Hutchinson, MD, C. Davis Belcher, MD
Neovascular Glaucoma: Diagnosis, Causes, and Management Neovascular glaucoma has always been one of the most dreaded types of secondary glaucoma because so little was known of its cause and so little could be done in its management. Recently, there have been many significant developments in its detection and treatment, and the prognosis is no longer as bleak. This course will start with a discussion of the natural history of neovascular glaucoma as well as the important ocular causes of neovascularization. Fluorescein angiograms of the iris at various stages of rubeosis iridis and neovascular glaucoma will be presented. Goniophotocoagulation, its indication and techniques, will be discussed. Current thought on medical and surgical therapy will conclude this course.
Course 195 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 209-MP
George W. Weinstein, MD, San Antonio, TX
Clinical Visual Electrical Physiology (ERG, EOG, and VEP) Evaluation of the visual system with electrophysiologic techniques permits clinicians to obtain objective information about the function of various portions of the visual pathways. The electroretinogram (ERG) provides information about the outer retinal layers, indicating the sensitivity of both rod- and cone-mediated functions. The electro-
Room 206-MP
Robert C. Welsh, MD, Miami, FL Charles Moore, MD, Oliver Dabezies, Jr., MD
Aphakia Spectacles This practical course will present basic and advanced information that should help cataract surgeons (not doing intraocular lenses) provide their aphakic patients with the very best spectacles for aphakia. The three instructors will review all currently available types of spectacles for aphakia. Unusual and improved techniques for aphakic refraction will be covered, along with the essential physiology (defects) of vision through aphakic spectacles. The course is geared toward residents, cataract surgeons, office aides, and advanced opticians.
Course 198 A, B Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 212-MP Room 212-MP
Donald E. Willard, MD, Easton, PA Frank M. Polack, MD, L. L. Hyde, MD, Ned M. Reinstein, MD, Robert Abel, Jr., MD, Emily J. Karp, MD, Perry S. Binder, MD
Practical Course in Ophthalmic Microsurgery This course will offer six hours of intensive practice in the techniques of ophthalmic microsurgery. Established techniques as well as recent developments will be included. Each student must provide his own microsurgical instruments. Microscopes and other practice materials will be furnished in the course. Enrollment is limited to 25 students.
216
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 199 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 209-MP
Course 203 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 8-MI
W. Bruce Wilson, MD, Denver, CO Robert B. Rutherford, MD
* Robert
Although transient loss of vision (one hour or less) is usually related to vascular disease , other important disease entities must be considered. Ophthalmic symptoms and signs need to be correlated with associated findings that may suggest concomitant lesions in the brain or heart. This course will present the differential diagnosis of transient visualloss, its workup, and therapy.
Aphakics experience the most marked visual changes, but small design variations in moderate prescriptions may also be disturbing. Topics discussed and illustrated are frame fitting, vertex distance , lens curves and thicknesses , distortions, ring-scotoma , magnification, swim, and patient adaptation. Tables will be explained and distributed showing the magnitude of these factors and how they may be controlled for optimum vision.
Spectacle Lens Problems in Aphakia and Nonaphakia
Transient Loss of Vision
Course 200 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
* Jan
Room 215-MP
G. F. Worst, Haren, The Netherlands
Lens Implantation Sutured Iris Medallion Type Lenses This course on lens implantation summarizes the author's experience with 3,000 cases of artificial lens implantation in routine and unusual cases. The course deals mainly with routine intracapsular surgery and lens implantation, and extracapsular surgery and lens implantation.
Course 201 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
E. Bannon, Buffalo, NY
Room I-MI
John E. Wright, MD, London, England William B. Stewart, MD, Gregory Krohel, MD, Richard M. Chavis, MD
Course 204 Friday-Period 2
Room 8-MI
John C. Barber, MD, Galveston, TX
Management of the Dry Eye Patient
One of the more common difficult management problems encountered in private practice is the patient with dry eyes . A scheme of differential diagnosis is presented to enable the practitioner to separate dry eye patients into etiological categories. This allows rational initial therapy, which is usually more effective. Modification of therapy is discussed, and nonmedical forms of treatment are presented with specific instructions. Special attention is given to diseases related to dry eyes and to medication-induced dry eyes. Relative merits of the available tear products are discussed at length .
Practical Approach to Diseases of the Orbit
This is a practical and clinically oriented course on the diagnosis and management of orbital disease. A flowchart of the approach to diagnosis , an overview of the most common diseases affecting the orbit, and the basics of orbital surgery will be presented. A highlight topic will also be covered in depth . Questions and discussion will be encouraged.
Course 202 Thursday-Period 6
Room 214-MP
Richard L. Abbott, MD, San Francisco, CA Robert G. Webster, Jr., MD
Postoperative Corneal Complications: Prevention and Management This course will cover the prevention and management of corneal complications that may occur with the following surgical procedures: (I) ptosi s surgery, (2) retinal detachment and vitrectomy , (3) cataract surgery , including phacoemulsification, (4) intraocular lens implantation, and (5) penetrating keratoplasty . Emphasis will be placed on the prevention of corneal complications both prior to and during surgery and the management of complications should they occur. 'By invitation
Course 205 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 9-MI
Henry Baylis, MD, Encino, CA Clinton D. McCord, MD
Correction of Deformities in Patients with a Prosthetic Eye by Surgical and Nonsurgical Methods This course will cover all major problems that occur in patients who wear a prosthetic eye. The major topics will be eyelid malposition, socket contracture, enophthalmos , extruding implants, mucous membrane grafting, and combinations of the above.
Course 206 Tuesday-Period 2
Room 202-MP
Owen Belmont, MD, Philadelphia, PA
Refraction: Causes of Failure This course analyzes the categories of patients who return dissatisfied with their glasses. Many failures in refraction are preventable, and the problems may be anticipated. Case histories are presented with practical solutions to common problems. Troublesome areas such as presbyopia, aphakia, and anisometropia are discussed.
217
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 207 Tuesday-Period 5
Room 15-MI
Richard Bensinger, MD, Seattle, WA
Practical Color Vision and Color Testing Color testing in light of current theory with legal implications will be covered. Enough background will be provided to allow classification and the limitations imposed by color deficiency. Aspects of the usefulness of color testing in a variety of ocular pathologies and toxicities will be discussed. The .. X-Chrom" lens will be featured.
Course 208 Wednesday-Period 4
Room 215-MP
One-Day Intracapsular and Extracapsular Surgical Techniques without Phacoemulsification: With Application to Intraocular Lens Implantation We will describe techniques that allow one-day hospitalization with intracapsular or extracapsular extraction without phacoemulsification and will discuss indications and contraindications for each. Use of the Shearing posterior chamber lens will be described. Histopathologic material will be used in the discussions of surgical wound technique and intraocular lens implantation.
Room 216-MP
E. J. Blumberg, MD, Arlington, TX
Modern Diagnosis and Treatment of Migraine Clinical experience has delineated the diagnostic criteria of common vascular headaches. They should be considered a manifestation of an underlying condition rather than a basic one. Recognition and treatment of these basic problems is now of primary importance, prevention rather than treatment being dominant in the approach to these conditions.
Course 210 Wednesday-Period 4
Room 4-MI
Blaine S. Boyden, MD, San Francisco, CA
Vitreous Hemorrhage: Diagnosis and Management Mismanagement of vitreous hemorrhage is too common. The purpose of this course is to present a systematic method for examination, diagnosis, and management of vitreous hemorrhage. Indications for medical versus surgical treatment will be emphasized and there will be a handout.
Course 211 Thursday-Period 3
Course 212 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 205-MP
John D. Bullock, MD, Dayton, OH
Ophthalmic and Systemic Disease
Jerome W. Bettman, Jr., MD, Albuquerque, NM Steven P. Shearing, MD
Course 209 Wednesday-Period 6
quires the use of multiple diagnostic and surgical capabilities. This course is designed to present an organized, comprehensive approach to foreign body care, utilizing both conventional and new concepts of instrumentation and vitreous microsurgery.
Room 206-MP
Nathaniel R. Bronson, II, MD, Southampton, NY Yale L. Fisher, MD
Intraocular Foreign Body Management: A Practical Approach to Magnetic and Nonmagnetic Particles Successful extraction of intraocular foreign bodies re-
The ophthalmologist is in a unique position to diagnose diseases of virtually every organ system. Ophthalmic manifestations of metabolic, collagen-rheumatic, nutritional, endocrine, cardiovascular, hematologic, gastrointestinal, infectious, pulmonary, dermatologic, and renal diseases are presented and illustrated by clinical photographs, retinal photographs, photomicrographs, radiographs, and other special studies.
Course 213 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 211-MP
James E. Burris, Jr., MD, White Plains, NY G. Peter Halberg, MD, Louis Previte
Practical Applanation Tonometry This course will present an overview of applanation tonometry. Discussion of applanation and indentation tonometry principles will be followed by a review of the known practical applanation tonometry devices. The Goldmann, Perkins, Kowa, Halberg, Maklakoff, Tonomat, DigilabPneuma, Biotronics and EMT Electronic, and American Optical Noncontact tonometers and their clinical applications will be discussed.
Course 214 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 19-MI
John C. Cavender, MD, San Francisco, CA
Hypertensive and Arteriosclerotic Retinopathy Confusion continues to exist regarding the ophthalmic signs seen in both of these entities and their systemic and ocular implications. The course will attempt to unravel some of the mystery through demonstration of the most important and reliable signs found in each retinopathy and through discussion of related underlying pathophysiology. All clinical variants of these two interacting disease states will be covered, including retinal vein occlusion. In addition, the effects of systemic hypertension on diabetic retinopathy will be discussed and illustrated. This course should appeal to general ophthalmologists who wish to update their knowledge in this field and who may find themselves in the position of advising their medical colleagues on the status of their hypertensive patients.
218
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 215 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 13-MI
Webb Chamberlain, MD, Cleveland, OH
Management of Strabismus: Update Current-status diagnostic testing, medical treatment, and specific surgical procedures will be presented. The role of miotics in detecting accommodative factors will be noted. The importance of eight-point versions and forced ductions will be stressed in differentiating paralytic and restrictive etiologies. The surgery of Brown's syndrome and the continuing importance of significant AV patterns are included.
Course 216 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 15-MI
John W. Chandler, MD, Seattle, WA S. Lance Forstot, MD
Ophthalmia Neonatorum: Diagnosis and Therapy The causes, manifestations, and systemic involvement in external infectious diseases of the newborn are changing. This one-hour course will discuss these changes as well as the prevention, diagnostic approach, and therapy of ophthalmia neonatorum. Special emphasis will be given to an understanding of gonococcal, chlamydial, and viral agents. The goal of the course will be to increase the physician's knowledge of the causes of ophthalmia neonatorum and the ability to intelligently approach diagnosis and management. The lecture will be supplemented with a handout that will outline course content and give references.
Course 217 Friday-Period 2
Room 17-MI
Gilbert W. Cleasby, MD, San Francisco, CA John L. Norris, MD
Surgery of the Orbit This course emphasizes practical points concerning diagnostic evaluation, indications for surgery, and operative techniques in surgery of the orbit. Establishing a diagnosis and making the decision for or against surgery is often difficult and frustrating. Many special diagnosis studies are available; their applications will be discussed. Special attention will be given to orbital endoscopy. Neoplasms and deformities provide the principal indications for surgery and will be discussed in detail, with emphasis on the management of expanding masses.
Course 218 Thursday-Period 4
for removing unwanted material and structures with vitreous surgery instruments. Special applications of this type of surgery have been found to avoid and correct problems associated with cataract surgery and lens implantation. Techniques and instrumentation will be described for removing intrusive or opaque vitreous, removing residual lens materials, enlarging small pupils, opening the posterior capsule, removing secondary cataracts, and removing retroimplant membranes.
Course 219 Thursday-Period 3
Room 209-MP
D. Jackson Coleman, MD, New York, NY Stanley Chang, MD
Vitrectomy in Traumatized Eyes
Management of traumatic disruption of the lens and vitreous has been improved with vitrectomy instrumentation. The appropriate surgical timing and approach depend on suitable preoperative evaluation techniques, including ultrasonography for the characterization of structural change and localization of intraocular foreign bodies. Surgical approach and instrumentation in a variety of clinical situations, including perforated lens, vitreous hemorrhage with retinal detachment, retained reactive intraocular foreign body, and double perforating injury, will be presented. The applicability of a single incision or bimanual approach, as well as the pars plana-limbus incision route with different vitrectomy instruments, will be discussed.
Course 220 Thursday-Period 3
Room 4-MI
Robert S. Coles, MD, New York, NY
Office Management of Uveitis
Most uveitis can be managed as an office procedure. Practical consideration and a diagnostic workup, along with pertinent clues indicating a specific diagnosis, will be emphasized. Detailed instruction on therapy of the various forms of uveitis will be thoroughly covered, with emphasi~ on management of nonspecific recalcitrant forms. A 22-page handout will summarize the material.
Course 221 Tuesday-Period 1
Room 17-MI
Brian J. Curtin, MD, New York, NY Robert H. Bedrossian, MD
Room 209-MP
Gilbert W. Cleasby, MD, San Francisco, CA Steven J. Eckstein, MD
Vitreous Surgery as a Supplement to Cataract Surgery In recent years a new field of intraocular surgery has evolved that uses both the pars plana and limbal approaches
Problems in Myopia Management The diagnostic signs that differentiate physiologic from pathologic myopia are reviewed. The use of atropine in treating progression, and the efficacy of orthokeratology in physiologic myopia are discussed. The management of complications in pathologic myopia (cataract, glaucoma, retinal breaks) are presented along with the current status ofrefractive keratoplasty in myopia.
219
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 222 Wednesday-Period 6
Room 3-MI
Louis Daily, MD, Houston, TX
Biomicroscopy of Vitreous and Fundus Oculi This advanced course uses many unique photographs to illustrate techniques of examination and appearances of structures and lesions by diffuse, focal, retro, and proximal illumination, ie, vitreous detachments, vitreoretinal adhesions, and retinal detachments, tears, cysts, hemorrhages, edema, including the region of the vitreous base as seen with scleral depression.
Course 223 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 2-MI
A. Dellaporta, MD, Palo Alto, CA
Trepano-Trabeculectomy: Ten Years Experience The course includes technique of trepano-trabeculecto my (TTE), complications, and results. TTE is effective in open-angle and angle-closure glaucoma in whites, blacks, and young adults. It can be combined with a cataract operation. Eighty percent of eyes operated on show surgical scars covered by normal conjunctiva, avoiding the hazards seen in avascular cystic scars.
Course 224 Wednesday-Period 2
Room 17-MI
Robert Della Rocca, MD, New York, NY Frank Nesi, MD
Course 226 Tuesday-Period 2
Room 17-MI
J. Graham Dobbie, MD, Chicago, IL Carl L. Fetkenhour, MD, Richard B. O'Grady, MD
Clinical Fundus Diagnosis
This course will present the significant clinical features of a variety of fundus lesions and correlate these with histopathology, fluorescein angiography, and a retinal function profile including electroretinogram (ERG), electrooculogram (EOG), dark adaptation, color vision, and visual fields. The conditions covered will include congenital and acquired disease of the fundus. Each of these conditions will be presented in the form of color stereoscopic fundus slides. Corresponding fluorescein angiograms and retinal function tests will then be shown, discussed, and correlated with histopathologic slides illustrating these lesions and emphasizing the retinal layers involved.
Course 227 Tuesday-Period 1
Room 8-MI
Donald J. Doughman, MD, Minneapolis, MN James V. Aquavella, MD, Walter Mayer, MD, Bernard McCarey, MD
The Modern Eye Bank: Methods and Procedures This course will include practical discussion of donor selection, donor endothelium assessment, methods of contamination control, removal of the corneoscleral segment, M-K media storage, 37°C organ culture preservation, current EBAA guidelines, morticians' courses, medical examiners' legislation, and eye bank financing.
Lid and Canthal Reconstruction
This course will present to the ophthalmologist procedures for lid and canthal reconstruction. Specific techniques and their application will be emphasized and will include primary lid repair composite grafts (skin and tarsus) and the Cutler-Beard and Modified Hughes procedures. The surgical repair of superficial and deep canthal defects will also be discussed.
Course 225 Thursday-Period 6
Room 202-MP
James G. Diamond, MD, New Orleans, LA Gholam A. Peyman, MD
Course 228 Thursday-Period 3
Room 216-MP
Nicholas G. Douvas, MD, Port Huron, MI
Vitrectomy Update: Techniques and Special Applications The presentation will detail a description of current techniques and principles relating vitrectomy instrumentation to surgical goals and mechanical objectives. This year's presentation will be devoted primarily to the management of intra- and postoperative surgical complications by the anterior segment surgeon. If time allows, management of trauma will be discussed.
Intraocular Management of Endophthalmitis This instructional period will present an in-depth analysis of the extraocular versus intraocular management of infective endophthalmitis. Background and basic research in the therapeutic and toxic effects of intraocular antibiotics alone, and in conjunction with vitrectomy, will be covered. A systematic approach in the management of endophthalmitis will be discussed.
Course 229 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 202-MP
Davis G. Durham, MD, Wilmington, DE John Schmelzer
Keogh vs. Incorporation The ophthalmologist is confronted with this decision. The
220
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
course will present advantages and disadvantages of each, and discuss when it is best to incorporate. An expert in this field will be available during the presentation and discussion.
Course 230 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 19-MI
Jared M. Emery, MD, Houston, TX Gunter K. von Noorden, MD
Diagnosis and Management of Orbital Floor Fractures
Current techniques of managing orbital floor fractures are presented. Topics covered include: signs and symptoms, diagnostic methods, indications for surgery versus conservative management, methods of surgery , complications of surgery, and long-term results of surgical versus nonsurgical management. Special emphasis will be placed on criteria for surgery and on surgical pitfalls .
Course 231 Wednesday-Period 6
Modern Techniques of Quantitative Perimetry This course outlines techniques in static and kinetic perimetry. An attempt will be made to provide some understanding of the procedures used . Recent methods applicable to layer-by-Iayer quantitative perimetry will be described. Clinical utilization of methods, selection of appropriate methods, and sample cases will be provided. Relative merits of different instruments will be considered.
Room 2-MI
John W. Espy, MD, New York, NY R. Linsy Farris, MD, Frank B. Hoefle, MD
Management of Aphakia and Other Refractive and Therapeutic Problems with Contact Lenses This course will highlight the use of all types of contact lenses, particularly extended-wear lenses, in handling specific optical problems (aphakia , keratoconus, postgraft , and corneal scarring). Current uses of therapeutic lenses will be described. Selection of the proper type of lens, methods of fitting, complications, and follow-up management will be discussed .
Course 235 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 203-MP
R. M. Fasanella, MD, New Haven, CT
Complications of Cataract Surgery This course will cover trends in the avoidance of pitfalls and complications in the classic intracapsular lens extraction. Discussion will include: (I) my cataract routine of choice, (2) dislocated lenses , (3) infection, (4) expulsive hemorrhage, (5) membranes, and (6) anesthesia. Slides will be shown.
Room 204-MP
J. Terry Ernest, MD, Indianapolis, IN
Fluorescein Angiography, Angioscopy, and Fluorophotometry This course is designed to increase the clinician's understanding of fluorescein angiography, angioscopy, and fluorophotometry . The techniques of the three methods are described , and emphasis is placed on the interpretation of the results on the basis of the most up-to-date information on the vasculature and the retinal pigment epithelium.
Course 233 Thursday-Period 6
Course 234 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 15-MI
Jay M. Enoch, PhD, Gainesville, FL Emilio Campos, MD
Course 232 Wednesday-Period 4
general, and neuroleptic agents; indications, counterindications ; and how best to alter surgical technique to use these agents to their fullest advantage. The various drugs, muscle relaxants, and anesthetic procedures and their effect on the intraocular pressure, the mortality, etc., will be detailed.
Room 211-MP
Albert C. Esposito, MD, Huntington, WV
Anesthesia in Ocular Surgery, Local, General, Neuroleptic Analgesia: Pre- and Postoperative Management Including Intraocular Lens This course offers a working knowledge of the various anesthetics used in ocular surgery covering the newer, local,
Course 236 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 202-MP
Carl L. Fetkenhour, MD, Chicago, IL Earl Choromokos,
Anterior Segment Photography and Fluorescein Angiography Anterior segment photography and fluorescein angiography is an important and useful clinical and research procedure. A technique t,hat utilizes a fundus camera (Topcon) to obtain quality photographs and angiograms of the conjunctiva, cornea, anterior chamber angle, and iris will be demonstrated. Pertinent vascular anatomy and normal and abnormal studies , the latter representing a variety of clinical problems, will be discussed. Bilateral simultaneous angiographic techniques will also be shown.
221
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 237 Wednesday-Period 6
Room 213-MP
Course 241 Friday-Period 1
Room 201-MP
Eugene R. Folk, MD, Skokie, IL Marilyn Miller, MD, Lawrence Chapman, MD
Jerre Minor Freeman, MD, Memphis, TN Thomas Gettelfinger, MD, Spencer Thornton, MD
Diagnostic Problems in Strabismus
The Punctum Plug: The Dry Eye and the Wet Eye
The purpose of this course is to discuss those strabismus problems that most frequently present diagnostic difficulties. The format will consist of videotape case presentations that the participants will be asked to evaluate. The salient features and differential diagnoses will be presented and discussed.
This course is designed to introduce the practicing ophthalmologist to a device that occludes the lacrimal punctum reversibly and will include the following: (I) patient selection, indications for occlusion, (2) signs and symptoms of the dry eye, (3) varying methods of treatment other than occlusion, (4) instrumentation required, (5) anesthetic, insertion technique, (6) avoidance and management of complications, (7) when to remove, when to reinsert, and (8) methods of surgical occlusion of the punctum. Discussion of lacrimal duct reconstruction with the nasal lacrimal duct prosthesis will also be included.
Course 238 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 2-MI
Maureen A. ReIland, MD, New York, NY Sidney A. Fox, MD
Senile Ectropion and Entropion Recent work has removed the etiologies of senile ectropion and entropion from the realm of guesswork to a factual basis. Some of these modern theories will be discussed. Operative procedures best adapted for the correction of various types of mild and severe ectropion and entropion will be considered, and the reasons for each choice explained.
Course 239 Wednesday-Period 4
Room 201-MP
Course 242 Tuesday-Period 1
Room 208-MP
Wayne E. Fung, MD, San Francisco, CA
The Office Use of Intravenous Fluorescein (Angioscopy) Intravenous fluorescein can be advantageously used in the office setting for more complete evaluation of macular, space-occupying, and vascular lesions of the fundus. Its use is advantageous to both the patient and the practicing ophthalmologist. This course will concentrate on teaching the indications, technique, and interpretation of its use.
Frederick T. Fraunfelder, MD, Portland, OR John H. Sullivan, MD
Cryosurgery for External Disease Including Skin Malignancies Cryosurgery is becoming increasingly popular for the treatment of basal and squamous cell carcinomas of the eyelids. It is probably the current treatment of choice for extensive trichiasis. The course is designed to detail necessary equipment, method of treatment, indications, results, and complications of cryosurgery of periocular and external ocular lesions.
Course 240 Thursday-Period 4
Room 9-MI
Albert R. Frederick, Jr., MD, Boston, MA Johnny Justice, Jr.
Techniques for Producing and Presenting Visual Aids This course will review bases for preparation of effective visual aids to enhance oral medical presentations. Theory and practical techniques will be reviewed. Methods for doit-yourself preparation of materials available to the practitioner will be suggested. Clarity and effectiveness of graphic aids will be stressed.
Course 243 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 1-MI
Antonio R. Gasset, MD, Miami, FL
Contact Lenses for the Practicing Ophthalmologist The hallmark of contemporary ophthalmology is the rapidity of its change. Contact lens practice today is quite different from that of yesterday. The course is an update of the book Contact Lenses and Corneal Diseases by Appleton-Century-Crofts. This course follows the same outline of presenting the new contact lens field in a unique fashion that will allow the ophthalmologist to use this knowledge immediately in his daily practice. New fitting techniques that have successfully allowed us to use extendedwear soft contact lenses the day after surgery will be presented.
Course 244 Wednesday-Period 2
Room 209-MP
Conrad L. Giles, MD, Southfield, MI Malcolm Mazow, MD
Childhood Uveitis The management, diagnosis, etiologic evaluation, and
222
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
treatment of childhood uveitis will be discussed. Special emphasis will be placed on the treatment of uveitis of children in the office setting. The management of the complications associated with this disorder in children will also receive attention.
Course 245 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 210-MP
A. Marvin Gillman, MD, New York, NY
Profiles of Complications in Cataract Surgery: Pathogenesis and Prevention Recognition and immediate correction of the various pathogenic mechanisms that may complicate conventional cataract surgery, ICCE, KPE, and IOL will be reviewed in terms of the following major pathogenic categories: (1) anterior chamber failure, (2) hypotension, (3) aphakic glaucoma, (4) CME, (5) ARD, (6) keratopathy, (7) vitreous mechanisms and vitrectomy, and (8) unique KPE and IOL pathogenic mechanisms.
Course 246 Friday-Period 1
Room 17-MI
James P. Gills, MD, New Port Richey, FL Robert Cooper Welsh, MD
Extracapsular Cataract Extraction and Insertion of the Posterior Chamber Lenses The fine details of extracapsular cataract extraction with emphasis on capsular fixation of posterior chamber lenses will be demonstrated. The techniques of administering anesthesia, opening the capsule, lens delivery, cortical removal, cleaning of the posterior capsule, lens insertion, suture closure, surgical keratometer, control of astigmatism, intraocular lens power determination, quality control of intraocular lenses, triple procedures, and discissions will be covered.
Course 247 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 206-MP
W. Sanderson Grizzard, MD, Tampa, FL James J. O'Donnell, MD
Principles of Human Genetics The course will review the current state of knowledge in human genetics and metabolic disease and give examples pertinent to ophthalmology. Emphasis will be placed on inheritance patterns, genetic counseling, and appropriate laboratory investigation of patients with inheritable eye disease.
Course 248 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 20-MI
Ellis Gruber, MD, Rochester, NY
What's New in Soft Contact Lenses The field of soft contact lenses is a dynamic, everchanging one. The number of manufacturers has grown from one company with one lens to approximately 20 companies with dozens of lenses. Today the emphasis is on ultra-thin lenses and extended-wear lenses, and we can expect many changes in the future in lens designs (torics, bifocals, etc.) and in materials (high water content, silicone, etc.). This course will be updated each year to keep abreast of the latest developments.
Course 249 Thursday-Period 6
Room 205-MP
William S. Hagler, MD, Atlanta, GA Zane F. Pollard, MD
Toxocara Canis Endophthalmitis: Surgical Management The Elisa test has been shown to be sensitive and specific for the diagnosis of toxocara canis endophthalmitis. The major retinal complication of this is retinal detachment, which frequently involves the posterior pole. Scleral buckling and/or pars plana vitrectomy is effective in a significant number of patients. Indications and techniques for management of the retinal and vitreous complications will be given.
Course 250 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 9-MI
G. Peter Halberg, MD, New York, NY Robert A. D'Amico, MD
Management of the Contact Lens Problem Case Practicing ophthalmologists are increasingly consulted by patients with improperly fitted and/or troublesome contact lenses. The analysis of such cases from the point of view of ophthalmologic diagnosis as well as contact lens technology, is an important medical task. Topics to be discussed in this course include management of common contact lens prob" lems, fitting errors and their elimination, proper "contact lens-free" time schedules for correction of such problems as the corneal warpage syndrome, proper guidance of the disappointed contact lens patient, and the practical, kind, and uncomplicated management of the usually complex problem case.
223
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 251 Thursday-Period 3
Room 2-MI
G. Peter Halberg, MD, New York, NY Alfonse A. Cinotti, MD
Extended-Wear Contact Lenses in Aphakia
A short presentation of the anatomy and the physiology of the optic disc will be followed by detailed discussion of the different clinical methods available for examining and following changes of the optic disc. Full-color and red-free photography of the optic disc will be presented and correlated with other findings in glaucoma. Practicality, as well as academic and clinical values of the different methods, will be emphasized. A question and answer period will close the course.
This course is designed to bring the ophthalmologist up to date on what is new in the field of extended wear of contact lenses in aphakia. The instructors are investigators of these lenses and will describe their experiences and results with the following lenses: Permalens, Sauflon, CSI (Corneal Sciences), Softcon, and TC-75 (Trans-Canada).
Course 256 Wednesday-Period 4
Room 17-MI
William H. Havener, MD, Columbus, OH
Room 209-MP
Thomas S. Harbin, Jr., MD, Atlanta, GA Alan I. Mandell, MD, Irvin Pollack, MD
Glaucomatous Visual Field Defects, Correlation with Optic Disc Cupping The correlation of specific glaucomatous (nerve fiber bundle) visual field defects with optic nerve cupping is crucial for the differentiation between glaucoma and other causes of field changes. This course will cover the specific and the nonspecific glaucomatous field defects, using patient examples as encountered in day-to-day practice. The characteristic features of glaucomatous optic disc cupping will be reviewed, and a series offield defects correlated with discs will be presented. Examples of misinterpreted fields and discs will be included.
Course 253 Thursday-Period 6
Room 15-MI
Hiram H. Hardesty, MD, Cleveland, OH
The Use and Abuse of Prisms
The popularity of Fresnel press-on prisms has led to frequent abuse of this modality. Prisms have been found to be especially helpful in the management of overcorrected and undercorrected exotropias. Although useful in hypertropia, they are frequently overprescribed. Prisms are least useful in esotropia because of the adaptation phenomenon.
Course 254 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 208-MP
Jack Hartstein, MD, St. Louis, MO Richard Lembach, MD, Anthony Nesburn, MD
Optic Disc in Glaucoma
Course 252 Wednesday-Period 3
Course 255 Wednesday-Period 4
Techniques of Posterior Segment Cryotherapy If you can depress the scleral during indirect ophthalmoscopy, you can apply a cryoprobe. It is easier if you know the little tricks of sliding underneath the rectus muscles, rotating the eye for optimum view, avoiding the catastrophe of shaft depression and uncontrolled posterior freezing, etc. Come, I'll show you.
Course 257 Friday-Period 2
Room 201-MP
Sanford D. Hecht, MD, Waltham, MA Joseph Flanagan, MD
Management of Recurrent Entropion and Ectropion Entropion surgical failures are common, as is evidenced by the high rate of referral to ophthalmic plastic surgeons. Ectropion failures are less common. We will discuss the specific physical findings that dictate the choice of secondary procedures. The vital roles of horizontal laxity and the rapidity of the failure are emphasized.
Course 258 Thursday-Period 1
Room ll-MI
John Heckenlively, MD, Los Angeles, CA Richard Lolly, PhD
Current Concepts in Retinitis Pigmentosa Room 215-MP
Hiram H. Hardesty, MD, Cleveland, OH
Superior Oblique Surgery Diagnosis and surgical treatment of superior oblique pareses will be discussed. Techniques for tenotomizing and tucking the superior tendon will be illustrated by a movie, still slides, and pictures of cadaver dissections. Stress will be placed on pitfalls that to date have not been described in our literature.
There is strong evidence that retinitis pigmentosa is not one disease but many different diseases with different etiologies. During the first hour, diagnostic criteria, treatment modalities, and inheritance patterns will be reviewed and approaches for patient counseling discussed. Clinical cases will be used to illustrate points and, in particular, that in a few patients, primary changes can be localized by fluorescein angiography to specific cellular layers. The course will also cover current clinical and basic science research efforts including a histopathologic study with clinical
224
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
correlation to two of the eyes and short presentations on research in animal models-the RCS rat model and cyclic GMP and visual cell degeneration in animals with inherited retinal dystrophies (mouse and dog).
Course 259 Thursday-Period 4
not often required in the aphakic patient. The course will acquaint the ophthalmologist With a variety of anterior segment, vitreous, and retinal problems seen in the intraocular lens patient. Topics include lens design considerations, instrumentation, vitreous hemorrhage, vitreocorneal touch, retroimplant membranes, pupillary block, dislocated lenses, use of intraocular gas techniques, and management ofrelinal detachment.
Room 213-MP
Kenneth R. Hovland, MD, Denver, CO R. Sloan Wilson, MD
Small-Pupil Binocular Indirect Ophthalmoscopy This is a course on the use of various indirect ophthalmoscopes in situations in which the pupil cannot be dilated well, such as intraocular lenses. An explanation of principles and helpful maneuvers will be followed by practical experience on small-pupil model eyes. The course is limited to 30 participants, preferably those with more than two years' experience in indirect ophthalmoscopy.
Course 260 Thursday-Period 2
Course 263 Tuesday-Period 1
Room 216-MP
Barry N. Hyman, MD, Houston, TX
Carotid Artery Disease and the Ophthalmologist
This course is intended for the practicing ophthalmologist who encounters patients with suspected carotid artery disease. We will first review the ocular diagnostic signs and symptoms. Also discussed will be noninvasive tests and how these tests may help identify the patient who needs arteriography.
Room 11-MI
Rufus O. Howard, MD, New Britain, CT
Ocular Defects Due to Chromosome Errors Most ocular abnormalities have occurred in patients with chromosome defects. Specific chromosome defects resulting in retinoblastoma, aniridia, cyclopia, microphthalmia, strabismus, and corneal opacities will be illustrated by patient case histories.
Course 261 Tuesday-Period 6
Room 208-MP
Creig S. Hoyt, MD, San Francisco, CA Robert D. Stone, MD
Does the Baby See? This course is designed to outline the ways in which a clinician may assess visual acuity in early infancy. Attention will be drawn to recent research that suggests that potential visual acuity in infancy is much better than previously thought. The differential diagnosis of visual failure in the infant will be presented, and the basis of electrophysiological differentiation of these disorders will be reviewed.
Course 264 Thursday-Period 3
Room 8-MI
Jerry Hart Jacobson, MD, Ogdensburg, NY
Clinical Applications of Retinal and Cortical Electrical Activity Recording Recording of the electrical activity of the retina and/or the cortex (electroretinopathy and visual-evoked response) provide information of value in the diagnosis of retinal and optic pathway disease. This course will describe the methods used and benefits to be derived from these techniques.
Course 265 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 3-MI
George K. Kambara, MD, Los Angeles, CA Frank J. Weinstock, MD
Sources of Information for the Low-Vision Patient Course 262 Thursday-Period 3
Room 3-MI
William L. Hutton, MD, Dallas, TX William B. Snyder, MD
Vitreoretinal Complications of Intraocular Lenses The management of vitreous and retinal abnormalities in the intraocular lens patient introduces special considerations
The panel will discuss how to evaluate the needs of lowvision patients in the office, including the office routine and role of office personnel in this evaluation. Sources of information and the type of information available from organizations such as NAVH, AFB, NSPB, the Library of Congress, and local social service agencies will be presented. In addition to the currently available material, future vistas of help for the low-vision patient will be explained.
225
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 266 Thursday-Period 3
Room 9-MI
Frederick M. Kapetansky, MD, Columbus, OH Paul A. Weber, MD
Diagnosis and Management of Glaucoma
The practicing ophthalmologist who wishes to assess his concepts of the diagnosis and management of primary glaucoma may benefit from this course. Four basic skillsbiomicroscopy, gonioscopy, perimetry, and ophthalmoscopy-will be reviewed as they pertain to the field of glaucoma. The impact that timolol has had on the medical management of glaucoma will be reviewed briefly.
the perinatal intensive care nursery. A brief history of retrolental fibroplasia (RLF) is given, including its prevalence and significance in 1980. Special emphasis is placed on who and when to examine, the clinical classification of RLF, and the natural history of acute RLF. A discussion of attempted treatment modalities confirms the role of ophthalmologist as observer, rather than healer, in the perinatal nursery. A consideration is given to the medicolegal aspects of RLF.
Course 270 Wednesday-Period 6
Room 205-MP
Terence G. Klingele, MD, Belleville, IL
Course 267 Tuesday-Period 4
Optic Neuritis: Differential Diagnosis and Treatment Room lO-MI
Frederick M. Kapetansky, MD, Columbus, OH
Ocular Syndromes and Glaucoma
The primary purpose of this course is to assist the physician by clarifying and organizing important syndromes with which glaucoma is often associated. The entire 35-mm slide presentation should stimulate the physician to recall some of the salient features of these syndromes. While viewing important selected clinical features, each physician has the opportunity to assess his or her own ability to identify these syndromes.
Course 268 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 13-MI
Arthur H. Keeney, MD, PhD, Louisville, KY Joseph F. Novak, MD
Injuries and Protection from Ophthalmic Lenses and Frames: New Materials, New Standards, and What You Can Achieve New lens materials, oversize designs, consumerism, and 1979 American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards require optical design, tolerance, and safety awareness. Chemical leach from phototropic glass is outlined clinically. A combined lens and frame system can absorb greater impact than specified for lenses or frames alone. Polycarbonates for industry and prescription use provide high-impact resistance with chromatics dispersal. U.S. standards will be reviewed.
Course 269 Wednesday-Period 5
The course is limited to optic neuritis and confusing similar entities. The presentation is illustrated by Kodachrome slides covering the subject of optic neuritis in childhood through old age. Office evaluation is stressed, including practical color vision testing, consideration of the role of kinetic and static perimetry, the value of visual-evoked response, and when to involve other specialties for further workup. A detailed discussion covers systemic disorders causing, or associated with, optic neuropathy, including toxic and nutritional factors, infectious, inflammatory,demyelinating, vasculitic, neoplastic, and ischemic disorders and related heredofamiliar entities. Specific treatment of each entity is outlined.
Course 271 Tuesday-Period 6 Paretic Strabismus
Emphasis will be placed on up-to-date methods in the treatment ofthird-, fourth-, and sixth-nerve paresis. Surgical techniques will be stressed in detail including primary procedures and reoperations. Specific operative points will include muscle transposition procedures, the Jensen procedure, superior oblique tendon transplant, adjustable sutures, anchoring sutures, and the use of bare sclera and conjunctival recession techniques. Decision-making in both the preoperative and intraoperative phases will be discussed in relation to avoiding surgical pitfalls.
Course 272 Wednesday-Period 6 Room ll-MI
Room 10-MI
Philip Knapp, MD, New York, NY John Hermann, MD
Room 209-MP
Harold P. Koller, MD, Cherry Hill, NJ Anthony Caputo, MD
James Kingham, MD, Tampa, FL
Practical Amblyopia Therapy
This one-hour course is tailored for the primary ophthalmologist who acts regularly or occasionally as consultant in
This course will provide the practitioner with a practical guide to the management of amblyopia in childhood. Expected results in the various age groups and amblyopia types
Retrolental Fibroplasia
226
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
will be explained. All methods of therapy, with their advantages and disadvantages, will be practically demonstrated using slides and motion pictures. Full- versus part-time occlusion, as well as pharmacologic penalization techniques, will be included. Orthoptics and pleoptics will be briefly discussed and their relevance to more simple occlusion techniques demonstrated. A practical way of treating even the most resistant children will be presented.
Course 273 Friday-Period 3
Room 9-MI
Marvin F. Kraushar, MD, New York, NY Sheila Margolis, MD
Why Can't My Patient See 20/20? Simplified Evaluation of Macular Function This course is a comprehensive, step-by-step, simplified office procedure for evaluating foveomacular integrity in patients with minimal visual and fundus abnormalities. The mechanism, technique, interpretation, and indications are discussed for Amsler's grid, red-free ophthalmoscopy, fluorescein angiography, macular photostress, flying corpuscles, contrast sensitivity gratings, electroretinography (ERG), foveal ERG, electro-oculography, visual-evoked responses and other tests are fully illustrated with Kodachrome slides.
will be reviewed. The indications for the use of intraocular gas in anterior and posterior segment surgery will be presented. Current techniques for the injection of intraocular gas (both at the time of surgery and postoperatively) in both retinal and vitreous surgery will be discussed. Techniques of photocoagulation in the presence of intraocular gas will be described. The complications that arise from the use of intraocular gas, their prevention, and their management will be outlined.
Course 276 Tuesday-Period 1
Corneal Edema: Glaucoma Syndromes Corneal edema with elevated intraocular pressure is the most striking manifestation of a variety of diseases, including angle-closure glaucoma, epithelial downgrowth, interstitial keratitis, Fuchs' dystrophy, Chandler's syndrome, essential iris atrophy, and Cogan-Reese syndrome. The course will review the pathophysiology, diagnostic measures, and medical and surgical management of each entity.
Course 277 Friday-Period 1 Course 274 Wednesday-Period 1
Room Il-MI
Roger H. S: Langston, MD, Cleveland, OH Joel Sugar, MD
Room 203-MP
Theodore Lawwill, MD, Louisville, KY
Room 203-MP
Marvin L. Kwitko, MD, Montreal, Canada
Glaucoma in Infants and Children Patients with congenital glaucoma are classified into groups according to the time of onset of symptoms: birth, six months, and three years. Each group is analyzed according to initial signs and symptoms. Schi."tz tonometer reading under general anaesthesia, gender, bilaterality, surgical procedure performed, and final visual acuity are discussed. The differential diagnosis is discussed as well as the complications that were experienced in surgical treatment. The conditions found associated with these cases of congenital glaucoma are outlined.
Practical Clinical Electrophysiology: ERG, EOG, and VER
The basic principles and clinical uses and abuses of clinical electroretinography, electro-oculography, and visual-evoked responses will be reviewed. The presentation will include an explanation of what information is to be expected from these tests, when they can be useful, and when they are not indicated. Some of the psychophysical tests that must be available to fully evaluate the electrophysiologic tests will be outlined. Clinical examples will be drawn from the cases re· ferred to the author's laboratory over the past 12 years.
Course 278 Tuesday-Period 4 Course 275 Wednesday-Period 4
Room 202-MP
Maurice B. Landers, III, MD, Durham, NC Robert Machemer, MD
Use of Intraocular Gas in Retinal and Vitreous Surgery The use of intraocular gases, including air, sulfur hexafluoride, and other inert gases, will be described. The physiologic principles governing the use of these substances
Room I-MI
William E. Layden, MD, Tampa, FL Virginia M. Shaffer, John S. Cohen, MD
Public Speaking for Physicians Basic fundamentals in public presentation of medical material are considered and reviewed. Illustrations focus on ophthalmic subjects. Principles that apply to correct slide preparation and presentation are included. Enhancement of interest in medical subjects by different modalities is highlighted. Duties of moderators and panel chairmen will be reviewed.
227
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 279 Tuesday-Period 6
Room 204-MP
Michael A. Lemp, MD, Washington, DC David W. Lamberts, MD, Henry D. Perry, MD
tions that are directly associated with the surgical techniques of retinal detachment surgery and photocoagulation for neovascular retinopathy. Color fundus photographs will be used to illustrate pathology.
The Dry Eye: Diagnosis and Management This course is directed toward a practical approach to the diagnosis and treatment of dry eyes. Tear-film anatomy and physiology gives rise to a pathologic classification, grading severity, and a rational plan of treatment. Clinical examples and discussion time are included.
Course 280 Thursday-Period 3
Mark R. Levine, MD, Shaker Heights, OH Albert Hornblass, MD
Room 1-MI
Medical and Surgical Treatment of Orbital Fractures The course is designed to guide the physician in correctly diagnosing orbital fractures and selecting those that should be operated on. Special emphasis will be placed on operative intervention by the infralid, Caldwell-Luc, and combined approach. Complications will be emphasized as well as their treatment. This will be highlighted with case presentations illustrating the management of these complications.
Course 281 Thursday-Period 4
Room 4-MI
Paul R. Lichter, MD, Ann Arbor, MI David N. Cohen, MD
The Optic Disc in Glaucoma and N euro-Ophthalmology Careful evaluation of the optic disc is essential in all ophthalmologic examinations . Most particularly, the optic disc is important in the diagnosis and management of glaucoma and in the evaluation of neurologic disease. This course is designed to review the basic aspects of evaluation of the optic disc, including the instrumentation and techniques of evaluation. The characteristics of the normal optic disc are thoroughly discussed, followed by a review of the glaucomatous and neurologic disc. A number of case presentations are given in the course including many unknowns. Ample opportunity will be provided for questions from the audience.
Course 282 Friday-Period 1
Room 8-MI
Ruth Stoddard Long, MD, New York, NY
Complications of Retinal Surgery Complications of the surgical treatment of retinal tumors, including malignant melanoma and cobalt plaqueing, will be discussed. There will also be a discussion of the complica-
Course 283 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 4-MI
Virginia L. Lubkin, MD, New York, NY Morris Feldstein, MD
Cosmetic Blepharoplasty: Avoidance and Treatment of Complications Cosmetic blepharoplasty appears to be a simple procedure, but it is fraught with hazards at every step, from the choice patient to the repair of ectropion. This course aims specifically at the point-by-point prevention of complications and their later treatments . A handbook will be distributed.
Course 284 Thursday~Period
4
Room 204-MP
Barry A. Maltzman, MD, Jersey City, NJ
Extended-Wear Contact Lenses: a Six-Year Experience Softcon contact lenses have been fit on more than 200 aphakic eyes for more than six years. These lenses have been fit for extended wear and defined as successful when worn continuously on the eye and removed only for replacement because of precipitates, change of power, etc. This course will provide the fitting techniques employed, which include patient selection, corneal evaluation, lens parameter selection, and complications and their treatments. Typical case presentations will be used to demonstrate the desired results clearly. Problems such as converting bilateral spectacle-corrected aphakia, high astigmatism, and corneal disease will specifically be addressed. At present, an 85 percent success rate can be expected.
Course 285 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 209-MP
Barry A. Maltzman, MD, Jersey City, NJ
Toric Soft Lenses Toric soft lenses represent a new contact lens design. It is estimated that 45 percent of contact lens wearers have greater than 0.75 diopters of refractive astigmatism. With the increasing advantages of soft lenses, the toric lens is becoming an important tool for the ophthalmologist. This course will emphasize: (I) new lens materials, (2) fitting techniques, (3) fitting problems and solutions, and (4) case reports. Our experience is an 84 percent success rate with a follow-up of one year. This indicates a greater chance of success for treating astigmatism than in the conventional lenses.
228
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 286 Wednesday-Period 4
Room ll-MI
Michael F. Marmor, MD, Palo Alto, CA
The Management of Retinitis Pigmentosa (and Allied Diseases) Retinitis pigmentosa and related dystrophies are not rare diseases but are frustrating to manage. Current understanding of these diseases will be reviewed briefly, includi,llg problems of diagnosis and electrophysiologic testing. The practical management of the patient will be discussed in detail including modes (and hypotheses) of treatment, genetic counseling, optical aids, and guidelines for prognosis.
Course 287 Thursday-Period 6
Room lO2-MP
Extracapsular Cataract Surgery: the Manual Procedure This is a didactic course dealing with the nonmechanized techniques of planned extracapsular cataract surgery and artificial lens implantation. Emphasis is on anterior capsulecto my , expression of nucleus, aspiration of cortex, and lens implantation. Special instrumentation will be discussed.
Room 2-MI
J. Wallace McMeel, MD, Boston, MA Clement L. Trempe, MD
Practical Photocoagulation of Common Retinal Vascular Problems
Two common vascular disorders of the fundus (diabetic retinopathy and venous obstruction) that may be treated by photocoagulation are discussed. Pathogenesis, clinical evaluation, and case selection for treatment are considered. Emphasis is placed on the technique for photocoagulation; cases are presented. The results and complications of treatment are reviewed.
Course 289 Tuesday-Period 6
Room 8-MI
Gerald E. Meltzer, MD, Denver, CO
Room 15-MI
Richard P. Mills, MD, Seattle, W A Jon Trobe, MD
Supervision of Visual Field Technicians Trained assistants are commonly employed to examine visual fields. Physicians, though knowledgeable in technique, find the delegation of this task difficult. Proper orientation, ongoing supervision, and trouble-shooting by physicians will be covered, resulting in generation of reliable tangent, perimetric, or automated fields by technicians.
Course 291 Thursday-Period 6
David J. Mcintyre, MD, Bellevue, WA
Course 288 Thursday-Period 6
Course 290 Tuesday-Period 6
Room 13-MI
Peter H. Morse, MD, Chicago, IL Marvin F. Kraushar, MD, Morton L. Rosenthal
Which Patients Should I Send for Fluorescein Retinal Angiography? Careful clinical examination, using direct or indirect ophthalmoscopy and Goldmann contact lens examination, will often reveal essential points that may obviate fluorescein study. Circumstances in which fluorescein angiography is necessary or helpful are: (I) early detection of subtle, pigmented epithelial defects in cases of retinal degeneration or drug toxicity, and assessment of pigmented choroidal lesions to exclude malignant melanoma; (2) prognostic factors for central vision in patients with diabetic retinopathy or branch vein occlusion, and (3) as a guide to therapeusis in cases of central serous choroidopathy, other serous retinal separations, and macular degeneration with subretinal neovascular membranes.
Course 292 Wednesday-Period 5
Room 17-MI
A. Linn Murphree, MD, Los Angeles, CA H. Dunbar Hoskins, MD, Eugene Helveston, MD
Pediatric Ophthalmology Update This one-hour course will be a review of recent developments and trends in pediatric ophthalmology. Strabismus, congenital glaucoma, congenital cataracts, retinal blastoma, pediatric neuro-ophthalmology, and genetics will be discussed in informal round table sessions. Emphasis will be on audience involvement and informal discussion rather than a formal lecture format. Topics will vary from year to year.
Critical Evaluation of Scientific Literature Physicians make significant daily medical decisions based on data presented to them in journals and at meetings. This course is designed to help physicians better evaluate these scientific data. The scientific method is reviewed, and examples are given from the literature of error in formulating hypotheses, testing these hypotheses, and collecting and analyzing data.
Course 293 Thursday-Period 6
Room 203-MP
Joseph F. Novak, MD, Pittsburgh, PA
Occupational Ophthalmology This course describes a basic industrial eye program including: industrial eye examinations; job vision standards;
229
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
placement of workers with eye defects such as amblyopia, monocular vision, and cataracts; the implementation of an effective eye safety program; and some aspects of American National Standards Institute (ANSI), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Workmen's Compensation, and the Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
Course 294 Thursday-Period 4
Course 297 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 15-MI
Roswell R. Pfister, MD, Birmingham, AL
The Alkali-Burned Eye: Current Concepts This course will review the early, intermediate, and late changes occurring after alkali burns of the eye. The subject will be approached from clinical, morphologic, physiologic, and therapeutic standpoints. Emphasis will be placed on new concepts as they apply to the management of these burns.
Room 17-MI
Conor O'Malley, MD, San Jose, CA George O. Waring, III, MD
Ocutome Surgery for the Anterior Segment Surgeon In this course the experienced anterior segment surgeon will be fully exposed to the indications, contraindications, principles, technique, and training requirements for surgery with the Ocutome for open-sky vitrectomy and definitive closed-eye surgery via the limbus and pars plana for cataracts in the young, subluxated and ruptured lenses, pupillary membranes, and retro-intraocular lens membranes.
Course 295 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 10-MI
Roswell R. Pfister, MD, Birmingham, AL
Systematic Approach to the Management of Corneal Disease: the Treatment of Corneal Perforations Clinical case presentations will be used to illustrate judgmental approaches (medical and surgical) to the diagnosis and management of corneal diseases. This year the diagnosis and management of diseases causing corneal perforation will be discussed. In particular, trauma, inflammations, infections, and surgical complications will be considered.
Room 17-MI
Patrick O'Malley, MD, South Bend, IN Thomas Stafford, MD
Portable Xenon Arc Light Coagulator: Theory and Practice We will discuss in detail the clinically significant optical and electronic features of the Log- 2 and Log- 3 light coagulators and then briefly review the clinical role of these instruments. Each participant will have the opportunity to perform in vivo experiments.
Course 296 Thursday-Period 6
Course 298 Wednesday-Period 1
Course 299 Wednesday-Period 2
Room 9-MI
Guillermo Pic6, MD, Santurce, PR Guillermo Pic6, Jr., MD
Techniques in Lacrimal Surgery Surgical management of epiphora will be presented. The techniques used by the authors in phimosis of the punctum, repair of the freshly lacerated canaliculus, and obstruction of the canaliculus, common punctum, and nasolacrimal duct will be shown with slides and movies. Our technique of dacryocystorhinostomy will be described.
Room 208-MP
H. Bruce Ostler, MD, San Francisco, CA L. Douglas Perry, MD
Oculogenital Diseases This course is designed to acquaint the physician with the various oculogenital diseases that he may see. during the course of practice. The presentation of the subject will begin with ophthalmia neonatorum and will include those diseases of oculogenital significance seen in the child and in the adult. The discussion will include epidemiology, signs and symptoms of the disease, laboratory studies, and treatment. The subject is timely inasmuch as there has been a recrudescence of oculogenital disease with the increase in venereal disease that has occurred within the past decade.
Course 300 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 9-MI
Guillermo Pic6, MD, Santurce, PR William Townsend, MD
Surgery for Pterygium Time will be allotted for a detailed description, with slides, of a technique of combined excision and beta radiation. Pathogenesis of recurrent pterygium will be presented with special emphasis on preventive measures at the original surgery. Surgical procedures used, which depend on the type oflesion encountered, will be illustrated by a motion picture.
230
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 301 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 207-MP
Course 305 Thursday-Period 4
Room 11-MI
Raymond E. Records, MD, Durham, NC
Frank M. Polack, MD, Gainesville, FL Endre Balaczs, MD
Bacterial Endophthalmitis: Diagnosis and Therapy
Viscosurgery of the Anterior Segment Thi s course will de scribe the properties and use of Healon®. This viscoelastic substance acts as a mechanical buffer protecting the corneal endothelium from trauma with intraocular lenses or instrument s and helps in restoring the depth of the anterior chamber after cataract or glaucoma surgery. It has a protective effect on the endothelium of corneal grafts during phakic or aphakic keratoplasty. Movie s and videotape of surgical procedures will be shown.
Bacterial endophthalmitis most commonly arises following cataract extraction. Upper eyelid swelling, loss of the red reflex , and unusual tenderness on palpation are early signs. Symptoms include unusual postoperative pain and loss of light sense. Diagnosi s can often be made on the basis of an anterior chamber tap. Therapy is divided into three parts : topical, using mydriatics and cycloplegics; oral steroids, and intravenous antibiotics selected on the basis of gram-stain tinctorial and morphologic findings.
Course 302 Wednesday-Period 6
Course 306 Thursday-Period 1
Room 11-MI
Edward W. Purnell , MD, Cleveland, OH William E. Cappaert, MD, K. E. Frank, MD
Clinical B-Scan Ultrasonography This course is designed to present practical information to ophthalmologists involved in the clinical use of B-scan ultrasonography. Instrumentation and newer concepts will be discussed. However, emphasis will be placed on the diagnosis o f anterior segment pathology , vitreoretinal disease, and the evaluation of monocular exophthalmos. The characteristic sonograms of each will be presented .
Congenital Corneal Anomalies
This course is designed to provide a guide to aid in the diagnosis and management of the numerous congenital anomalies of the cornea. Clinical features that will aid the ophthalmologist in making a diagnosis will be emphasized. The results of surgical as well as other therapeutic regimens for the various anomalie s will be presented.
Course 307 Thursday-Period 1 Course 303 Tuesday-Period 6
Room 206-MP
James G. Ravin, MD, Toledo, OH
Fine Art and Ophthalmology Fine art works can reveal abnormalities in the subject of the work or reflect ocular disease of the artist. Medical abnormalities from centurie s of civilization will be shown. Discu ssion will include these questions: Did EI Greco have astigmatism? Did van Gogh become insane from glaucoma? Which artists had cataracts?
Course 304 Friday-Period 3
Room 212-MP
Lawrence A. Raymond, MD, Cincinnati, OH George Kranias, MD
Managing the Patient Who Complains of "Flashing Lights" Light flashes have diagnostic and prognostic value . They can be caused bY .retinal d etachment, vitreous detachment , retinal microembolization , cataract operation, lesions of the occipital region, migraine, and digitalis overdose. Their features will be emphasized. The following will be discussed: How does the busy ophthalmologist distinguish the various diagnostic possibilities? Which patients should be referred?
Room 210-MP
John W. Reed, MD, Winston-Salem , NC
Room 211-MP
Alan M. Roth, MD, Sacramento, CA Robert G. Webster, Jr., MD
Pigmented Lesions of the Bulbar and Palpebral Conjunctiva The classification, pathologic as pects, and clinical significance of pigmented lesions of the conjunctiva have long been obscure to the practicing ophthalmologist. This course will give a practical clinical approach to clarify the major types of conjunctival pigmentation, dividing them into benign, potentially malignant , and frankly malignant lesions. It will describe their clinical and hi stopathologic feature s and give their natural history. It will teach the clinician to know when and how to take a specimen for biopsy of pigmented tumors! of the conjunctiva and how to use the histopathologic features of these lesions as a guide to further therapy. It will focus particularly on the lesions that may become malignant melanomas and will describe the clinical significance of melanosis oculi. Use of unknown photographs will help the clinician to test what he has learned .
Course 308 Thursday-Period 3 Richard S. Ruiz, MD, Houston, TX
Room 11-MI
Optic Disc Lesions This course is designed to present to practicing ophthal-
231
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
mologists, residents, and general physicians a large number of conditions involving the optic nerve head (the disc) and the immediately surrounding choroid and retina. The presentation is illustrated with multiple examples of the same condition to show a large cross section of variation within the same disease process. The course aims to enhance diagnostic abilities for those conditions that can involve the posterior pole region and particularly the optic disc area. It is clinically oriented and does not study any particular entity in depth.
Course 309 Tuesday-Period 2
Room ll-MI
Felix N. Sabates, MD, Kansas City, MO King Y. Lee, MD
Photocoagulation Treatment and Immunological Aspects of Ocular Histoplasmosis Our experience in more than 150 cases treated with argon laser photocoagulation and krypton laser photocoagulation will be discussed as well as the immunological aspects of this disease. The different risk factors and the relationship to the final visual results following treatment will be presented. The retinal changes with emphasis on early diagnosis and treatment will also be discussed. This course will familiarize the general ophthalmologist with this disease as well as aid those who choose to treat with photocoagulation.
Course 310 Wednesday-Period 4
Course 312 Wednesday-Period 3
Room ll-MI
Aran Safir, MD, New York, NY
Understanding Retinoscopy Retinoscopy is too complex to be expressed by a set of rules. Skillful retinoscopy requires an understanding of the phenomena observed through the retinoscope sight-hole. Simple optical concepts (no math) are used to explain the appearance of the reflexes in ways that form a coherent and easy-to-remember scheme.
Course 313 Thursday-Period 3
Room 100MI
Norman Sanders, MD, North Miami Beach, FL
Aphakic Bullous Keratopathy: Etiology, Prevention, and Surgical Therapy
This course attempts a comprehensive look at aphakic bullous keratopathy, from etiology to surgical therapy. The thrust of the discussion is aimed at achieving the best corneal clarity possible, both during cataract extraction and corneal transplantation for aphakic bullous disease.
Room 100MI
Felix N. Sabates, MD, Kansas City, MO King Y. Lee, MD
Basic Approach in the Management of Intraocular Foreign Bodies The purpose of this course will be to present in practical, clinical terms the different approaches in the management of the removal of intraocular foreign bodies, magnetic and nonmagnetic. Emphasis will be placed on techniques that will minimize the incidence of early and late complications, mainly retinal detachments and all retinal changes following this type of surgery. The use of photocoagulation and scleral buckling procedures, as well as pars plana vitrectomy, in handling these cases will be demonstrated with 33-mm slides and movies.
Course 311 Tuesday-Period 6
tem. Using autopsy material, this course will emphasize the pathologic correlates of abnormal discs, fields, and motility.
Room 215-MP
Joel G. Sacks, MD, Cincinnati, OH
Neuropathology for Ophthalmologists Ophthalmologists have little exposure to neuropathology and yet the interpretation of neuro-ophthalmologic symptoms and signs requires an understanding of the basic patterns and mechanisms of disease in the central nervous sys-
Course 314 Tuesday-Period 3
Room ll-MI
J. Albert Sarrail, MD, San Francisco, CA Barbara Silvestri, MD, Gray Aguilar, MD
Plastic Surgery of the Eyelids Surgical techniques of the following procedures will be illustrated and exhibited with color movies: (1) blepharochalasis, upper lids and lower lids; (2) spastic senile entropion, Butierprocedure; (3) ectropion repair, Kuhnt-Szmanowsky; (4) levator resection, Blaskovics' procedure; (5) fascia lata sling for complete ptosis; (6) Wheeler halving, modified; (7) carcinoma, split-thickness graft; (8) carcinoma, lower lid, tarsal transplantation with lid closure; (9) dacryocystorhinostomy; (10) orbital floor fractures, and (11) integrated implants as secondary procedure for surgical anophthalmos.
Course 315 Tuesday-Period 6
Room 13-MI
Harold G. Scheie, MD, Philadelphia, PA
Cataract Extraction: Routine and Complicated The author's routine for intracapsular cataract extraction will be presented and illustrated by films. The removal of
232
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
dislocated lenses will also be shown, as well as complicated cataract extractions such as those following filtering procedures for glaucoma. Preparation of the patient and prophylactic measures to avoid complications will be discussed. Postoperative care will be described.
Course 316 Thursday-Period 5
Room 213-MP
C. L. Schepens, MD, Boston, MA C. L. Trempe, MD
Indirect Ophthalmoscopy This course is designed to offer practitioners who use indirect ophthalmoscopy an opportunity to improve their techniques. An illustrated, short lecture will highlight the most common stumbling blocks to satisfactory indirect ophthalmoscopy and suggest how to overcome them. The major portion of the session will be practical, utilizing the optimized indirect ophthalmoscope, appropriate lenses, scleral depressor, rubber eyes, and drawing materials. Emphasis will be on close, personal supervision of each participant by the instructors so that individual problems can be analyzed and corrective suggestions made. In order to maintain a high instructor/student ratio, the course will be limited to 30 persons.
Course 317 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 2lfrMP
Abraham Schlossman, MD, New York, NY Richard S. Muchnick, MD
Approaches to Oblique Muscle Surgery There are numerous approaches to surgery on the oblique eye muscles. Recession, myectomy, and elongation of the inferior oblique will be described. Tenotomy will be compared with recession of the superior oblique. Indications, techniques, and advantages and disadvantages of the various procedures will be discussed. Results will be demonstrated.
Course 319 Tuesday-Period 1
Room 202-MP
Dennis D. Shepard, MD, Santa Maria, CA Ronald P. Jensen, MD
Surgical Keratometers and Control of Corneal Astigmatism In this age of extended-wear soft lenses and intraocular lenses, an excellent cataract operation with 5.00 diopters of postoperative astigmatism may be interpreted by the patient as a "bad result." Thus, in order to successfully fit aphakic soft lenses or to achieve good, unaided pseudophakic vision, it is imperative to minimize surgically-induced corneal astigmatism. The course covers: (1) introduction to operating keratometers, practical techniques to minimize surgically-induced astigmatism, and review of Fyodorov's multiple radial keratotomies (Dennis D. Shepard, MD), and (2) the microwedge resection for astigmatism-indications, instruments, techniques, results, and conclusions (Ronald Jensen, MD).
Course 320 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 4-MI
Dennis D. Shepard, MD, Santa Maria, CA
Obtaining a "Soft" Eye: Vitreous Pressure Reduction Techniques Numerous techniques are evolving to lower the vitreous pressure and thereby lessen the risk of vitreous loss during anterior segment surgery. This has always been important with cataract extraction, but has become increasingly important with the advent of secondary lens implantation and removal of intraocular lenses. This is a practical course demonstrating and evaluating useful drugs, devices, and techniques for obtaining a surgically soft eye.
Course 321 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 1S-MI
Jerry A. Shields, MD, Philadelphia, PA James J. Augsburger, MD
Diagnosis and Management of Ocular Tumors Course 318 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 17-MI
Dennis D. Shepard, MD, Santa Maria, CA
Diagnosis and Treatment of Intraocular Lens Complications With the increasing use of lens implants, the ophthalmologist is encountering a greater number of complications due to intraocular lenses. Indeed, even nonimplanting surgeons are having to diagnose and treat those patients operated on elsewhere. This course emphasizes the recognition and management of these complications with special emphasis on uveitis, hypopyon, hyphema, secondary glaucoma, and cystoid macular edema.
This course provides the practitioner and resident with current information on diagnosis and management of ocular, adnexal, and orbital tumors. There is a self-assessment quiz and a lively discussion with audience participation. Time is allotted for registrants to show slides and ask questions regarding cases from their practices.
Course 322 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 20S-MP
Bernd Silver, MD, St. Louis, MO
Decision Before Incision
This course will clarify to the ophthalmologist performing occasional oculoplastic surgery how he can best select the
233
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
appropriate operation for his patient-decision bej(}re incision. Proper diagnosis comes first, followed by an explanation of how the lid became abnormal. Lid tissues react in predictable ways to various insults. There are only a limited number of manipulations that can be selected for resolving a lid problem. With an extended understanding of the healing process, untimely intervention and unexpected results can be markedly reduced. Current lid operations will be presented to clarify this rational approach to lid surgery.
Course 323 Thursday-Period 1
Course 326 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 215-MP
William B. Snyder, MD, Dallas, TX William L. Hutton, MD
Outpatient Retinal Laboratory Room 13-MI
Richard L. Kimbrough, MD, Houston, TX Richard J. Simmons, MD
Argon Laser Photocoagulation in Glaucoma and Anterior Segment Disease Topics covered will be: corneal neovascularization, photomydriasis, photocoreoplasty, epithelialization, anterior chamber cysts, iris tumors, vascularized iridocyclitic membranes, wound neovascularization, laser iridotomy, incomplete surgical peripheral iridectomy, pupillary block glaucoma in aphakia, pupillary block glaucoma secondary to a swollen, intumescent lens, combined mechanism glaucoma, primary open-angle glaucoma, congenital glaucoma, neovascular glaucoma, failure of filtration blebs, and gonioplasty.
Course 324 Thursday-Period 6
necessary to know the current law in order to understand what legal approaches offer the greatest opportunity for success. Specific information is provided on a how-to-do-it basis.
This course has two purposes: (1) to show how to develop and use an efficient diagnostic and treatment unit, and (2) to review the current concepts regarding outpatient management of certain retinal diseases. We will consider space, personnel, and budget requirements. A review of conditions applicable to outpatient treatment, coupled with analysis of the relative frequency of these conditions, dictate the type of diagnostic and therapeutic instruments required. Current indications for treating common fundus lesions will also be reviewed.
Course 327 Wednesday-Period 2
Room 10-MI
Maria Spinak, MD, Bronx, NY Alan H. Friedman, MD
Cytology and Pathology as an Aid in the Study of Ocular Disease Room 201-MP
Lawrence J. Singerman, MD, Cleveland, OH David Orth, MD, Daniel Finklestein, MD
Evaluation and Management of Proliferative Retinopathies
The spectrum of proliferative retinopathies will be discussed. Proliferative diabetic retinopathy and branch retinal vein occlusion complicated by neovascularization will be emphasized. The etiologic role of hypoxia and inflammation in proliferative retinopathies will be discussed, and the current status of research on vasoproliferative factors will be summarized. The workup of patients with various proliferative retinopathies will be presented in detail. Fluorescein angiography interpretation will be emphasized, but many other ancillary tests will be discussed. Indications, contraindications, techniques, and complications of photocoagulation will be presented in detail. Our photocoagulation methods for various proliferative retinopathies will be illustrated with videotape presentations.
The diagnostic value of cytologic examination for the practicing ophthalmologist will be presented. The techniques and equipment needed for bacteriologic and cytologic examination will be demonstrated. Included will be a discussion of the cytologic means for establishing the diagnosis of various types of conjunctivitis, e.g., bacterial, viral, fungal, and allergic, as well as various types of keratinization and inclusion bodies. There will be an evaluation of the morphologic changes in exfoliative cells of both benign and malignant cells as an aid in early diagnosis of tumors of the conjunctiva and cornea. Several cases will be presented in which clinicopathologic correlations have been made.
Course 328 Wednesday-Period 6
Room 17-MI
James B. Sprague, MD, Denver, CO W. Bruce Wilson, MD
Congenital Anomalies of the Visual Pathway Course 325 Tuesday-Period 6
Room ll-MI
Don M. Smart, MD, LLB, Dallas, TX
Malpractice Countersuits
The malpractice countersuit is in a state of evolution. It is
Congenital abnormalities of the anterior visual sensory system are usually identified by examination. Many are associated with systemic abnormalities involving the skull, the pituitary, and the midline structures of the brain. Congenital anomalies of the retrogeniculate pathway may be more difficult to diagnose but may also be associated with significant.
234
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
brain anomalies. The visual evoked response and neuroradiology may be helpful in diagnosis and prognosis. A review of the embryology of the brain is also helpful in understanding these abnormalities. Case material will be presented to illustrate these developmental problems.
Course 329 Wednesday-Period 3
Robert H. Stewart, MD, Houston, TX Raymond P. LeBlanc, MD
Room 3-MI
Complications of Filtering Operations and Their Management This course outlines the common complications that occur with filtering surgery for glaucoma; a detailed description of limbal anatomy is included. The complications will be discussed in a time sequence related to when they appear: (I) the complications occurring during surgery, such as buttonholing of the flap and hemorrhage, (2) the problems that occur early in the postoperative period, such as persistent flat anterior chamber and malignant glaucoma, and (3) difficulties that can occur late in the postoperative period , for example, ruptured blebs and cataractous changes of the lens. An outline of trabeculectomy surgery and its value in preventing the common complications of routing filtering surgery will be presented.
Course 330 Wednesday-Period 6
Trophic-Tractional Degeneration of the Peripheral Retina Recognizing that clinical examination of the peripheral fundus is part of routine ophthalmic practice, this course presents the broad pathogenic divisions of peripheral retinal degenerations-trophic, tractional, and trophic-tractionaland considers in-depth the trophic-tractional lesion of lattice degeneration of the retina. Material is designed to facilitate clinicopathologic correlation and to provide a rational basis for clinical management of lattice degeneration of the retina .
Room 2-MI
Alan Sugar, MD, Ann Arbor, MI
Clinical Specular Microscopy Clinical specular microscopy is a means of examining human corneal endothelial cells. It has been used for clinical research and has broad implications for corneal disease and ocular surgery. History and theory, examination techniques , and clinical uses will be described . Previous clinical studies and the implications of data will be explained. *By invitation
Room 207-MP
Daniel M. Taylor, MD, New Britain, CT Alan L. Stern, MD
Advanced Keratoplasty This course is designed for those with some experience in routine keratoplasty who wish to enhance their sphere of effectiveness. Subjects covered will be reconstructive keratoplasty for conditions leading to corneal destruction including total keratoplasty combined with trabeculectomy, and keratoprosthesis, keratoplasty combined with cataract extraction and intraocular lens insertion in various combinations, and refractive keratoplasty.
Course 333 Thursday-Period 6
Room 20-MI
Richard R. Tenzel, MD, North Miami Beach, FL
Cosmetic Blepharoplasty
The course will include indications and contraindications for cosmetic blepharoplasty. Various techniques utilizing cosmetic blepharoplasty will be illustrated. Discussion of complications, prevention, and treatment will constitute a major portion of the course.
Room 211-MP
Bradley R. Straatsma, MD, Los Angeles, CA Robert E. Christensen, MD, Manfred Spitznas, MD
Course 331 Wednesday-Period 2
Course 332 Thursday-Period 4
Course 334 Wednesday-Period 1
* Clifford M. Terry, MD, Fullerton, CA
Room 17-MI
The Quantitative Techniques Used with the Quantitative Surgical Keratometer for Astigmatism Control The course will teach the cataract surgeon how to control astigmatism at the time of surgery using the quantitative surgical keratometer. The theory and concept of surgical keratometry will be discussed . The course will provide the practitioner with the basic information on surgical skills necessary for the proper use of surgical keratometers .
Course 335 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 20S-MP
Howard H. Tessler, MD, Chicago, IL Lee M. Jampol, MD, Robert S. Weinberg, MD
Episcleritis and Scleritis Episcleritis and scleritis are two distinct entities. This course will be divided into three parts: (I) the clinical separation of episcleritis and scleritis; (2) the systemic evaluation of a patient with these two entities, and (3) medical and surgical therapy.
235
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 336 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 9-MI
Frederick H. Theodore, MD, New York, NY Stephen E. Bloomfield, MD
Course 340 Wednesday-Period 2
Room 13-MI
Joseph A. C. Wadsworth, MD, Durham, NC Charles F. Sydnor, MD
External Diseases of the Eye Due to Allergy
Orbital and Lacrimal Surgery
Confusion of ocular allergies with other external inflammatory processes often results in therapeutic problems, avoidable if the basic immune mechanisms are understood and classified clinically. This course will first present current immunologic concepts in an understandable manner and then offer an organized approach to the recognition and treatment of external eye allergies.
The diagnostic modalities available for investigation of the orbit have changed considerably in the past several years. Computerized tomography, ultrasonography, and thin section tomography have allowed greater anatomic exposure of the orbit. The globe, muscles, optic nerve, and various spaces of the orbit can now be seen, allowing differentiation between orbital masses and conditions such as thyroid disease or pseudotumor. This may be translated into better surgical planning in the approach to a mass lesion. Superior, inferior i and lateral approach to the orbit and indications and contraindications for intracranial approach will be reviewed.
Course 337 Thursday-Period 1
Room 203-MP
Elise Torczynski, MD, Tampa, FL
Ocular Embryogenesis and Congenital Anomalies This course presents a short review of ocular and facial embryogenesis, incorporating recent experimental work on the contributions of cranial neural crest cells to the eye and the orbit. Congenital anomalies of the eye are related to the normal sequence of ocular organogenesis. Clinical aspects of diagnosis, prognosis, and management of anomalies will be discussed.
Course 338 Thursday-Period 3
Room 214-MP
Albert Vaiser, MD, Dallas, TX Joel Kaplan, MD
Retinal Detachment and Pseudophakia The characteristics of different types of pseudophakic retinal detachments, as well as the potential difficulties in managing this type of retinal detachment, will be covered. Statistical evaluation of a consecutive series of pseudophakic retinal detachments will be presented, emphasizing anatomic and visual results. Unusual problems with pseudophakic detachments will be discussed, emphasizing preoperative and intraoperative examination, different types of intraocular lenses, and deductive logic regarding position of possible unseen holes according to fluid distribution.
Course 339 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 202-MP
Suzanne Veronneau-Troutman, MD, New York, NY
Recent Advances in Strabismus Therapy: Fresnel Prism Membranes This course is designed to acquaint ophthalmologists with the use of the Fresnel press-on prism membrane as an adjunct to the managements of strabismus, heterophoria, and ocular motor paralysis.
Course 341 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 208-MP
Michael A. Wainstock, MD, Detroit, MI Richard D. Binkhorst, MD
Ultrasonic and Calculating Techniques for the Experienced Intraocular Implant Surgeon This course is intended for those surgeons with little or no training in ophthalmic ultrasound or dioptric power calculations. It is programmed to introduce the surgeon to basic, simple ultrasonic and biometric techniques. Emphasis will be on the use of preprogrammed modules and the value of ultrasound for this procedure.
Course 342 Tuesday-Period 3
* Barrett
Room 206-MP
P. Walker, MD, Atlanta, GA
External and Slit-Lamp Photography Tips and Techniques for Your Practice
The objective of this course is to give physicians a greater knowledge of the techniques necessary for external and slit-lamp photography, whether they choose to take the pictures themselves or have them taken by an ophthalmic photographer. Physicians contemplating the purchase of photographic equipment will find a review of the relative merits and costs of available camera systems particularly useful.
Course 343 Friday-Period 3
George O. Waring, III, MD, Atlanta, GA Robert LaPerrier, MD
Room 4-MI
The Skin and Eye
Many patients with skin diseases have ocular involvement. In this course an ophthalmologist and dermatologist
236
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
illustrate the clinical findings in these disorders, discuss their pathogenic mechanisms, and emphasize practical clinical management of both the ocular and dermatologic components. The discussion will cover seborrheic blepharitis and meibomian gland dysfunction, rosacea blepharitis and keratitis, psoriatic conjunctivitis, bullous dermatoses (pemphigus vulgaris and cicatricial pemphigoid), atopic and allergic problems, and genodermatoses like ichthyosis, pseudoxanthoma elasticum, and juvenile xanthogranuloma. The course will exclude tumors, infectious diseases, and connective tissue disorders. Registrants will participate in a discussion of unknowns.
clude alteration of refractive error, choroidal detachment, uveitis, subretinal hemorrhage, glaucoma, anterior segment ischemia, motility disturbances, and macular pathology. Instructional materials include a course outline, bibliography, and program for managing a routine postoperative convalescence.
Course 347 Wednesday-Period 4
Room 21O-MP
Frank J. Weinstock, MD, Canton, OH Ronald Akashi, MD
Bifocal and Multifocal Contact Lenses Course 344 Wednesday-Period 6
* Alfred
Room 9-MI
L. Weber, MD, Boston, MA
Radiology of Benign and Malignant Lesions of the Orbit
This course discusses a variety of benign and malignant lesions of the orbit, with emphasis on those lesions most frequently encountered. The following lesions will be discussed: (I) lacrimal gland tumors, (2) epidermoids, (3) mucoceles, (4) paranasal sinus neoplasms, (5) meningiomas, (6) optic nerve tumors, (7) histiocytoses, and (8) vascular lesions. Following a brief review of the normal radiographic anatomy, different methods of orbital examinations are discussed. These methods include conventional films, poly tomography , orbital venography, angiography, ultrasound, and CT scanning.
Course 345 Tuesday-Period 5
Room 10-MI
Robert G. Webster, Jr., MD, San Francisco, CA Harvey H. Slansky, MD
Bifocal and multifocal contact lenses are an important addition to the ophthalmologist's armamentarium for dealing with presbyopic, aphakic, and possibly accommodative esotropic patients. These lenses will be discussed from various points of view. The various types of available lenses will be described with the indications for each. Practical methods of fitting the lenses will be delineated, with a discussion of problems and problem cases. Time will be allowed for general discussion.
Course 348 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 203-MP
Frank J. Weinstock, MD, Canton, OH
Glaucoma Diagnosis Glaucoma diagnosis with specific relationship to ocular hypertension will be presented in a logical manner that is related to the practical office situation. Home tonometry, photography, disc evaluation, risk factors, trial of therapy, new instrumentation, and an office routine for continual management and follow-up will be emphasized.
Current Concepts in the Treatment of Alkali Burns This course will present the current treatment of chemical burns of the cornea and anterior segment. The immediate, intermediate, and long-term therapy will be outlined. The use of irrigation systems, therapeutic lenses, collagenase inhibitors, ascorbic acid, and conjunctival transplantation will be discussed. New ideas in medical therapy and surgical management of complications will be the primary focus of discussion.
Course 346 Thursday-Period 4
Room 10-MI
Thomas A. Weingeist, MD, PhD, Iowa City, IA
Management of the Postoperative Retinal Detachment Patient This course considers the incidence and treatment of complications following retinal detachment surgery. Subjects in*By invitation
Course 349 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 209-MP
Richard G. Weleber, MD, Portland, OR Andrea Cibis Tongue, MD
Genetic Counseling for the Ophthalmologist The purpose of this course is to review the types of inheritance possible in ophthalmic genetic diseases, how to establish inheritance patterns, indications for counseling, and techniques involved in the counseling process.
Course 350 Thursday-Period 6
Room 206-MP
Jacob T. Wilensky, MD, Chicago, IL Arthur Schwartz, MD, Marshall Cyrlin, MD
Laser Therapy of Glaucoma
The use of lasers in the treatment of various types of glaucoma will be discussed in detail. Practical "how to"
237
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
instructions will be given for the various techniques. Laser iridotomy, trabecular photocoagulation for open-angle glaucoma, and panretinal photocoagulation therapy for neovascular glaucoma will be stressed.
Course 351 Tuesday-Period 5
Room 208-MP
Robert B. Wilkins, MD, Houston, TX Clinton D. McCord, MD
Techniques in Blepharoplasty A one-hour course will be presented for ophthalmologists interested in cosmetic blepharoplasty. The indications, contraindications, techniques, complications, and treatment of complications will be discussed. Basic techniques will be outlined as well as problems the inexperienced blepharoplasty surgeon may encounter. Time will be allowed for general discussion.
Course 352 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 10-MI
Douglas E. Williamson, MD, Venice, FL Harold I. R. Sawelson, MD
Room 211-MP
Warren A. Wilson, MD, Los Angeles, CA
Ocular Manifestations in the Diagnosis of Unusual Inborn Errors of Metabolism The differential diagnosis showing the eye findings in several disorders of carbohydrate metabolism, including the mucopolysaccharidoses, will be presented. Heritable diseases of amino acid metabolism will also be discussed. Cytogenetic patterns will be given when known.
Course 356 Thursday-Period 1
Room 15-MI
External Disease Problems
The course will trace the history of outpatient cataractimplant surgery. Dr. Williamson will describe his clinic setting and the surgical techniques he uses. Dr. Sawelson will describe an ambulatory surgery center and a hospital setting he uses as well as his surgical techniques. A question-andanswer period will follow.
The course covers: (I) diagnosis and management of corneal ulcers; (2) differential diagnosis and management of the chronically irritated eye; (3) bandage soft contact lenses, and (4) corneal surgery. This is a practical course, designed for the practicing ophthalmologist in handling everyday external disease problems.
Course 357 Tuesday-Period 5 Room 1-MI
Louis A. Wilson, MD, Atlanta, GA
Basic Ocular Mycology and Fungal Diseases of the Eye Fungal organisms are often confusing to the ophthalmologist. In this course their characteristics and role in various ocular infections will be reviewed in depth. The clinical findings, appropriate laboratory procedures for definitive diagnosis, and current antifungal therapy for fungal diseases of the eye and orbit will be outlined.
Course 354 Tuesday-Period 4
Course 355 Tuesday-Period 4
Thomas O. Wood, MD, Memphis, TN
Outpatient Cataract-Implant Surgery
Course 353 Thursday-Period 6
uid nitrogen cryofixation of a tumor's blood supply. Hopefully this will reduce metastatic seeding of certain malignant intraocular tumors. While the theory and background animal studies will be mentioned, the major emphasis will be on describing the exact technique and instrumentation. Following a slide presentation and a short movie, a practical demonstration of the technique using model eyes will allow participants to become familiar with the proper application of the instrumentation.
Room 8-MI
R. Sloan Wilson, MD, Little Rock, AR F. T. Fraunfelder, MD
Room 8-MI
David M. Worthen, MD, San Diego, CA
Applied Anatomy of the Eye and Orbit The purpose of this course is to review specific anatomic facts that apply to the medical and surgical treatment of disease of the eye and orbit. Each anatomic point will be made at the gross, microscopic, or ultrastructure level as an aid in understanding a specific problem. Case histories from patients illustrating the application of that particular anatomic point will be presented. Material will be illustrated with slides and a discussion of the specific anatomic point and how it is a applicable for better understanding or treating a particular patient.
Course 358 Wednesday-Period 6
Room 8-MI
Keith M. Zinn, MD, New York, NY
"No Touch" Enucleation Technique
Peripheral Retinal Degenerations
This course will provide the ophthalmologist with the essentials of the so-called "no touch" enucleation procedure, which stresses a delicate surgical technique followed by liq-
A brief review of the ophthalmoscopic and the microscopic anatomy of the peripheral retina will be presented. A classification system for the peripheral retinal degenerations
238
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
will be outlined, and some will be discussed in terms of their clinical appearances and histopathologies. The pathogenetic mechanisms and treatment of these disorders will also be discussed. Reticular and typical degenerative retinoschisis, lattice retinal degeneration, Wagner's hereditary vitreoretinal degeneration, and paving stone degeneration are a few of the disorders covered. The aim of the course is to present the latest information in the literature on the subject and the current thinking on clinical management and treatment.
Course 359 Friday-Period 3
Room 8-MI
Jay I. Lippman, MD, New Rochelle, NY Daniel Sigband, MD
Fitting of Oxygen-Permeable Contact Lenses The course updates the practitioner in the use of oxygenpermeable contact lenses. Silicone, cellulose acetate butyrate, and combinations of materials are considered. Physical properties and chemistry of the materials are explained. Lens parameters and methods of fitting are discussed. The chemistry of the solutions used and problems encountered are reviewed.
Course 360 Thursday-Period 3 Benjamin F. Boyd, MD, Panama
"When Intraocular Lenses and when Prolonged-Wear Contact Lenses" What are the intraocular lenses of choice and techniques recommended? Considering the fact that extended wear con-
tact lenses are a reality with the third generation of contact lenses, what patients are more suitable for intraocular lenses and which ones for extended wear lenses? What are the extended wear lenses of choice?
Course 361-A,B A: Thursday-Periods 1,2, and 3 B: Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 16-MI
Milton Boniuk, MD, Houston, TX Session A Moderator: Milton Boniuk, MD Panelists: David H. Abramson, MD, J. Brooks Crawford, MD, Andrew P. Ferry, MD, Ramon Font, MD, Lorenz E. Zimmerman, MD Session B Moderators: Don H. Nicholson, MD, William R. Green, MD Panelists: John C. Cavender, MD, John G. Clarkson, MD, Robert Machemer, MD, Myron Yanoff, MD
Ocular and Adnexal Tumors: Current Topics in Vitreo Retinal Pathology Session A: This is a clinically oriented course in which the moderator will have a panel composed of experts in the field of ocular oncology. Emphasis will be directed by the moderator toward diagnostic and therapeutic problems and subjects of a controversial nature.
Embryology and Developmental Anomalies Session B: This session will examine clinical pathologic appearance of selected vitreoretinal disease processes, their natural course, and response to medical or surgical management, as well as experimental models that help us understand their pathogenesis.
169
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES TUESDAY PM Course No.
Period
Room No .
T -4,5
11-MI
T -4,5,6 W-4,5,6
5-MI
6
Alper
Diagnosis and Surgical Management of Unilateral Exophthalmos
9
Armaly
Primary Glaucomas
12
Beale
Special Procedures in Oculoplastic Surgery
T-5,6
14
Bettman
Medicolegal Problems in Ophthalmology
T -4,5,6
210-MP
15
Beyer
Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
T -4,5,6 W-1 ,2,3
103 - MP
44
Ellis
Therapeutic Challenges
T -4,5
13-MI
47
Falls
Pathognomonic Ocular Manifestations of Systemic and Hereditary Disease States
T -5,6
7-MI
55
Forbes
Management of Primary Angle-Closure Glaucoma
T-4,5
17-MI
83
Helveston
Pediatric Ophthalmology Practice
T -4,5,6
216-MP
84
Hessburg
Advances in Instrumentation in Ophthalmology
T -4,5
215-MP
86
Hiatt
Strabismus: Advanced and Nonroutine
T-5,6
90
Hoskins
Trabecular Surgery in Glaucoma
T -5,6
202-MP
92
Hutchinson
The Management of the Postoperative Flat Anterior Chamber
T -5,6
209-MP
95
Jaffe
Lens Implant Surgery: Update 1980
T -4,5,6 W-4,5,6
214-MP
97
Johnson
Ptosis
T -4,5
213-MP
Kupfer
Methods of Clinical Research
T -4,5,6
111
Kushner
Adjustable Suture Strabismus Surgery
T-5,6
211-MP
124
McCrary
Clinical Neuroanatomy
T-4,5
204-MP
125
McKerricher
Newer Drugs in General Medicine: Ocular Implications
T-5,6
1- MI
130
Milder
The Lacrimal System: Diagnosis and Treatment
T -5,6
19-MI
132
Morgan
Hypnosis in Ophthalmology
T -5,6
101-MP
138
Ossoinig
Orbital Diagnosis: Integrated Use of Standardized Echography and Computerized Tomography
T -4,5,6
201-MP
142A
Parks
Horizontal Strabismus and Muscle Surgery
T -4,5,6
102-MP
1b8
Ruiz
The Diagnosis and Management of Small Melanomas of the Choroid
T-5,6
169
Shields
Secondary Glaucomas: Current Concepts, Diagnosis, and Management
T-5,6
203-MP
172
Sisler
Blepharoptosis: Prevention and Treatment of Complications
T-4,5
206-MP
175
Smith
Ophthalmology Basic and Clinical Science Course, Section 3: Intraocular Inflammation, Uveitis, and Ocular Tumors
T -4,5,6
20-MI
187
Trokel
Imaging Orbit Structures: Plain Film and Computerized Tomograms (CT Scans)
T -4,5,6
205-MP
'198
Willard
Practical Course in Ophthalmic Microsurgery
T -4,5,6 W-4,5,6
212-MP
'110
'Limited capacity
9-MI
4-MI
2-MI
3-MI
]70
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES TUESDAY PM Course No .
Single Period
Period
Room No.
205
Baylis
Correction of Deformities in Patients with a Prosthetic Eye by Surgical and Nonsurgical Methods
T -4
9-MI
230
Emery
Diagnosis and Management of Orbital Floor Fractures
T-4
19-MI
235
Fasanella
Complications of Cataract Surgery
T-4
203 - MP
236
Fetkenhour
Anterior Segment Photography and Fluorescein Angiography
T-4
202-MP
265
Kambara
Sources of Information for the Low-Vision Patient
T-4
3-MI
267
Kapetansky
Ocular Syndromes and Glaucoma
T-4
10-MI
278
Layden
Public Speaking for Physicians
T-4
1-MI
283
Lubkin
Cosmetic Blepharoplasty: Avoidance and Treatment of Complications
T-4
4-MI
321
Shields
Diagnosis and Management of Ocular Tumors
T-4
15-MI
341
Wainstock
Ultrasonic and Calculating Techniques for the Experienced Intraocular Implant Surgeon
T-4
208-MP
349
Weleber
Genetic Counseling for the Ophthalmologist
T-4
209-MP
354
Wilson
"No Touch " Enucleation Technique
T-4
355
Wilson
Ocular Manifestations in the Diagnosis of Unusual Inborn Errors of Metabolism
T-4
211-MP
207
Bensinger
Practical Color Vision and Color Testing
T -5
15-MI
345
Webster
Current Concepts in the Treatment of Alkali Burns
T -5
10-MI
351
Wilkins
Techniques in Blepharoplasty
T-5
208-MP
357
Worthen
Applied Anatomy of the Eye and Orbit
T-5
261
Hoyt
Does the Baby See?
T -6
208-MP
271
Knapp
Paretic Strabismus
T-6
10-MI
279
Lemp
The Dry Eye: Diagnosis and Management
T-6
204-MP
289
Meltzer
Critical Evaluation of Scientific Literature
T-6
8-MI
290
Mills
Supervision of Visual Field Technicians
T-6
15-MI
303
Ravin
Fine Art and Ophthalmology
T-6
206-MP
311
Sacks
Neuropathology for Ophthalmologists
T-6
215-MP
315
Scheie
Cataract Extraction: Routine and Complicated
T-6
13-MI
325
Smart
Malpractice Countersuits
T-6
11-MI
8-MI
8-MI
171
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES WEDNESDAY AM Course No. 3
Period
Room No.
Allansmith
Allergy and Immunology of the Eye
W-1,2
202-MP
19
Bronson
Contact B-Scan Ultrasonography
W-2,3
207-MP
33
Clayman
Current Cataract Surgical Techniques and Their Complications
W-1,2,3 Th-4,5,6
101-MP
41
Dohlman
Medical and Surgical Aspects of Corneal Disease
W-1,2,3
19-MI
53
Flynn
Binocular Vision and Ocular Motility
W-1,2,3
201-MP
56
Forster
Diagnosis and Treatment of Difficult External Disease Problems
W-1,2,3
*63
Gager
Streak Retinoscopy I: Lectures and Demonstrations
W-2 ,3
213-MP
73
Grove
Orbit, Eyelids, and Lacrimal System
W-1 ,2
206-MP
89
Holladay
Essential Optics for the Ophthalmologist
W-2,3
211-MP
103
Kaplan
Immunology Update for the Practicing Ophthalmologist
W-1,2
15-MI
108
Kramer
Keratoplasty: Complications, Pitfalls, and Current Techniques in Detail
W-1,2,3
20-MI
112
Laibson
Treatment of Corneal and Conjuctival Infection and Inflammation
W-1,2,3
214-MP
117
Luntz
Problem Solving in Glaucoma
W-1,2
1-MI
118
Lynn
Techniques of Quantitative Perimetry
W-1 ,2
11-MI
120
Maumenee
Anterior Segment Surgery
W-1,2,3
123
McCord
System of Reconstruction and Repair of Full Th ickness Eyelid Defects
W-1,2
3-MI
141A
Ostler
External Diseases of the Eye
W-1 ,2,3
7-MI
147
Polack
The Eye Bank and the Donor Cornea
W-2,3
4-MI
151
Raab
The Strabismus Examination : Performance and Interpretation
W-2,3
203-MP
153
Rao
Extended Wear of Soft Contact Lenses
W-1,2
205-MP
154
Reeh
Newer Concepts in Malpositions of the Eyelids : Their Etiology and Management
W-2,3
165
Schlaegel
Essentials of Uveitis
W-1,2,3
102-MP
170
Shock
Phacofragmentation of Cataracts and Other Planned Extracapsular Cataract Techniques
W-1,2
210-MP
173
Smith
Management of Complications in Ophthalmic Plastic Surgery
W-2,3
208-MP
176
Smolin
Ocular Immunology
W-2,3
216 - MP
200
Worst
Lens Implantation Sutured. Iris Medallion Type Lenses
W-1 ,2
215 - MP
*Limited capacity
5-MI
204-MP
8-MI
]72
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES WEDNESDAY AM Course No.
Single Period
Period
Room No. 8-MI
203
Bannon
Spectacle Lens Problems in Aphakia and Nonaphakia
W-1
213
Burris
Practical Applanation Tonometry
W-1
223
De lIapo rta
Trepano- Trabeculectomy (TTE): Ten Years Experience
W-1
2-MI
268
Keeney
Injuries and Protection from Ophthalmic Lenses and Frames: New Materials , New Standards, and What You Can Achieve
W-1
13-MI
274
Kwitko
Glaucoma in Infants and Children
W-1
203-MP
285
Maltzman
Toric Soft Lenses
W-1
209-MP
298
Pfister
Systematic Approach to the Management of Corneal Disease : The Treatment of Corneal Perforations
W-1
lO-MI
301
Polack
Viscosurgery of the Anterior Segment
W-1
207-MP
317
Schlossman
Approaches to Oblique Muscle Surgery
W-1
216-MP
320
Shepard
Obtaining a "Soft" Eye: Vitreous Pressure Reduction Techniques
W-1
4-MI
334
Terry
The Quantitative Techniques Which Are Used with the Quantitative Surgical Keratomer for Astigmatism Control
W-1
17-MI
335
Tessler
Episcleritis and Scleritis
W-1
208-MP
336
Theodore
External Diseases of the Eye Due to Allergy
W-1
9-MI
224
Della Rocca
Lid and Canthal Reconstruction
W-2
17 - MI
244
Giles
Childhood Uveitis
W-2
209-MP
299
Pico
Techniques in Lacrimal Surgery
W-2
9-MI
327
Spinak
Cytology and Pathology as an Aid in the Study of Ocular Disease
W-2
lO-MI
331
Sugar
Clinical Specular Microscopy
W-2
2- MI
340
Wadsworth
Orbital and Lacrimal Surgery
W-2
13-MI
212
Bullock
Ophthalmic and Systemic Disease
W-3
205-MP
215
Chamberlain
Management of Strabismus Update
W-3
13-MI
216
Chandler
Ophthalmia Neonatorum : Diagnos is and Therapy
W-3
15-MI
238
Reiland
Senile Ectropion and Entropion
W-3
2-MI
243
Gasset
Contact Lenses for the Practicing Ophthalmologist
W-3
1- MI
245
Gillman
Profiles of Complications in Cataract Surgery: Pathogenesis and Prevention
W-3
210 - MP
247
Grizzard
Principles of Human Genetics
W-3
206-MP
252
Harbin
Glaucomatous Visual Field Defects, Correlation with Optic Disc Cupping
W-3
209-MP
254
Hardesty
Superior Oblique Surgery
W-3
215-MP
300
Pi co
Surgery for Pterygium
W-3
9-MI
312
Safir
Understanding Retinoscopy
W-3
l1-MI
318
Shepard
Diagnosis and Treatment of Intraocular Lens Complications
W-3
17-MI
329
Stewart
Complications of Filtering Operations and Their Management
W-3
3-MI
339
Veronneau Troutman
Recent Advances in Strabismus Therapy: Fresnel Prism Membranes
W-3
202 - MP
352
Williamson
Outpatient Cataract-Implant Surgery
W-3
10-MI
211-MP
173
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Condensed Schedule of MUL TIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES WEDNESDAY PM Course No.
Period
Room No.
4
Allen
Clues to the Diagnosis of Commonly Overlooked or Misdiagnosed Fundus Diseases
W-4,5,6
20-MI
20B
Burde
Basic Neuro-Ophthalmology
W-4,5,6
7-MI
23
Calhoun
Surgery of Strabismus
W-4,5,6
207-MP
28
Cavanagh
Management of Common Office Problems in Cornea External Disease
W-4,5,6
203-MP
40
Diddie
Vitrectomy Techniques for the General Ophthalmologist
W-5,6
208-MP
42
Donn
The Medical and Surgical Management of Corneal Diseases
W-4,5,6
59
Frenkel
Neuro-Ophthalmology of Childhood
W-5,6
201-MP
*64
Gager
Streak Retinoscopy II: Laboratory
W-4,5
213-MP
67
Gitter
Argon Laser Photocoagulates: Advanced Course
W-4,5,6
101-MP
70
Goldberg
Dyslexia and Learning Disabilities
W-5,6
74
Guyton
Automated Clinical Refraction
W-5,6
91
Hoyt
Pediatric Neuro-Ophthalmology
W-4,5
106
Kaufman
Corneal and External Disease: Newer Aspects
W-4,5
205-MP
142B
Parks
Horizontal Strabismus and Muscle Surgery
W-4,5,6
102-MP
144
Phelps
Slit-lamp Microscopy of the Anterior Chamber Angle and Ocular Fundus
W-5,6
13-MI
146
Poirier
Limbal Corneal Disease
W-4,5
9-MI
150
Putterman
Basic Orbit Radiology for the Ophthalmologist
W-5,6
210-MP
155
Reeser
Perforating Ocular Injuries: A Comprehensive Approach
W-4,5
211-MP
157
Robertson
Chorioretinal Disorders
W-4,5
216-MP
168
Shields
Diagnosis and Management of Fundus Diseases
W-4,5,6
206-MP
174
Smith
Clinicopathologic Correlations in Ophthalmology
W-4,5,6 Th-1,2,3
19-MI 19-MI
179
Soil
Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
W-4,5,6 Th-4,5,6
103-MP 103-MP
186
Tripathi
Pathophysiology of Glaucomas and Rationale of Current Surgical and Medical Treatment
W-5,6
202-MP
189
Troutman
Refractive Keratoplasty: Basic Principles and Techniques
W-4,5
15-MI
193
Walsh
Retinal Vascular Disease
W-5,6
10-MI
195
Weinstein
Clinical Visual Electrical Physiology (ERG, EOG, and VEP)
W-4,5
209-MP
196
Wilensky
Current Concepts in Angle-Closure Glaucoma
W-4,5
8-MI
201
Wright
Practical Approach to Diseases of the Orbit
W-4,5,6
1-MI
'Limited capacity
2-MI
4-MI 215-MP 3-MI
174
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES WEDNESDAY PM Course No.
Single Period
Period
Room No.
208
Bettman
One-Day Intracapsular and Extracapsular Surgical Techniques without Phacoemul sification: With Application to Intraocular Lens Implantation
W-4
210
Boyden
Vitreous Hemorrhage : Diagnosis and Management
W-4
232
Ernest
Fluorescein Angiography, Angioscopy, and Fluorophotometry
W-4
204-MP
239
Fraunfelder
Cryosurgery for External Disease Including Skin Malignancies
W-4
201-MP
255
Hartstein
Extended-Wear Contact Lenses in Aphakia
W-4
208-MP
256
Havener
Techniques of Posterior Segment Cryotherapy
W-4
17-MI
275
Landers
Use of Intraocular Gas in Retinal and Vitreous Surgery
W-4
202-MP
286
Marmor
The Management of Retiniti s Pigmentosa (and Allied Diseases)
W-4
11-MI
310
Sa bates
Basic Approach in the Management of Intraocular Foreign Bodies
W-4
10-MI
347
Weinstock
Bifocal and Multifocal Contact Lenses
W-4
210-MP
269
Kingham
Retrolental Fibroplasia
W-5
11 - MI
292
Murphree
Pediatric Ophthalmology Update
W-5
17-MI
209
Blumberg
Modern Diagnosis and Treatment of Migraine
W-6
216-MP
222
Daily
Biomicroscopy of Vitreous and Fundus Oculi
W-6
3-MI
231
Enoch
Modern Techniques of Quantitative Perimetry
W-6
15-MI
237
Folk
Diagnostic Problems in Strabismus
W-6
213-MP
270
Klingele
Optic Neuritis : Differential Diagnosis and Treatment
W-6
205-MP
272
Koller
Practical Amblyopia Therapy
W-6
209-MP
302
Purnell
Clinical B-Scan Ultrasonography
W-6
11-MI
328
Sprague
Congenital Anomalies of the Visual Pathway
W-6
17-MI
330
Straatsma
Trophic-Tractional Degeneration of the Peripheral Retina
W-6
211-MP
344
Weber
Radiology of Benign and Malignant Lesions of the Orbit
W-6
9-MI
358
Zinn
Peripheral Retinal Degenerations
W-6
8-MI
215-MP 4- MI
175
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
~
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES THURSDAY AM
Course No.
Period
Room No.
Abrams
Management of Ocular Trauma with Vitrectomy Instruments
Th-2,3
15-MI
Acers
Clinical Neuro-Ophthalmology
Th-1,2
215-MP
*16
Blaydes
New Microsurgical Sutures Used in Cataract Wound Closure for Correction of Postoperative Astigmatism and Fixation of Intraocular Lens
Th-1,2
212-MP
17
Bloome
Retinal and Choroidal Dystrophies
Th-1,2,3
17-MI
361A
Boniuk
Ocular and Adnexal Tumors
Th-1,2,3
16-MI
18
Boruchoff
Controversial Topics in Ophthalmology
Th-1,2,3
103-MP
21
Byer
Peripheral Retinal Lesions in Profile: Examination, Diagnosis, and Management
Th-2,3
102-MP
27
Cavanagh
New Concepts in Extended-Wear Hydrogel Lenses for Corneal Diseases and Aphakia
Th-1,2,3
208-MP
29
Chandler
Corneal Physiology for the Practicing Ophthalmologist
Th-1,2
9-MI
48
Farkas
Hereditary Diseases of the Macula
Th-1,2
10-MI
49
Federman
Fluorescein Angiography: Basic Concepts
Th-1,2
206-MP
*60
Friedman
Binocular Indirect Ophthalmoscopy
Th-1,2,3
213-MP
65
Giles
Clinical Uveitis: Expert Consultation
Th-1,2
1-MI
68
Godfrey
A Clinical Approach to Uveitis
Th-1,2
2-MI
72
Grayson
Corneal Manifestations of Systernic Disease
Th-1,2,3
101-MP
79
Hartstein
Update on Hydrophilic Contact Lenses
Th-1,2
216-MP
82
Hedges
The Diagnosis and Management of Headache
Th-1,2
85
Hetherington
Glaucoma: Problems and Cornplications
Th-1,2,3
202-MP
94
Irvine
Vitrectomy for the Cataract Surgeon
Th-1,2
214-MP
99
Jones
Medical and Surgical Therapy of Corneal Disease
Th-1,2,3
5-MI
119
Macherner
Pars Plana Vitrectomy: The Treatment of Retinal Detachments
Th-1,2,3
20-MI
121
Maumenee
Inherited Ocular Diseases
Th-1,2,3
204-MP
131
Milder
Problems in Presbyopia
Th-1,2
133
Novak
Ocular Trauma
Th-2,3
211-MP
139
Ossoinig
Standardized Echography: The Eye
Th-1,2,3
201-MP
141B
Ostler
External Diseases of the Eye
Th-1,2,3
7-MI
149
Potts
The Assessrnent of Visual Function
Th-1,2
8-MI
163
Schepens
Vitreous Surgery: 1980
Th-1,2,3
178
Sokol
The Visually Evoked Potential: Techniques and Clinical Applications
Th-2,3
13-MI
182
Steinberg
Expert Witness: Preparation and Court Appearance
Th-2,3
203-MP
190
van Heuven
Vitreous Examination in Vitreoretinal Diseases
Th-1,2
207-MP
194
Wand
Neovascular Glaucoma: Diagnosis, Causes, and Management
Th-2,3
210-MP
199
Wilson
Transient Loss of Vision
Th-1,2
209-MP
2
*Limited capacity
4-MI
3-MI
205-MP
176
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES THURSDAY AM Course No.
Single Period
Period
Room No.
258
Heckenlively
Current Concepts in Retinitis Pigmentosa
Th-1
11-MI
306
Reed
Congenital Corneal Anomalies
Th-1
210-MP
307
Roth
Pigmented Lesions of the Bulbar and Palpebral Conjunctiva
Th-1
211-MP
323
Kimbrough
Argon Laser Photocoagulation in Glaucoma and Anterior Segment Disease
Th-1
13-MI
337
Torczynski
Ocular Embryogenesis and Congenital Anomalies
Th-1
203-MP
356
Wood
External Disease Problems
Th-1
15-MI
260
Howard
Ocular Defects Due to Chromosome Errors
Th-2
11-MI
360
Boyd
When Intraocular Lenses and when Prolonged Wear Contact Lenses
Th-3
215-MP
211
Bronson
Intraocular Foreign Body Management: A Practical Approach to Magnetic and Nonmagnetic Particles
Th-3
206-MP
219
Coleman
Vitrectomy in Traumatized Eyes
Th-3
209-MP
220
Coles
Office Management of Uveitis
Th-3
228
Douvas
Vitrectomy Update: Techniques and Special Applications
Th-3
251
Halberg
Optic Disc in Glaucoma
Th-3
2-MI
262
Hutton
Vitreoretinal Complications of Intraocular Lenses
Th-3
3-MI
264
Jacobson
Clinical Applications of Retinal and Cortical Electrical Activity Recording
Th-3
8-MI
266
Kapetansky
Diagnosis and Management of Glaucoma
Th-3
9-MI
280
Levine
Medical and Surgical Treatment of Orbital Fractures
Th-3
1-MI
308
Ruiz
Optic Disc Lesions
Th-3
11-MI
313
Sanders
Aphakic Bullous Keratophathy: Etiology, Prevention, Surgical Therapy
Th-3
10-MI
338
Vaiser
Retinal Detachment and Pseudophakia
Th-3
214-MP
4-MI 216-MP
177
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES THURSDAY PM Course No.
Period
Room No. 4-MI
Aquavella
Specular Microscopy
Th-5,6
10
Asbury
Surgery of Complicated Extraocular Muscle Problems
Th-4,5
201-MP
361B
Boniuk
Embryology and Developmental Anomalies 16-MI
Th-4,5,6
216-MP
20C
Burde
Basic Neuro-Ophthalmology
Th-4,5,6
7-MI
22
Byron
The Business of Ophthalmic Practice
Th-4,5
214-MP
35
Conway
Vitrectomy Instruments and the General Ophthalmologist
Th-5,6
207-MP
36
Costin
Office Neuro-Ophthalmology
Th-4,5
203-MP
38
Cunningham
Diagnosis and Treatment of Lacrimal Disorders
Th-4,5
206-MP
66
Girard
Advanced Techniques in Ophthalmic Microsurgery Part II: Corneal Surgery
Th-4,5
208-MP
75
Haddad
Metabolic Eye Disorders: Diagnostic Technique
Th-5,6
77
Harbin
Chronic Angle-Closure Glaucoma: Diagnosis and Surgical Management
Th-5,6
78
Harris
Current Concepts in Extracapsular Cataract Surgery and Posterior Chamber Lens Implantation
Th-4,5,6
19-MI
80
Havener
Indirect Ophthalmoscopic Interpretation of Fundus Disease
Th-4,5
20-MI
93
Iliff
Oculoplastic Surgery
Th-4,5 F-1,2
2-MI 2-MI
96
Jampolsky
Strabismus Surgery
Th-4,5
98
Jones
Diagnosis and Management of Ocular Fungal Infections
Th-4,5,6
5-MI
102
Kalina
Management of Ocular Problems in Premature and Fullterm Infants
Th-4,5,6
8-MI
104
Karlin
New Horizons in Vitreoretinal Surgery
Th-5,6
107
Kelman
Introduction to Phacoemulsification and Aspiration and Modern Extracapsular Techn iques Including Anterior Chamber IOL Techniques
Th-4,5,6
215-MP
109
Kupfer
Clinical Guidelines for Photocoagulation in Diabetic Retinopathy
Th-5,6
204-MP
127
McTigue
A Basic Approach to the Management of Common Diseases of the Cornea
Th-4,5
15-MI
134
Nozik
Practical Uveitis
Th-5,6
11-MI
136
Ogden
Practical Office Electrophysiology
Th-4,5
211-MP
137
Okun
Specific Topics in Retinal Diseases: Management of Diabetic Retinopathy
Th-4,5,6
216-MP
143
Peyman
Pars Plana Vitrectomy
Th-4,5
145
Pierce
Surgery of Retinal Detachment
Th-4,5,6 F-1,2
210-MP 210-MP
161
Safir
Computers in Ophthalmology
Th-4,5
202-MP
*166
Schultz
Diagnostic Problems in External Disease
Th-4,5,6
212-MP
177
Smolin
Corneal Dystrophies and Degenerations
Th-5,6
17-MI
184
Tasman
Retinal Diseases in Children
Th-4,5
205-MI
191
von Noorden
Practical Aspects of Strabisums Management
Th-4,5,6
192
Wallow
Clinical Histopathologic Correlations of Diabetic Retinopathy
Th-4,5
8
*Limited capacity
9-MI 209-MP
102-MP
10-MI
1-MI
3-MI 13-MI
178
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES THURSDAY PM Course No .
Single Period
Period
Room No .
218
Cleasby
Vitreous Surgery as a Supplement to Cataract Surgery
Th-4
240
Frederick
Techniques for Producing and Presenting Vi sual Aids
Th-4
*259
Hovland
Small-Pupil Binocular Indirect Ophthalmoscopy
Th-4
281
Lichter
The Optic Disc in Glaucoma and Neuro-Ophthalmology
Th-4
284
Maltzman
Extended -Wear Contact Lenses: A Six-Year Experience
Th-4
204-MP
294
O'Malley
Ocutome Surgery for the Anterior Segment Surgeon
Th-4
17-MI
305
Record s
Bacterial Endophthalmitis : Diagnosis and Therapy
Th-4
11-MI
332
Taylor
Advanced Keratoplasty
Th-4
207-MP
346
Weingeist
Management of the Postoperative Retinal Detac hment Patient
Th-4
lO - MI
'316
Schepens
Ind irect Ophthalmoscopy
Th-5
213-MP
202
Abbott
Postoperative Corneal Complications : Prevention and Management
Th-6
214-MP
225
Diamond
Intraocular Management of Endophthalmitis
Th-6
202-MP
233
Esposito
Anesthesia in Ocular Surgery, Local, General , Neuroleptic Analgesia: Pre- and Postoperative Management Including Intraocu lar Lens
Th-6
211-MP
249
Hagler
Toxocara Canis Endophthalmitis: Surg ical Management
Th-6
205-MP
253
Hardesty
The Use and Abuse of Pri sms
Th-6
15-MI
287
Mcintyre
Extracapsular Cataract Surgery: The Man ual Procedure
Th-6
102-MP
288
McMeel
Practical Photocoagulation of Common Retinal Vascular Problems
Th-6
2-MI
291
Morse
Which Patients Should I Send for Fluorescein Retinal Angiography?
Th-6
13-MI
293
Novak
Occupational Ophthalmology
Th-6
203-MP
296
Ostler
Oculogenital Diseases
Th-6
208-MP
324
Singerman
Evaluation and Management of Proliferative Retinopathies
Th-6
201-MP
333
Tenzel
Cosmetic Blepharoplasty
Th-6
20-MI
350
Wilensky
Laser Therapy of Glaucoma
Th-6
206-MP
353
Wilson
Basic Ocular Mycology and Fungal Diseases of the Eye
Th-6
'Limited capacity
209-MP 9-MI 213-MP 4-MI
1-MI
179
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES FRIDAY AM Course No. 7
Period
Room No. 102-MP
Aquavella
Current Concepts in the Management of Corneal Disease
F-1 ,2
13
Benson
An Introduction to Color Vision
F-1,2
25
Carr
Visual Function and Electrodiagnostic Methods in Retinal Disease
F-1 ,2,3
19-MI
31
Charles
Advanced Endosurgery for the Posterior Segment Surgeon
F-1,2,3
211-MP
32
Choromokos
Ophthalmic Photography
F-1,2
102 - MP
37
Cotlier
Genetic Eye Diseases
F-1,2
202-MP
43
Drance
The Visual Field: Application and Technique
F-1,2 ,3
103 - MP
46
Epstein
Diagnostic Dilemmas in Angle Closure
F-1 ,2
51
Fine
Complications of Argon Laser Photocoagulation: Prevention and.Management
F-1 ,2,3
52
Flynn
Practical Management of Endophthalm itis
F-1 ,2
11-MI
54
Fonda
Low Vision
F-1,2
15-MI
58
France
Diagnosis and Treatment of Cataracts in Children
F-1,2
207-MP
61
Friedman
Controversies in Diagnosis and Therapy of Retinal and Vitreous Diseases
F-1,2
62
Fuller
Presurgical Evaluation of Eyes with Opaque Media
F-1,2
209-MP
71
Gombos
Selected Topics in Ophthalmologic Emergencies
F-l,2,3
214-MP
76
Hagler
Retinal Detachment : Discussion of the Major Specific Types with Emphasis on Prevention of Complications
F- l ,2
10- MI
87
Hoffer
Lens Calculation Course
F-l,2
212-MP
101
Judisch
Basic Genetics for Clinical Ophthalmology
F-l,2,3
204-MP
122
Mazow
Diagnosis and Management of Adult Strabismus
F-l,2,3
126
McPherson
Complications of Retinal Detachment Surgery : Diagnosis, Management, and Prevent ion
F-2,3
156
Ritch
Laser Iridectomy: Procedure and Pitfalls
F-1 ,2
159
Ryan
Diagnosis and Therapy of Macular and Retinal Vascular Disease
F-l ,2,3
160
Sachs
Office and Space Design for Ophthalmolog y
F-l ,2
164
Schepens
Retinal Detachment Panel
F-l,2
205-MP
167
Schwartz
Decision-Making in the Management of Glaucoma
F-l,2
101 - MP
180
Soper
Advanced Contact Lens Fitting
F-1,2
215 - MP
181
Stark
Anterior Segment Surgery Using Vitrectomy Techniques
F-l,2
208-MP
185
Thompson
Pupillary Signs in Clinical Diagnosis
F-l ,2
9-MI
13-MI 216-MP
7-MI
1- MI 203-MP 4-MI 20-MI 5-MI
3-MI
180
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Condensed Schedule of MULTIPLE- AND SINGLE-PERIOD COURSES FRIDAY AM Course No.
Single Period
Period
Room No.
241
Freeman
The Punctum Plug: The Dry Eye and the Wet Eye
F-1
201-MP
246
Gills
Extracapsular Cataract Extraction and Insertion of the Posterior Chamber Lenses
F-1
17-MI
277
Lawwill
Practical Electrophysiology: ERG, EOG, and VER
F-1
203-MP
282
Long
Complications of Retinal Surgery
F-1
8-MI
204
Barber
Management of the Dry Eye Patient
F-2
8-MI
217
Cleasby
Surgery of the Orbit
F-2
17-MI
257
Hecht
Management of Recurrent Entropion and Ectropion
F-2
201-MP
273
Kraushar
Why Can't My Patient See 20120?: Simplified Evaluation of Macular Function
F-3
304
Raymond
Managing the Patient Who Complains of "Flashing Lights"
F-3
343
Waring
The Skin and Eye
F-3
4-MI
359
Lippman
Fitting of Oxygen-Permeable Contact Lenses
F-3
8-MI
9-MI 212-MP
Advance Order Form Advance orders for instruction courses will be taken from members whose 1980 dues have been paid and candidates until October 1. Nonmember orders will be processed from October 1 to 15. NO order will be filled unless accompanied by a check in the proper amount. Upon receipt of your advance order form, you 'Nill be preregistered; therefore, it will NOT be necessary to fill out a registration card at the meeting. Mail orders promptly to secure your course preferences. Every effort will be made to include your first choices. To complete this order form: • Fill in your complete name and address and indicate if you are a member, candidate or nonmember. • Specify your course preferences in the spaces below (include first, second and third choices). • Tally the number of course hours requested and indicate the total amount enclosed. Cut the entire page out of the program and mail to: American Academy of Ophthalmology, 1833 Fillmore, P. O. Box 7424, San Francisco, CA 94120. Payment is to be made at U.S. dollar equivalency at current rate of exchange. All orders originating outside the United States will be filled upon receipt of either (1) a draft written from a U.S. bank for U.S. currency or (2) a cashier's check from a foreign bank for foreign currency at the current U.S. conversion rate. (Type or Print)
Last Name
First Name
Middle Initial
Office Address City
State
_ _ Member
Zip Code _ _ Nonmember
_ _ Candidate
COURSE ORDER FORM FIRST CHOICE PERIOD
Course
T
1
AM
2
Author
SECOND CHOICE Course
Author
THIRD CHOICE Course
Author
3 T
4
PM
5
6 W
1
AM
2 3
W
4
PM
5
6 Th
1
AM
2 3
Th
4
PM
5
6 F
1
AM
2 3
Check all orders to ensure that single and multiple courses have not been inadvertently double scheduled during the same time slot, and that course numbers and authors are accurate. _ _ _ _ Total Hours ($7 a course hour)
_ _ _ _ Total Amount Enclosed
Instruction Courses November 4 - 7, • 980 McCormick Inn and McCormick Place Secretary for Instruction, Melvin L. Rubin, MD ADVISORY COMMITTEE Ronald S. Fishman, MD John W. Glotfelty, MD Malcolm N. Luxenberg, MD
Robert L. Stamper, MD Jonathan D. Trobe, MD Richard A. van Heuven, MD
Each year the Academy undertakes the challenging task of preparing the Annual Meeting program for its members. A major aspect of the meeting is the Instruction Course Program. It is the responsibility of this Secretary and the Instruction Advisory Committee to arrange a comprehensive, high quality, and balanced schedule of courses covering the major ophthalmologic categories. Every year, the course schedules are revised and updated-some courses are added, others retired-to offer a selection that we anticipate will be most valuable for the practicing ophthalmologist. This year there were 660 submitted applications, requesting more than 1300 hours of instruction time, and the Advisory Committee made priority judgments on every application. The task then was left to this Secretary to decide how best to meld the Committee's priority ratings with the time slots available. In fact, it was the availability of time and space that were the limiting factors, rather than the quality of the course offerings. In any case, for 1980, 683 instruction hours are being offered compared with 658 in 1979-with 309 highly rated courses being repeated. The latter includes 94 courses that, in our five-year review plan, were reviewed critically and in competing with new course applications were retained. Fifty-two new courses were added. The following describes the guidelines for submission of new or returning courses and the evaluation and scheduling procedures.
George O. Waring, III, MD Robert D. Whinery, MD
CRITERIA FOR NEW COURSES The Advisory Committee has determined that each course should cover important practical information in a concise manner. Consideration is given to the appeal of the topic, the number of courses already offered on that subject, the number of hours requested (shorter courses are easier to schedule), the qualifications of the instructors, and the anticipated attendance. The latter, though certainly not the primary consideration, is an important one. Further, to attract an audience, the instructor should be known or recognized as an authority in the field.
RETURNING COURSES In the past, if a course received good evaluations by the attendees, the instructor was almost automatically invited to present it again the following year. Some courses were being offered almost out of habit, without any restructuring, and some had become outdated despite reasonable evaluations. In 1979, the Advisory Committee initiated a new rule to avoid inordinate prolongation of courses that effectively squeeze out new course applications. Now, courses can be offered for a maximum of five years, after which time a reapplication is necessary. Obviously, after a number of years of" seasoning, " many courses become excellent and, thus, a significant percentage of those reapplying do gain a high enough priority rating to be chosen again.
NEW COURSES
TIME EXPANSION
There are always a greater number of new instruction courses submitted for consideration than there are hours available in the schedule; thus , some priority system is necessary for their allocation. After the Advisory Committee rates each application, the courses are accommodated to the facilities available.
The national inflationary trend seems to have spilled over into course hours. Returning instructors almost universally request additional hours for their courses. Realistically, there is insufficient time to permit routine expansion of courses without simultaneously sacrificing other valuable offerings.
183
184
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Actually, the Advisory Committee has found repeatedly that" more is not necessarily better. " Experience has shown that, generally, a popular instructor attracts a larger audience with shorter presentations than with longer ones! Nonetheless, the Advisory Committee closely scrutinizes all requests for additional instruction hours. Unfortunately, only a few can be awarded.
COURSE SUBMISSION GUIDELINES The standard form for both new and returning course applications can be obtained from the Secretary for Instruction and must be submitted prior to January 1. This deadline must be honored. If it is not rigidly observed, the course will be automatically cancelled. No more than two instructors per hour of instruction can be listed on the published abstract. In addition, no instructor can be involved in more than three courses in any given year. These rather arbitrary limitations were made in the effort to be fair to the large number of applicants, and to reduce the possibilities for scheduling conflicts in personnel and topic areas.
COURSE EVALUATION At the meeting, course attendees are given evaluation cards to complete following the course. These evaluations are of inestimable value in helping determine which courses are satisfying Academy members' needs. An overall course rating as well as constructive criticism of the instructors help emphasize the aspects of the course that warrant improvement. Hence, all course registrants are urged to complete their evaluation cards and to tum them in to the course monitor as they leave each teaching session. In addition, the Academy maintains attendance figures for each instruction course, and these are used by the Secretary to aid in the evaluations. A declining course attendance frequently indicates that the material being presented is no longer of major interest to Academy members. However, as long as attendance is "reasonable, " and there is an educational need for the topic, the course may be maintained when the registrants' ratings warrant it.
SCHEDULING The senior instructors of every course given at the meeting are notified in November or December as to the evaluations. Those invited to give their courses the following year must formally accept that invitation by returning a new application by the deadline date. Only when these applications and equipment forms have been returned to the Secretary can the scheduling process begin. Old courses are scheduled first, and this determines the number of slots available for new courses, which are awarded in order of their priority ranking. The scheduling process involves a large amount of shuffling of instruction course positions, rooms, and times, to reduce or eliminate conflicts for instructors giving multiple courses and to avoid competition between related courses as well as to hold down the audio-visual costs by scheduling courses with special equipment requirements into specific rooms. Within the context of these limitations, the staff also makes an effort to rotate the scheduled time and day of a returning course from one year to the next, though this is not always possible. After a tentative schedule is constructed, it is coordinated with the Secretary for Program in an effort to reduce the possibility of instructor and subject overlap with scientific papers. Once the instruction course section is confirmed, it is submitted to the Academy office for final preparation for publication in the printed program.
SUMMARY The members of the Advisory Committee, in conjunction with the Program Committee and the Academy's Board of Directors, are continually exploring methods of improving the educational value of the instruction program and ways of encouraging the largest possible number to participate in our educational courses at the least expense. The Advisory Committee welcomes suggestions that help accomplish these aims and improve the professional continuing education for all opthalmologists. MELVIN L. RUBIN, MD Secretary for Instruction
General Information At the Chicago Meeting, the instruction courses will be held in two facilities, McCormick Inn and McCormick Place, from Tuesday, November 4, through Friday, November 7. Throughout this section of the program and at the meeting, room numbers for the courses will be referenced with (MI) if located in McCormick Inn and (MP) if in McCormick Place. A listing of course rooms and their capacities follows these instructions. Courses will be held in the mornings and afternoons, Tuesday through Thursday and in the morning only on Friday. Both single-period, one-hour courses and multipleperiod courses for two or more hours will be offered. Tickets to multiple period courses are issued for the entire course unless specified otherwise. Tickets are $7.00 per hour. In the course abstracts, the condensed listing of courses, and on the course tickets, the day and time of each course is denoted by the following key: T W Course 1: 2: 3:
Tuesday Wednesday periods: 8:30--9:30 am 9:45-10:45 am 11:00-noon
order has been filled. It must be presented at the preregistration booths to obtain your registration packet, which contains your badge and instruction course tickets. No tickets will be sent through the mail. TICKET SALES AT THE MEETING Tickets will be on sale at the Instruction Desk located across from the main registration area in McCormick Place-R. R. Donnelley Hall. The bulletin boards there will indicate which courses are still available. REFUNDS If courses requested in advance are unavailable and it is impossible to substitute, a refund will be granted. Refund cards will be placed in these preregistration packets. These cards should be presented at the instruction desk for payment. No refunds will be made without the card or after noon on the closing day of the meeting.
Th Thursday F Friday 4: 5: 6:
ROOM CAPACITIES Listed below are the seating capacities for the rooms the Academy is using for instruction courses in both McCormick Inn and McCormick Place. Some courses are limited below the room capacities and this is noted in the condensed course listing.
1:30-5:00 pm 2:45-3:45 pm 4:00-5:00 pm
For example, a course in the T-1,2,3 time slot is a multiple-period course and is scheduled on Tuesday from 8:30 to noon.
McCormick Place
McCormick Inn
ORDERING ADVANCE TICKETS Room No.
At the end of the condensed listing of instruction courses is the form for ordering tickets in advance. Read the instructions carefully, specify your course preferences on this form, and return it to the Academy with a check. No orders will be filled without checks. Since the number of tickets for each course is limited, it is essential to list second and third choices for each period. In every case, efforts will be made to provide your first choices. In the case of multiple-period courses, you may wish to specify preferences for single-period courses as substitutes in those time slots in case all multiple-period courses are sold out. All orders for tickets will be filled according to the postmark on the envelope containing the check. Telegrams will not be honored.
Lobby Level 1-MI 2-MI 3-MI 4-MI Second Level 5-MI 7-MI 8-MI 9-MI 10-MI 11-MI 12-MI 13-MI 14-MI 15-MI 16-MI 17-MI 19-MI 20-MI
CONFIRMATION OF ORDERS As soon as an advance order is filled, a postcard listing the courses reserved for the subscriber will be mailed. This postcard is your confirmation that your 185
Seating Capacity 82 85 85 85 337 337 72 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 60 97 150
Room No.
Seating Capacity
Mall Level 101-MP 102-MP 103-MP
345 345 345
Lobby Level 201-MP 202-MP 203-MP 204-MP 205-MP 206-MP 207-MP 208-MP 209-MP 210-MP 211-MP 212-MP 213-MP 214-MP 215-MP 216-MP
248 156 117 117 117 117 156 248 133 133 133 200 200 400 125 175
Course 1 Thursday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 15-MI
Gary W. Abrams, MD, Miami, FL Harry W. Flynn, MD, George W. Blankenship, MD, Don R. May, MD
Management of Ocular Trauma with Vitrectomy Instruments The rationale for vitrectomy in traumatic injuries is presented utilizing experimental and histopathological studies. Preoperative evaluation, including ultrasonography and electroretinography, is discussed. Using case presentations and didactic discussions, surgical techniques for management of anterior and posterior segment injuries and removal of intraocular foreign bodies with vitrectomy instruments are presented.
Course 2 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 215-MP
Thomas E. Acers, MD, Oklahoma City, OK Henry JL.Van Dyk, MD, William T. Shults, MD
Clinical Neuro-Ophthalmology This is not a course in basic neuro-ophthalmology. Instead, it is aimed at those physicians interested in clinical neuro-ophthalmology who feel comfortable with basic neuro-ophthalmologic examination and diagnostic methods. Selected cases will be presented to illustrate common (and not so common) diagnoses in neuro-ophthalmology with attention directed to the features in each case that provide clues for proper management.
Course 3 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 202-MP
Mathea R. Allansmith, MD, Boston, MA Mark B. Abelson, MD, Mitchell H. Friedlander, MD, Herbert E. Kaufman, MD, Stephen R. Waltman, MD
Course 5 Tuesday-Periods 2 and 3
This course is designed to give the ophthalmologist background in basic ocular immunology and eye diseases with immunologic properties. Time will be divided to cover the following five subjects: (I) immunoglobulins and antibodies, (2) delayed hypersensitivity, (3) the ocular surface, (4) transplantation, and (5) ocular diseases with immunologic properties.
Room 20-MI
Arthur W. Allen, Jr., MD, San Francisco, CA Wayne E. Fung, MD, John C. Cavender, MD
Clues to the Diagnosis of Commonly Overlooked or Misdiagnosed Fundus Diseases This course is designed for the practicing ophthalmologist
186
Room 8-MI
Lee Allen, Coralville, IA Richard L. Anderson, MD
Prosthetics, Problems, and Their Management This course for ophthalmologists includes discussion of different types of eye sockets (enucleation, evisceration, congenitally abnormal or phthisical globes), superior methods of fitting, coloring and fabricating plastic artificial eyes for them, advice for patients on prosthesis care, several common corrective surgical procedures, and a final discussion period.
Course 6 Tuesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room ll-MI
Melvin G. Alper, MD, Washington, DC
Diagnosis and Surgical Management of Unilateral Exophthalmos The modern diagnostic techniques for diagnosing expanding orbital masses and differentiating, them from Graves' ophthalmopathy and inflammatory orbital pseudotumor will be presented. Emphasis will be placed on CT scanning. In the second hour, surgical techniques for approaching these expanding masses will be discussed. The aim is to present a practical approach to orbital disease.
Course 7 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
Allergy and Immunology of the Eye
Course 4 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
who wishes to increase his working knowledge of puzzling, but important, fundus conditions. It will concentrate on the clinical appearance of various lesions, some of which may be similar. Appropriate tests required to make the definitive diagnosis will be discussed.
Room 204-MP
James V. Aquavella, MD, Rochester, NY S. Arthur Boruchoff, MD, Anthony B. NesbuTD, MD
Current Concepts in the Management of Corneal Disease The presentation is designed to familiarize the ophthalmologist with innovations in the diagnosis and treatment of corneal conditions frequently encountered in general ophthalmic practice. Candid presentations by each instructor will attempt to present a balance between advantages and disadvantages associated with diagnostic and therapeutic modalities. Subjects to be discussed include: (1) office management of the dry eye, (2) herpes simplex keratitis, (3) corneal erosions and ulcerations, (4) corneal complications of anterior segment surgery, and (5) diagnosis and management of graft rejection.
187
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 8 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 4-MI
James V. Aquavella, MD, Rochester, NY Gullapalli N. Rao, MD, Ronald A. Laing, PhD
crucial points for a panel discussion on laboratory data needed, differential diagnosis, and treatment. Those taking the course will see the development of opinions by the panelists.
Specular Microscopy The course is designed to introduce the participant to the routine clinical and laboratory use of the specular microscope. The first segment will cover the basics of specular microscopy, including optics, photography, and methodology. The current and future role of endothelial and epithelial morphological studies will be discussed. The second portion will stress the practical clinical aspects of specular microscopy in evaluating the functional capacity of the cornea.
Course 9 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 5-MI Room 5-MI
Course 12 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 9-MI
Howard L. Beale, MD, Memphis, TN J. Justin Older, MD, John H. Sullivan, MD
Special Procedures in Oculoplastic Surgery Techniques, indications, and contraindications are given to broaden the knowledge of the ophthalmologist in the management of flaps, grafts, and Z-plasty procedures. Newer lacrimal procedures are explained, and retractor surgery, levator aponeurosis repair, and management of trichiasis detailed. A question and answer session is encouraged.
M. F. Armaly, MD, Washington, DC Douglas Anderson, MD, Stephen Drance, MD, Allan Kolker, MD
Course 13 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Primary Glaucomas
An Introduction to Color Vision
The course will concentrate on the primary glaucomas and will include open-angle glaucoma, its epidemiology and that of ocular hypertension, changes in the optic disc and visual field, the medical treatment of open-angle glaucoma, and the surgical indications and surgical procedures in open-angle glaucoma. In addition, it will include management of angleclosure glaucoma and chronic narrow-angle glaucoma.
The emphasis of this course is on practical, useful, and interesting aspects of color vision. It is intended for ophthalmologists and lay persons. A thorough discussion of the basic principles of normal color vision will provide a foundation for understanding color vision testing and color vision abnormalities.
Course 10 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 201-MP
Taylor Asbury, MD, Cincinnati, OH Philip Knapp, MD, Rees W. Sheppard, MD, Howard Eggers, MD
Surgery of Complicated Extraocular Muscle Problems This course deals primarily with sophisticated techniques of extraocular muscle surgery, including treatment of sixth nerve palsy (Jensen's procedure), vertical muscle surgery (including Knapp's procedure), dissociated vertical divergence (Faden suture), reoperations, and adjustable sutures. Liberal use is made of videotapes and slides.
Course 11 Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 103-MP
Jules L. Baum, MD, Boston, MA Peter Laibson, MD, Robert Burns, MD, Mathea Allansmith, MD, Richard Forster, MD
Problem Cases in Cornea and External Disease Case histories representing corneal pathology and external disease will be presented. Faculty members will present their cases as unknowns to the rest of the faculty, stopping at
Room 9-MI
William E. Benson, MD, Philadelphia, PA
Course 14 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 210-MP
Jerome W. Bettman, MD, Woodside, CA
Medicolegal Problems in Ophthalmology The course offers frank discussion of: (I) how to avoid litigation, including the art of practice and informed consent, (2) involvement as an expert, consultant, or defendant, (3) development of a malpractice suit-interrogatories, depositions, and trial, (4) special problems (when to hire your own attorney, going bare, when to settle, fraud, punitive damages), and (5) case presentations.
Course 15 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Wednesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 103-MP Room 103-MP
Charles K. Beyer, MD, Cambridge, MA Robert B. Wilkins, MD, Charles Stephenson, MD, Bartley R. Frueh, MD, Gerard M. Shannon, MD, Robert M. Dryden, MD, Richard R. Tenzel, MD, Albert Hornblass, MD, Paul T. Gavaris, MD, David H. Saunders, MD, W. Jackson Iliff, MD, John Wobig, MD
Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery The course serves to acquaint the average ophthalmologist
188
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
with the major procedures in ophthalmic plastic and reconstructive surgery. A practical approach is stressed. Detailed discussions will be held to enforce the salient points. Surgical techniques, complications, and their treatment will be presented by a number of experienced ophthalmic plastic surgeons. The course is coordinated by Dr. Orkan G. Stasior. Doctors Wendell L. Hughes and Alston Callahan are consultants. To allow for detailed presentations, the course is divided into two sections of six hours each, Part 1 being given in 1980 and Part 2 in 1981.
Course 16 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 212-MP
J. Elliott Blaydes, MD, Bluefield, WV Robert F. Azar, MD, Richard Kratz, MD, C. William Simcoe, MD, Clifford M. Terry, MD
New Microsurgical Sutures Used in Cataract Wound Closure for Correction of Postoperative Astigmatism and Fixation of Intraocular Lens This practical course describes the newest developments in needles, absorbable sutures, and nonabsorbable sutures for cataract wound closure, including their microscopic evaluation. The Terry Keratometer's value and utilization in astigmatism control is detailed. Intraocular lens suture fixation is considered. Eight leading discussants outline their latest suture techniques for optimum cataract wound closure with minimal astigmatism. The course is limited to 50 persons.
Course 17 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Course 19 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 207-MP
Nathaniel R. Bronson, II, MD, Southampton, NY Yale L. Fisher, MD, William F. Regan, MD, Edwin M. Trayner, MD
Contact B-Scan Ultrasonography B-scan ultrasonography is a valuable technique for examining eyes with opaque media or suspected retrobulbar lesions. This course will describe the technique of examination and the interpretation of ultrasonograms. There will be a description of typical findings in patients with hemorrhage, detachments, tumors, foreign bodies, thyroid diseases, and retrobulbar masses.
Course 20 A, B, C Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 7-MI Room 7-MI Room 7-MI
Ronald M. Burde, MD, St. Louis, MO Myles M. Behrens, MD, Joel S. Glaser, MD, John L. Keltner, MD, Neil R. Miller, MD, Norman J. Schatz, MD
Basic Neuro-Ophthalmology Room 17-MI
Michael A. Bloome, MD, Houston, TX Charles A. Garcia, MD
Retinal and Choroidal Dystrophies The purpose of this course is to present a clear and systematic approach to a vast and confusing group of disorders. A classification based on histological findings will be used and correlated with clinical findings. An introduction to diagnostic testing will precede discussion of these disorders. Each disease will be discussed in relation to its genetic pattern, clinical findings and symptoms, differential diagnosis and workup, and treatment. Due to the large amount of material and the limited time, a complete syllabus describing these disorders will be distributed at the beginning of the presentation.
Course 18 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
mitting formal exposition of opposing points of view, and challenge and response between the opponents and audience participants. The topics for discussion are: (1) corneal therapeutic dilemmas, (2) the role of photocoagulation and steroids in presumed ocular histoplasmosis, and (3) controversy in aphakic open-angle glaucoma.
Room 103-MP
S. Arthur Boruchoff, MD, Boston, MA Robert J. Brockhurst, MD, B. Thomas Hutchinson, MD
Controversial Topics in Ophthalmology This course will discuss three controversial topics, per-
These courses are based on a patient-oriented approach, stressing clinical diagnosis and practical applications of concepts in neuro-ophthalmology. Each course is intended to cover a series of topics independently, but the entire series forms a continuum furnishing a broad overview of the subject. Day I-Afferent Visual System, Day 2-Efferent Visual System, Day 3-Emphasis on Specific Disease Entities.
Course 21 Thursday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 102-MP
Norman E. Byer, MD, Torrance, CA
Peripheral Retinal Lesions in Profile: Examination, Diagnosis, and Management This course is designed as a thorough introduction to the lesions found in the peripheral retina and will be presented by means of many color photographs of lesions, most of which were taken with simultaneous scleral indentation (and many of which were shown in the 1979 Academy exhibit, "The Peripheral Retina in Profile"). The purpose will be to assist ophthalmologists in recognizing and identifying the
189
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
more important lesions in the fundus periphery and to give a well-balanced perspective in the evaluation of these lesions when it comes to the important matter of decisionmaking in their management. The whole subject of prophylactic treatment will be thoroughly discussed.
Course 22 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 214-MP
Herve M. Byron, MD, Englewood, NJ Malcolm A. McCannel, MD, James D. Atwood, MD
sual system will be presented, with emphasis on the application of certain electrophysiologic tests of visual function in man. The theoretic background for the practical application of the tests for fundus reflectometry, electroretinography, and electrooculography will be considered. In addition, the use of these tests in clinical diagnosis (e.g., progressive and stationary night-blinding anomalies and disorders of decreased vision in childhood) and in the area of genetic counseling will be discussed.
The Business of Ophthalmic Practice This course is aimed at younger ophthalmologists who have completed residency training or have recently started practicing. The material, especially the medical-legal considerations, will also prove interesting(to older ophthalmologists. The course will be divided into six topics: (1) introduction to practice, (2) creation of the first office, (3) running the office, (4) medical-legal considerations, (5) banking, and (6) insurance and legal requirements.
Course 23 Wednesday-Periods 4,5, and 6
Room 207-MP
Joseph H. Calhoun, MD, Philadelphia, PA R. D. Harley, MD, Philip Knapp, MD, Donelson R. Manley, MD, Guy Chan, MD
Surgery of Strabismus This course is designed for the ophthalmologist who performs surgery for strabismus. Using TV tapes of actual surgery, various procedures will be shown with comments pro and con by a panel of experts. The presentation of each technique will be preceded by a brief panel discussion on indications for this technique.
Course 24 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 15-MI
Alston Callahan, MD, Birmingham, AL Michael A. Callahan, MD
Lid Reconstruction after Trauma and Malignancy Detailed illustrations and case histories will be used to present: (1) six major methods for reconstructing lower eyelid defects; (2) four time-tested techniques for reconstructing upper lid defects, and (3) three well-proven techniques for repairing medial canthal defects. Variations on each basic technique will be covered, which will enable the ophthalmic surgeon to comfortably handle a sizeable variety of lesions.
Course 25 Friday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 19-MI
Ronald E. Carr, MD, New York, NY Irwin M. Siegel, PhD
Visual Function and Electrodiagnostic Methods in Retinal Disease The basic processes involved in the physiology of the vi-
Course 26 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 19-MI
Ronald E. Carr, MD, New York, NY Kenneth G. Noble, MD
Hereditary Chorioretinal Diseases The hereditary chorioretinal diseases are divided into the generalized degenerations and the macular dystrophies. Generalized degenerations to be discussed are retinitis pigmentosa and its variants, congenital stationary night blindness, the cone dysfunction syndromes, vitreotapetoretinal degenerations, and the choroidal abiotrophies. The common macular dystrophies will include Stargardt's disease and fundus flavimaculatus, Best's vitelliform dystrophy, dominant drusen, central areolar choroidal dystrophy, hereditary hemorrhagic macular dystrophy, and the pattern dystrophies of the retinal pigment epithelium.
Course 27 Thursday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 208-MP
H. Dwight Cavanagh, MD, PhD, Atlanta, GA Bruce I. Bodner, Louis A. Wilson, MD, George O. Waring, III, MD, Perry S. Binder, MD, Stephen E. Kelly
New Concepts in Extended-Wear Hydrogel Lenses for Corneal Diseases and Aphakia This course will introduce the practicing ophthalmologist to the newest concepts in constant-wear hydrogel lenses for therapeutic use and aphakia. Basic concepts will be integrated with practical clinical applications. Topics covered will include physical characteristics of hydrogel materials, physiologic implications of hydration and thickness for hydrogel lenses, blepharitis and infections as related to constant-wear lenses, ocular inflammation and allergic reactions associated with lens wear, clinical fitting procedures for therapeutic and aphakic lenses, constant-wear lenses in corneal edema, recurrent epithelial erosion, dry eyes and viral infection, the management of lens-induced neovascularization, and other complications of lens wear. Discussion will include all currently available hydrogel lenses and the high-water content Cooper-Permalens and Sauflon lenses and Scan Lens.
190
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 28 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 203-MP
H. D. Cavanagh, MD, PhD, Atlanta, GA Perry S. Binder, MD, George O. Waring, III, MD, Louis Wilson, MD
Management of Common Office Problems in Corneal External Disease This course is designed to update the clinical diagnosis and practical management of common corneal and external disease problems seen in any busy office practice. Topics will be rotated on a yearly basis to provide ongoing, in-depth education for the practitioner. Mechanisms of disease and newer modes of diagnosis and therapy will be stressed. Topics for 1980 will include: (I) skin and ocular surface inflammatory syndromes, including blepharitis , (2) manifestations and treatment of herpetic disease, and (3) corneal complications of anterior segment surgery , including intraocular lenses .
Course 31 Friday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Advanced Endosurgery for the Posterior Segment Surgeon Advanced methods of vitreoretinal surgery will be discussed, including training requirements , complications, and the use of the ocutome system. Indications, results, and complications will be discussed in the management of diabetic retinopathy, massive periretinal proliferation, macular pucker, giant break, and trauma . Specific methods, including hydraulic reattachment, scissors membranectomy , bipolar diathermy, and endophotocoagulation will be discu ssed.
Course 32 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
* Earl
Course 29 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 9-MI
Corneal Physiology for the Practicing Ophthalmologist Basic principles of corneal physiology and applications to clinical problems will be discussed. Emphasis will be placed on corneal edema and corneal wound healing. Physiology of these will be applied to the therapy of bullous keratopathy and corneal epithelial defects and erosions , and the use and removal of corneal sutures. If time permits, attention will also be given to the tear film and the treatment of dry eyes. The intention of this course is to remain as clinically oriented as possible, emphasizing the basic principles of physiology that are important for patient management .
Room 9-MI
Devron H. Char, MD, San Francisco, CA R. Dudley Stone, MD, J. Brooks Crawford, MD
Current Approaches in the Diagnosis and Management of Lid, Conjunctival, Intraocular, and Orbital Tumors This course offers an overview of ocular and adnexal tumor management. Newer diagnostic modalities will be discussed including CT scans, ultrasonography , and immunologic tests. Therapeutic modalities and their indications will be reviewed, including surgery, radiation therapy, photocoagulation , cryosurgery, chemotherapy, and immunotherapy. *By invitation
Room 102-MP
A. Choromokos, Cincinnati, OH Ken Christopherson, Gerald S. Hoover, Jerry Sewell
John W. Chandler, MD, Seattle, WA Joel Sugar, MD
Course 30 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 211-MP
Steve Charles, MD, Memphis, TN Conor O' Malley, MD
Ophthalmic Photography The basic techniques and instrumentation for fundus photography, fluorescein angiography, anterior segment photography , and external photography will be discussed and demonstrated. This session will benefit the ophthalmologist who uses or plans to use photography in his office. There will be a question and answer period at the end of the presentation.
Course 33 Wednesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 101-MP Room 101-MP
Henry M. Clayman, MD, Miami Beach, FL Steve Charles, MD, Miles A. Galin, MD, Norman S. Jaffe, MD, Mark S. Jaffe, MD, Herbert E. Kaufman, MD, Richard Kratz, MD
Current Cataract Surgical Techniques and Their Complications Modern techniques have made cataract surgery a safer but often more complex operation. Some complications have decreased , but new complications have appeared. This course will cover current techniques of cataract surgery , their complications, and the correction of aphakia. The management of these complications will be discussed.
191
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 34 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 201-MP
D. Jackson Coleman, MD, New York, NY Richard L. Dallow, MD, Mary E. Smith, Stanley Chang, MD
Ultrasonic Tomography of the Eye and Orbit Diagnostic techniques for combined A-, B - and M-scan evaluation with characteristic scans will be discussed for the evaluation of ocular and orbital tumors, vitreous hemorrhage, retinal detachment, and other structural changes of the globe and orbit. Correlation with the results of physical examination, and radiologic, surgical, and pathologic findings will be stressed. Newer methods for display and analysis of ultrasonic information in tissue identification will be presented , as will the role of ultrasonic biometry in determining accurate axial length measurements for appropriate intraocular lens calculations .
Course 35 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6
level of suspicion when one of those" mystery cases" comes through the doors.
Course 37 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 202-MP
Edward CotHer, MD, New Haven, CT James Puklin, MD
Genetic Eye Diseases Recently described funduscopic and slit-lamp signs of more than 40 genetic eye disorders will be reviewed. Emphasis will be placed on subtle diagnostic signs in cataracts, retinal degenerations, dislocated lenses, anterior chamber angle anomalies, macular diseases, and hereditary vitreoretinal degenerations, which allow separation of genetic disorders from inflammatory or degenerative conditions.
Course 38 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 206-MP
R. D. Cunningham, MD, Temple, TX Everett R. Veirs, MD
Room 207-MP
Brian P. Conway, MD, Charlottesville, VA David E. Eifrig, MD
Vitrectomy Instruments and the General Ophthalmologist In this course , emphasis will be placed on anterior segment disorders, including pupillary membranes and distortions , aphakic pupillary block and "malignant" glaucoma, ectopia lentis, vitreous touch syndrome, and vitreous loss during cataract surgery. The management of postoperative endophthalmitis and of anterior segment trauma will be discussed in detail. We will outline the advantages and disadvantages of the various types of vitrectomy instruments and surgical approaches.
Diagnosis and Treatment of Lacrimal Disorders Diagnostic tests to evaluate the function of the lacrimal drainage system will be reviewed. Management of important disorders of the puncta, canaliculus, lacrimal sac, and nasolacrimal duct (including anomalies of position, trauma, stenosis, and inflammatory and neoplastic conditions) will be presented. A practical approach to lacrimal sac surgery will emphasize operative techniques and the management of complications.
Course 39 Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room IOI-MP
Matthew D. Davis, MD, Madison, WI George H. Bresnick, MD, Suresh R. Chandra, MD, Franklin L. Myers, MD, Thomas S. Stevens, MD
Diabetic Retinopathy Course 36 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 203-MP
John A. Costin, Loraine, OH l;Iarold Shaw, MD
Office Neuro-Ophthalmology This course is primarily aimed at the practicing ophthalmologist. It will present as many practical points in the office management of commonly encountered neuro-ophthalmologic problems as is feasible to do so in the time allowed. The content of the course varies a bit from year to year as an attempt is made to emphasize the many common problems seen. Thus , the course may emphasize optic nerve problems one year, visual field problems the next , common pupillary findings the next, important points in history the next , or x-rays and CT scan findings in the more common neuro-ophthalmologic problems the next. The course is just what the title says-Office Neuro-ophthalmology-and is aimed at helping the busy ophthalmologist to have a higher
Management strategies for diabetic retinopathy will be described , and treatment goals suggested by the natural course of diabetic retinopathy will be considered. The following treatment problems will be discussed: (1) photocoagulation of macular edema in terms of the different types of diabetic macular edema; (2) clinical applications of the Diabetic Retinopathy Study (DRS) results; (3) complications and side effects of photocoagulation, and (4) management of severe cases of proliferative retinopathy by photocoagulation, vitrectomy, and scleral buckling surgery.
Course 40 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 208-MP
Kenneth R. Diddie, MD, Los Angeles, CA James G. Diamond, MD, Walter Stern, MD
Vitrectomy Techniques for the General Ophthalmologist This course will emphasize anterior segment applications
192
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
of various vitrectomy instrumentation. Indications and techniques will be illustrated, and adequate opportunity for questions will be provided. Open-sky and closed-eye techniques of value to any ophthalmologist doing intraocular surgery will be stressed. Cornea, cataract, and anterior chamber applications will be emphasized.
Course 41 Wednesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 19-MI
Claes H. Dohlman, MD, Boston, MA S. Arthur Boruchoff, MD, Richard A. Thoft, MD, Deborah P. Langston, MD, C. Stephen Foster, MD, Kenneth R. Kenyon, MD
Course 44 Tuesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 13-MI
Philip P. Ellis, MD, Denver, CO S. Lance Forstot, MD, James R. Cerasoli, MD
Therapeutic Challenges This course involves active participation by the audience in a discussion of the management of problem cases in ocular therapeutics. Selected difficult cases in ocular therapeutics will be presented, including various corneal disorders, retinal problems, intraocular infections, and chronic inflammations. Discussion of these cases and personal cases of audience members is encouraged.
Medical and Surgical Aspects of Corneal Disease This course will review some important problems in corneal diseases. In particular, afflictions of the corneal and conjunctival surface, their diagnosis and treatment, and recent research trends will be discussed. Clinical entities such as recurrent erosions, keratoconjunctivitis sicca, herpetic keratouveitis, severe chronic inflammations, persistent epithelial defects, ulcerations, and problems in keratoplasty will be covered.
Course 42 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 2-MI
Anthony Donn, MD, New York, NY Arthur G. DeVoe, MD, Richard Darrel, MD, R. Linsy Farris, MD, Balachandran Srinivasan, MD, Frank B. Hoefle, MD, John E. Espy, MD
The Medical and Surgical Management of Corneal Diseases The course will cover the practical management of corneal infections (bacterial, viral, and fungal), corneal edema (Fuch's dystrophy and aphakic bullous keratoplasty), and corneal trauma. The underlying panophysiology will be emphasized, including the role of specular microscopy.
Course 43 Friday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 103-MP
Stephen M. Drance, MD, Vancouver, BC Douglas R. Anderson, MD, Gordon R. Douglas, MD
Course 45 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 4-MI
Robert M. Ellsworth, MD, New York, NY David H. Abramson, MD, F. David Kitchin, MD, Brenda Gallie, MD
Retinoblastoma-1980 The diagnosis, differential diagnosis, ancillary test used in diagnosis, present treatment modalities, results of treatment modalities, and genetic counseling of retinoblastoma will be discussed by the use of individual case presentations.
Course 46 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 13-MI
David L. Epstein, MD, Boston, MA Martin Wand, MD, David G. Campbell, MD
Diagnostic Dilemmas in Angle-Closure Although often routine, cases of angle-closure glaucoma can present difficulty in diagnosis and treatment. These dilemmas may be categorized as follows: Is this angle closure, the asymptomatic narrow angle, or postoperative pressure rise after peripheral iridectomy (or filter)? Clinical diagnosis of usual and unusual forms of angle closure will be discussed.
The Visual Field: Application and Technique The physiology of the visual field, both static and kinetic, will be reviewed. The pertinent and physiological information will then be applied to the technique of static and kinetic perimetry. The technique will be discussed with regard to screening and plotting of definitive visual field defects. The varying techniques will then be discussed in detail in relation to glaucomatous, neurological, and local retinal disease. The pitfalls and artifacts will be stressed. The exact techniques will be discussed. New perimetric equipment will be discussed and semi-automatic and automatic techniques will be described.
Course 47 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 7-MI
Harold F. Falls, MD, Ann Arbor, MI Richard A. Lewis, MD
Pathognomonic Ocular Manifestations of Systemic and Hereditary Disease States This course offers a presentation of the pathognomonic ocular manifestations of both commonplace and rare systemic and constitutional disease states. An awareness of
193
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
such signs or symptoms is an important adjunct toward definitive diagnosis and subsequent management.
Course 48 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Course 51 Friday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 216-MP
Stuart L. Fine, MD, Baltimore, MD Arnall Patz, Lawrence J. Singerman, MD, David H. Orth, MD, Lee M. Jampol, Thomas Rice, MD
Room 10-MI
Tibor G. Farkas, MD, New York, NY Marvin F. Kraushar, MD, Sheila Margolis, MD
Hereditary Diseases of the Macula The most common hereditary macular dystrophies are covered. Techniques, interpretation for color vision, dark adaptation, electroretinogram (ERG), foveal ERG, electrooculogram (EOG), visually evoked potential (VER), and fluorescein angiography are discussed. Disease selection changes yearly to include current material. At least 12 diseases are discussed. Clinical picture and natural history are correlated with histopathology and illustrated with slides .
Complications of Argon Laser Photocoagulation: Prevention and Management The aim of this course will be: (1) to assist in the selection of patients to be considered for argon laser photocoagulation; (2) to review treatment techniques for proliferative diabetic retinopathy, choroidal neovascularization, branch vein occlusion, sickle retinopathy, and other fundus disorders; (3) to illustrate complications encountered in treating such eyes, and (4) to reduce incidence of complications by anticipation and prevention .
Course 52 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room ll-MI
Harry W. Flynn, Jr., MD, Miami, FL Henry Gelender, MD, Richard K. Forster, MD
Course 49 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Practical Management of Endophthalmitis Room 206-MP
Jay L. Federman, MD, Philadelphia, PA Leonard Joffe, MD, James Augsburger, MD, Terrance Tomer
Fluorescein Angiography: Basic Concepts The basic concepts for use in interpreting fluorescein an- . giography will be presented. Hyperfluorescence and hypofluorescence will be discussed in detail with examples of each. The clinical and angiographic pictures of many disorders will be correlated with the histopathology. Unknowns will be presented for audience participation, and treatment of variolJs ocular diseases will be discussed.
The purpose of this course will be to review the clinical evaluation, laboratory workup, and management of endophthalmitis. An important area of discussion will be the role of vitrectomy and injection of intravitreal antibiotics in the management of endophthalmitis. The course will be directed to the clinical ophthalmologist.
Course 53 Wednesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 201-MP
John T. Flynn, MD, Miami, FL David Friendly, MD, William Scott, MD, Joseph Calhoun, MD, Elliot Blaydes, MD, Charlene Hsu-Winges, MD
Binocular Vision and Ocular Motility
Course 50 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 3-MI
Jay L. Federman, MD, Philadelphia, PA William H. Annesley, MD, William Tasman, MD, Lov K. Sarin, MD, William Benson, MD, Alfred C. Lucier, MD, Madison Slusher, MD
In this course, the members of the committee who compiled the Basic and Clinical Science Course of the American Academy of Ophthalmology will present the highlights of Section VI-Binocular Vision and Ocular Motility. It is designed primarily for those who have completed this course booklet. A pretest and a posttest will be offered and, if time permits, a question-and-answer period will be held.
Closed Intraocular Microsurgery Closed intraocular microsurgery (CIOM) has developed rapidly in the past ten years. This course will teach the basic principles and techniques that apply to both anterior segment and posterior segment surgery . Indications, results, and complications will be discussed, as will the use of microsurgical techniques in trauma cases. Case examples will be used and audience participation will be encouraged.
Course 54 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 15-MI
Gerald Fonda, MD, Short Hills, NJ Low Vision The examination for low vision is an extension of a routine eye examination. Essentially it consists of a careful refrac-
194
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
tion and the prescribing of strong reading additions. The most useful aids are high-add bifocals, half-eye glasses, focusable stand magnifiers, and the paperweight-type magnifier (Visolett). Most useful aids will be demonstrated.
Course 55 Tuesday-Periods 4 and 5
Course 58 Friday-Periods 1 and 2 Room 17 -MI
Max Forbes, MD, New York, NY
Management of Primary Angle-Closure Glaucoma A comprehensive classification of the stages of evolution of primary angle-closure glaucoma is presented. Special emphasis is given to the technique of indentation gonioscopy as an aid in diagnosis and management. The technical details of medical therapy, argon laser iridotomy, peripheral iridectomy , and trabeculectomy are described, and indications for use of these modalities are formulated. Surgical complications are considered, including a discussion of vitrectomy in the management of malignant (ciliary block) glaucoma.
Course 56 Wednesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
of such concepts on the basis of the most recent data. Examples of clinical applications will be presented.
Room 207-MP
Thomas D. France, MD, Madison, WI John D. Baker, MD, William E. Scott, MD, Gary L. Rogers, MD
Diagnosis and Treatment of Cataracts in Children This course will discuss diagnosis and surgical treatment of cataracts in children. Special surgical techniques, including the use of vitreous instruments, will be presented. Postoperative care and indications for contact lenses and occlu~ sion therapy will be discussed, and results of this therapy will be reported.
Course 59 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6 Room 5-MI
Richard K. Forster, MD, Miami,FL Henry Gelender, MD, Richard L. Abbott, MD
Room 201-MP
Marcel Frenkel, MD, Chicago, IL
Neuro-ophthalmology of Childhood
A systematic, diagnostic workup and approach to management is presented for a variety of difficult inflammatory, external disease problems . These include ulcerative keratitis, chronic conjunctivitis, epibulbar tumors, and selected complications of anterior segment surgery. Practical diagnostic laboratory studies and discussion of therapeutic surgery to augment diagnoses and treatment will be presented. Therapeutic flow sheets will accompany subject areas.
Neuro-ophthalmic problems occurring in the younger pediatric age group frequently perplex the ophthalmologist. The purpose of this course is to outline a method of examination of the young child and to review some of the disturbances appearing in this period. Methods for testing visual acuity and visual fields and for examining the ocular fundi will be discussed. The general physical and neurologic examinations, as applied to the infant and young child, will be reviewed. Ancillary testing techniques applicable to pediatric neuro-ophthalmology will be discussed. Case presentations will illustrate some of the clinical situations encountered in children.
Course 57 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Course 60 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Diagnosis and Treatment of Difficult External Disease Problems
Room 20-MI
C. Stephen Foster, MD, Boston, MA
Basic Immunology for the Ophthalmologist Inflammatory diseases of the eye are the largest single cause of blindness. Most inflammatory reactions are mediated via immune mechanisms. It is important to understand basic immunopathologic mechanisms in order to rationally select therapeutic interventions. Ocular immunology is the study of normal and pathologic immunologic properties of the eye. To feel comfortable in this rapidly developing field, one must appreciate the changing concepts of basic immune mechanisms, as well as the story of the "new immunology." This two-hour course will survey basic concepts of general immunology and update our understanding
Room 213-MP
M. Wallace Friedman, MD, San Francisco, CA Harvey Lincoff, MD, Morton L. Rosenthal, MD
Binocular Indirect Ophthalmoscopy This is a practical course on how to use the indirect ophthalmoscope. Lantern slides will be used to show the appearance of the eye under examination, and there will be a practical demonstration of techniques involved. Emphasis will be placed on scleral depression.
195
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 61 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 7-MI
M. Wallace Friedman, MD, San Francisco, CA A. R. Irvine, MD, W. H. Stern, MD, J. J. Weiter, MD
Controversies in Diagnosis and Therapy in Retinal and Vitreous Diseases This course will use case presentations and panel discussion to provide current thinking on controversial and difficult diagnostic and therapeutic problems in retinal and vitreous disease. The course will include both medical and surgical disorders of the retina and vitreous. Members of the panel will present selected cases that illustrate problems and controversies in differential diagnosis and current therapy.
Course 62 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 209-MP
Dwain G. Fuller, MD, Dallas, TX William L. Hutton, MD
Course 64 Wednesday-Periods 4 and S
Room 213-MP
Walter E. Gager, MD, Milwaukee, WI Robert L. Stofac, MD
Streak Retinoscopy II: Laboratory This course is meant to be used as an adjunct to Streak Retinoscopy I or as a separate entity for practical application of the principles taught in the first course. It is a laboratory instruction and exercise course for the retinoscopist who has knowledge of the basic streak retinoscopic techniques using plus-cylinders. It will include practical exercises in unknown refractive states utilizing streak retinoscopic technique, including review of the basic principles. All equipment will be provided. Plus-cylinder technique will be stressed. The use of plus-cylinder equipment utilizing plus-cylinder streak retinoscopic technique will be included. This course should be taken only if the student is familiar with basic streak retinoscopic theory.
Presurgical Evaluation of Eyes with Opaque Media This is a basic course designed to integrate newly available clinical diagnostic tests such as ultrasonography, bright flash electroretinography, visually evoked potential, and laser interferometry into a logical approach for the preoperative assessment of eyes with corneal, lenticular, or vitreous opacity. The course will begin with fundamental concepts of ultrasonography and electrophysiology and then show how these concepts can be utilized to permit accurate evaluation of eyes with traumatic and nontraumatic opacities of the media.
Course 63 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 213-MP
Course 6S Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room I-MI
Conrad L. Giles, MD, Southfield, MI G. Richard O'Connor, MD
Clinical Uveitis: Expert Consultation A panel of consultants will discuss patients presenting with ocular inflammatory disease. The cases will be shown to the panelists and course participants as "clinical unknowns." Special emphasis will be placed on specific etiologic evaluation, treatment, and expected course of the entities presented. Emphasis will be placed on those anterior and posterior inflammatory disease states that the practitioner can expect to encounter in the course of the office practice of ophthalmology.
Walter E. Gager, MD, Milwaukee, WI Robert L. Stofac, MD
Streak Retinoscopy I: Lectures and Demonstrations This course consists of introductory lectures and demonstrations of the basic principles and techniques of streak retinoscopy utilizing plus-cylinders. Individual attention will be given to the following subjects: (1) identifying the conoid, (2) determining neutrality; (3) recognizing the presence of high- and low-order astigmatism; (4) locating the astigmatic axis; (5) refining the astigmatic axis; (6) estimating the astigmatic power (without lenses); (7) refining the astigmatic power; (8) refining the spherical power; (9) estimating high orders of myopia and hyperopia, and (10) use of minuscylinder equipment with plus-cylinder technique.
Course 66 Thursday-Periods 4 and S
Room 208-MP
Louis J. Girard, MD, Houston, TX
Advanced Techniques in Ophthalmic Microsurgery, Part II: Corneal Surgery This course will be devoted to: (1) a review of standard techniques of corneal surgery, e.g., trauma, keratotomy, keratectomy, lamellar and penetrating keratoplasty; (2) description of advanced techniques, ie, keratabrasion, keratocryotherapy, lamellar and penetrating sclerokeratoplasty, thermal keratoplasty, and keratoprosthesis, and (3) description of new experimental techniques, ie, refractive keratoplasty. Postoperative care and management of complications of corneal surgery will be discussed.
196
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 67 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 101-MP
Kurt A. Gitter, MD, New Orleans, LA Lawrence Yannuzzi, MD, Howard Schatz, MD
Argon Laser Photocoagulates: Advanced Course This course will be directed toward those who have experience with photocoagulates. Instruction wiJI be provided by individual case presentation and discussion wiJI use material from the preceding year that is considered by the instructor to be the most valuable. Visiting guest instructors wiJI be asked to participate.
course will provide the physician with background information for the identification of learning disabilities and will demonstrate evidence as to its etiology. Tests that can be done in the physician's office wiJI be demonstrated. The educator's role in the evaluation of a child with learning disabilities wiJI be explained. As a result of the educational evaluation, there wilJ be cooperation between physician and educator. Materials wiJI be handed out to physicians so that they will be thoroughly confident in the handling of individual patients.
Course 71 Friday-Periods 1, 2, and 3 Course 68 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 2-MI
William A. Godfrey, MD, Kansas City, KS Dean Hirabayashi, MD, Samuel N. Key, III, MD, Robert Weinreb, MD
A Clinical Approach to Uveitis This course will outline our clinical approach to uveitis. Case histories and color slides wiJI be used to illustrate uveitis in children, middle-aged adults, and the aged. Management of the more important entities, as well as general management of uveitis, wiJI be discussed. Student participation in discussion with faculty and guest faculty wiJI be part of the format.
Course 69 Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room lO-MI
Michael H. Goldbaum, MD, San Diego, CA Lee M. Jampol, MD, Gerald Fishman, MD
Vascular, Medical, and Inherited Retinal Diseases This course describes nonsurgical retinal diseases not often discussed in other courses. Some topics will be changed from year to year. Techniques and the significance . of examinations such as color vision testing, fluorescein angiography, and electrophysiologic studies are described. Each disease is well-illustrated. Diagnosis and current treatment techniques are discussed.
Course 70 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 4-MI
Herman K. Goldberg, MD, Baltimore, MD Gilbert Schiffman, PhD, Michael Bender, PhD
Dyslexia and Learning Disabilities Learning disabilities and dyslexia have become a major responsibility of the physician in private practice. This
Room 214-MP
George M. Gombos, MD, Brooklyn, NY Robert I. Adler, MD, Arthur H. Wolintz, MD
Selected Topics in Ophthalmologic Emergencies This course is divided into four parts. The first part deals with the diagnosis and management of perforating ocular injuries with and without intraocular foreign bodies. Special attention wilJ be given to intraocular foreign body localization. In the second part, infections and inflammations such as orbital cellulitis, corneal ulcer, and endophthalmitis will be discussed. The third part concentrates on sudden deterioration of vision with special emphasis on retinal vascular occlusions. The fourth part will deal with neuro-ophthalmologic emergencies such as temporal arteritis, ischemic optic neuropathy, and intracranial lesions.
Course 72 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 101-MP
Merrill Grayson, MD, Albuquerque, NM Fred M. Wilson, II, MD, Jeffrey Lanier, MD
Corneal Manifestations of Systemic Disease This three-hour course is designed to present an orderly classification and discussion of corneal problems associated with systemic disease. Auto-immune disease and lipid, carbohydrate, protein, and nutritional problems will be covered. This material will be augmented by Kodachrome slides and a comprehensive handout, enabling participants to more freely direct attention to the demonstrations and lectures.
Course 73 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 206-MP
Arthur S. Grove, Jr., MD, Boston, MA Bartley R. Frueh, MD, Frederick A. Jakobiec, MD, Charles R. Leone, Jr., MD, Jay Justin Older, MD
Orbit, Eyelids, and Lacrimal System In this course will be presented important topics selected
197
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
from material covered in Section 9, Orbit, Eyelids, and Lacrimal System, of the Basic and Clinical Science Course of the American Academy of Ophthalmology. Emphasis will be placed upon the diagnosis and management of tumors of the eyelids.
Course 74 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 215-MP
David L. Guyton, MD, Baltimore, MD
Automated Clinical Refraction At least three nell' automated refractors will be introduced at the 1980 Academy Meeting. All automated refractors will be discussed, with audience participation. Emphasis will be on the difficulty in operating the instruments, the level of patient cooperation required, the accuracy of results, and practice suitability.
Course 77 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6
Chronic Angle-Closure Glaucoma: Diagnosis and Surgical Management Chronic angle-closure glaucoma represents one of the most frequently misdiagnosed problems in glaucoma practice. This course will cover the typical and atypical clinical features of chronic angle-closure glaucoma. The indications for peripheral iridectomy, laser iridotomy, and filtering surgery will be presented. Laser iridotomy, a new technique, will be covered in greater detail since the combined experience of the instructors is approximately 400 cases. Emphasis will be on technique and complications.
Course 78 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Course 75 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 9-MI
Heskel M. Haddad, MD, New York, NY Kenneth R. Kenyon, MD, Jules Francois, Marvin L. Kwitko, MD
Metabolic Eye Disorders: Diagnostic Technique This course will be presented in three sections. In the first part we will discuss metabolic cataracts and disorders of carbohydrate and calcium metabolism. In the second section we will discuss mucopolysaccharidosis, mucolipidoses, and aminoacidopathies. In the third part we will discuss the various laboratory techniques that the clinician uses to help him reach the diagnosis of a specific metabolic eye disorder, and possibly a rationale for its management.
Course 76 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 10-MI
William S. Hagler, MD, Atlanta, GA William H. Jarrett, II, MD, Daniel Weidenthal, MD, W. Rex Hawkins, MD
Retinal Detachment: Discussion of the Major Specific Types with Emphasis on Prevention of Complications The instructors have classified rhegmatogenous retinal detachment into ten major etiologic and anatomic categories. The specific and unique characteristics of each will be discussed, along with personal techniques for management and suggestions for reduction of major operative and postoperative complications. The indications for intravitreal air, Sulfa-hexafluoride, and pars plana vitrectomy will be included in the discussion.
Room 209-MP
Thomas S. Harbin, Jr., MD, Atlanta, GA Alan I. Mandell, MD, Irvin Pollack, MD
Room 19-MI
William S. Harris, MD, Dallas, TX John Pearce, Steven Shearing, MD, Richard L. Lindstrom, MD, Robert M. Sinskey, MD, Fabio Dossi
Current Concepts in Extracapsular Cataract Surgery and Posterior Chamber Lens Implantation
The purpose of this course will be to update the current concepts, contraindications, and preoperative ocular evaluation for posterior chamber lens implantation following extracapsular cataract surgery. This will include A-Scan, for determination of the intraocular lens power, and specular microscopy. The surgical techniques, their complications and management, and results obtained using the Shearing, Pearce, and Harris posterior chamber lenses will be presented and discussed. Special emphasis will be given to each author's technique of extracapsular surgery and its particular advantages. There will be a discussion of complications of each lens and how they may best be avoided. Each author will further discuss the results he has obtained with his implants to date.
Course 79 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 216-MP
Jack Hartstein, MD, St. Louis, MO Joseph Baldone, MD, James Gordon, MD, Melvin Freeman, MD, James Aquavella, MD
Update on Hydrophilic Contact Lenses This course will cover, in detail, the approved hydrophilic lenses, both for pathology and for cosmetic purposes. Material will also be included on the cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB) lenses, polycon lenses, and silicone lenses.
198
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 80 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 20-MI
William H. Havener, MD, Columbus, OH
Indirect Ophthalmoscopic Interpretation of Fundus Disease Almost all ophthalmologists are not aware of the special tricks of indirect ophthalmoscopy whereby subtle, but very important, changes are best identified. Can you find the best visual path through opaque media or recognize vitreous traction or slight pathologic elevations? Come, I'll tell you much more.
vances in the care of children's eye disorders. The course material varies from year to year. Topics covered include examination techniques, learning disorders, the role of contact lenses versus intraocular lenses in infantile cataracts pediatric anesthesia, and differential diagnosis of disorder~ of the retina.
Course 84 Tuesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 215-MP
Philip C. Hessburg, MD, Grosse Pointe Park, MI James J. Rowsey, MD
Advances in Instrumentation in Ophthalmology Course 81 A-F Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3 Tuesday-Periods 4,5, and 6
Room 207-MP Room 207-MP
Thomas R. Hedges, MD, Philadelphia, PA Don C. Bienfang, MD, Robert Hepler, MD, Joel Sacks, MD, James Corbett, MD, John B. Selhorst, MD, Melvin G. Alper, MD
Neuro-Ophthalmology: Diagnosis and Management of Diseases Involving the Visual Motor Pathways The course covers basic neuro-ophthalmology of the visual system with acknowledged experts on oculomotor palsies, myasthenia and muscular dystrophies, nystagmus, supranuclear palsies, aneurysms, and neuroradiology. Emphasis is on diagnostic techniques and patient management utilizing a neuroscientific team approach for earlier diagnosis and coordination of subsequent therapy. There will be comprehensive handouts.
Course 82 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 4-MI
Thomas R. Hedges, MD, Philadelphia, PA
The Diagnosis and Management of Headache The course presents a comprehensive review with detailed classification and evaluation of headache problems commonly seen in ophthalmic practice. Differential diagnosis and management of vascular headaches, transient visual obscurations due to migraine, and vaso-occlusive and other hemodynamic causes of head pain are covered to help avoid diagnostic pitfalls. There will be detailed handouts.
Course 83 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Guest physician experts will present a discussion of the advances, purposes, advantages, disadvantages, cost, and booth numbers of the following groups of instruments: examining stands for phoropters, slit lamps, keratometers, ophthalmoscopes, direct ophthalmoscopes, intraocular lens power predictors, tonometers, automatic perimeters, and surgical television systems. The course is designed to assist clinical ophthalmologists in visiting instrument makers in an enlightened way. A summarizing handout will be distributed.
Course 85 Thursday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 202-MP
John Hetherington, Jr., MD, San Francisco, CA E. George Rosanelli, MD, H. Dunbar Hoskins, Jr., MD, Paul R. Lichter, MD, Kenneth T. Richardson, MD, Robert N. Shaffer, MD, George Spaeth, MD
Glaucoma: Problems and Complications Speakers, well-informed and known for their clinical and research knowledge, will discuss new developments, management problems, and complications in glaucoma. Topics will be mainly of clinical importance and may be introduced with problem cases. Included will be discussions of examination procedures and operative techniques. Audience participation will be encouraged.
Course 86 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 4-MI
Roger L. Hiatt, MD, Memphis, TN Edward Raab, MD, William E. Scott, MD
Strabismus: Advanced and Nonroutine Room 216-MP
Eugene M. Helveston, MD, Indianapolis, IN Forrest D. Ellis, MD
Pediatric Ophthalmology Practice This course is designed to present new and significant ad-
This is an advanced course concerning problems that are not routine; therefore it necessitates a previous basic understanding of strabismus. We will attempt to present the diverse opinions and available options in regard to nonroutine strabismus problems. We will also point out varying viewpoints on the diagnostic and treatment problems.
199
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 87 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 212-MP
Kenneth Hoffer, MD, Santa Monica, CA Cornelius D. Binkhorst, MD, Manus C. Kraff, MD, John Shammas, MD
Lens Calculation Course The combined faculty, with lens calculation experience of more than 15,000 eyes since 1973, will present an intense course on the various acceptable methods of calculating intraocular lens power. All formulas, equipment, and philosophies will be presented and evaluated. Presentations will be aimed at initiates as well as those with experience in this field. Scientific evaluations of the results of various methods, formulas, A-scans, lens companies, and lens styles will be presented. A careful analysis of ten problem cases (including the problems of iseikonia) will be made by the attendees and faculty. Hands-on demonstration will be available if facilities and time frame permit.
Course 90 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 202-MP
H. Dunbar Hoskins, Jr., MD, San Francisco, CA John Hetherington, MD, William Layden, MD
Trabecular Surgery in Glaucoma This course presents management and technical decisions involved in trabecular surgery. Trabeculotomies, internal and external, are discussed, but more emphasis is placed on trabeculectomy. Pre- and postoperative management and technical "tricks" to reduce and manage complications are stressed. Operative modifications to fit specific situations are included.
Course 91 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 3-MI
Creig S. Hoyt, MD, San Francisco, CA John A. McCrary, MD
Pediatric Neuro-ophthalmology Course 88 Tuesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 213-MP
Kenneth Hoffer, MD, Santa Monica, CA Manus Kraff, MD, Miles Galin, MD, David Mcintyre, MD
Endothelial Cell Counts The usefulness of preoperative and postoperative endothelial cell counts will be carefully evaluated based on long-term animal and human clinical studies. The rationale and importance of cell count evaluation prior to anterior segment surgery, evaluation and approach to secondary surgery, and usefulness in postoperative evaluation to inform patients regarding the future status of their corneas will be presented. Comparisons of surgical procedures, lens implant styles, intraocular medications, and equipment for counting will be thoroughly covered. This course is aimed at those now using endothelial cell counts and those considering its use. Hands-on demonstration will be available if Academy time and facilities permit.
Course 89 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
This course is specifically designed to stress the differences between the pediatric and adult neuro-ophthalmologic examination. It will, moreover, compare and contrast the common causes of cranial nerve palsy, optic atrophy, blurred and elevated discs, and disturbances of gaze in both adults and children. Special emphasis will be placed on congenital anomalies that may superficially mimic acquired neuroophthalmic disorders.
Course 92 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 209-MP
B. Thomas Hutchinson, MD, Boston, MA
The Management of the Postoperative Flat Anterior Chamber This course is designed for the practicing ophthalmologist. The etiology and pathophysiology of the flat anterior chamber following cataract, glaucoma, and retinal detachment surgery are discussed. The differential diagnosis of wound leak, pupillary block, serous choroidal detachment, hemorrhagic choroidal detachment, and malignant glaucoma (both in the phakic and aphakic eye) are described in detail. The medical and surgical approaches to treatment are emphasized.
Room 211-MP
Jack T. Holladay, MD, Houston, TX
Essential Optics for the Ophthalmologist. This course is designed for residents who have never taken a formal course in optics, candidates preparing for the Board examination, and clinicians interested in understanding optical principles frequently encountered clinically. A comprehensive syllabus will be provided to minimize note-taking and serve as a future source of review.
Course 93 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 2-MI Room 2-MI
Charles E. Iliff, MD, Baltimore, MD W. Jackson Iliff, MD, Nicholas T. Iliff, MD
Oculoplastic Surgery This is a detailed review of the diagnosis and surgical man-
200
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
agement of lid tumors including major reconstruction, acute and chronic dacryocystitis (dacryocystorhinostomy), blepharochalasis (blepharoplasty), thyroid ophthalmopathy, entropion, and ectropion. Other topics may be covered if time permits. Adequate time for discussion and questions will be allotted.
Course 97 Tuesday-Periods 4 and 5
Course 94 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 214-MP
Alexander Rodman Irvine, MD, San Francisco, CA Robert D. Stone, MD, Walter H. Stern, MD, Wayne E. Fung, MD, Arthur W. Allen, MD
Vitrectomy for the Cataract Surgeon This course describes the wide range of uses for modern vitrectomy instrumentation available to the anterior segment surgeon. Panel discussion highlights areas of controversy. Instruments are compared with regard to both their capabilities and their practicality for the anterior segment surgeon. Topics include vitreous loss at cataract extraction, aphakic pupillary block, vitreocorneal touch, aphakic cystoid macular edema, postcataract pupillary membranes, traumatic and juvenile cataracts, subluxated and dislocated lenses, penetrating corneoscleral lacerations, and endophthalmitis.
Course 95 Tuesday-Periods 4,5, and 6 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 214-MP Room 214-MP
Henry M. Clayman, MD, Gilbert W. Cleasby, MD, Robert C. Drews, MD, Charles E. Iliff, MD, Richard H. Keates, MD, Manus C. Kraff, MD, Richard P. Kratz, MD, David J. Mcintyre, MD, David Miller, MD, Dennis D. Shepard, MD, C. William Simcoe, MD
Lens Implant Surgery: Update 1980 By popular demand, the following subjects will be emphasized in 1980: (1) spectacle, contact lens, or intraocular lens-which one for the cataract patient? (2) surgical techniques with intraocular lenses; (3) ICCE-ECCEadvantages and disadvantages of each, and (4) complications with intraocular lenses. Panel discussion and audience participation are also planned.
Course 96 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
restriction and paralysis by electro-oculogram (EOG) and force tests, planning the amount of surgery to perform, usual operative techniques, and unusual operative techniques such as stay sutures, transpositions, and intraoperative and postoperative adjustments of muscle positions.
Room 102-MP
Arthur Jampolsky, MD, San Francisco, CA Alan Scott, MD, Henry Metz, MD
Strabismus Surgery This course will review the following areas: diagnosis of
Room 213-MP
Carl Cordes Johnson, MD, Boston, MA
Ptosis This course will consider the essential preoperative workup of cases of ptosis, both congenital and acquired, and their treatment, with special emphasis on levator resection by the author's (external approach) method. Other procedures, including the Fasanella-Servat procedure and frontalis suspensions, will also be described, as will complications and their treatment.
Course 98 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 5-MI
Dan B. Jones, MD, Houston, TX Denis M. O'Day, MD, C. Stephen Foster, MD
Diagnosis and Management of Ocular Fungal Infections This course will review the clinical features, methods of laboratory diagnosis, medical therapy, and surgery of corneal, orbital, and intraocular mycoses. The current status of new antifungal agents, anti-inflammatory therapy, keratoplasty, and vitrectomy surgery will be emphasized. A course syllabus and bibliography will be provided.
Course 99 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 5-MI
Dan B. Jones, MD, Houston, TX David Paton, MD, Ralph M. Stanifer, MD
Medical and Surgical Therapy of Corneal Disease This course will review the clinical diagnosis, laboratory investigation, medical therapy, and surgery of corneal diseases frequently encountered by the practicing ophthalmologist. Emphasis will be on new antimicrobial agents, utilization of contact lenses, keratoplasty, and other surgical procedures. A course syllabus and reference material will be provided.
Course 100 Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 1-MI
Lester Jones, MD, Portland, OR John L. Wobig, MD
Lacrimal Diagnosis and Surgery This course is divided into three parts: (I) the examination
201
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
of the lacrimal system based on the anatomy of the secretory and excretory system, (2) the surgical repair of lacrimal disorders, and (3) instrumentation used in the diagnosis and surgery of the lacrimal system.
Course 101 Friday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 204-MP
G. Frank Judisch, MD, Iowa City, IA
Basic Genetics for Clinical Ophthalmology The course is designed specifically to provide a clinically pragmatic foundation for those with little or no genetics background. Discussion of single gene disorders, chromosomal aberrations, multifactorial inheritance, and genetic counseling principles will be limited to clinically pertinent material. Numerous examples will be included. A detailed handout will be provided.
Course 104 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6 David B. Karlin, MD, New York, NY H. MacKenzie Freeman, MD New Horizons in Vitreoretinal Surgery
This course describes the latest techniques in intravitreal CO 2 laser photocoagulation of vitreous hemorrhage and retinal tears and phototranssection of vitreoretinal membranes. Vitrectomy in traction and rhegmatogenous retinal detachment, vitreous cinematography, and vitrectomy in trauma will be covered, as well as the latest treatment in endophthalmitis. Use of the CO 2 laser probe for full-thickness scleral chorioretinal wall resection for small intraocular tumors and transvitreal chorioretinal biopsy will be discussed. Motion pictures and 35-mm slides will be shown.
Course 105 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3 Course 102 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 8-MI
Robert E. Kalina, MD, Seattle, WA Arnall Patz, MD, Stephen S. Feman, MD, John T. Flynn, MD, Robert Foos, MD, Andrew McCormick, MD, Guy O'Grady, MD, John W. Payne, MD
Management of Ocular Problems in Premature and Full-Term Infants Retrolental fibroplasia (RLF) and other neonatal ocular disorders are discussed and illustrated. Included are aspects of history, pathogenesis, histopathology, diagnosis, and treatment of early proliferative RLF and late complications. The role of the ophthalmologist in the neonatal unit and in diagnosis and management of neonatal visual disturbances is described.
Course 103 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 10-MI
Room 209-MP
Michael A. Kass, MD, St. Louis, MO Allan E. Kolker, MD, Theodore Krupin, MD, Paul F. Palmberg, MD
The Surgical Management of Glaucoma The indications, results, and complications of the surgical management of glaucoma in phakic and aphakic eyes will be presented. Iridectomy, laser iridectomy, the place of filtering surgery in the management of angle-closure glaucoma, standard filtering procedures compared with trabeculectomy, and surgery in an eye with an intraocular lens will be discussed in this course.
Course 106 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 205-MP
Herbert E. Kaufman, MD, New Orleans, LA Theodore P. Werblin, MD, Miles H. Friedlander, MD, John Cowden, MD
Corneal and External Disease: Newer Aspects Room 15-MI
Henry J. Kaplan, MD, Atlanta, GA Travis A. Meredith, MD
Immunology Update for the Practicing Ophthalmologist This course will give the practicing ophthalmologist familiarity with new immunologic concepts that relate to common office diseases. The immunologic aspects of three eye disorders will be discussed: idiopathic uveitis and immunoregulation; the presumed ocular histoplasmosis syndrome and histocompatibility antigens, and orbital lymphoid tumors and cell surface markers.
Advances in refractive surgery will be described in detail. Some factors involved with intraocular lenses will be reviewed, but emphasis will be placed on new techniques of changing refraction by surgical means, including the treatment of aphakia with keratomileusis and the "living contact lens." Astigmatism and myopia will be discussed, and problems of glaucoma and some new antiviral drugs also will be presented.
202
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 107 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 215-MP
Charles D. Kelman, MD, New York, NY Harold Sawelson, MD, Leeds Katzen, MD
Introduction to Phacoemulsification and Aspiration and Modern Extracapsular Techniques Including Anterior Chamber IOL Techniques Complete details of emulsification techniques will be presented . Discussion will center on the Kelman anterior chamber intraocular lens (lOL) including: three-point fixation, low mass, low trauma insertion, applicability following intracapsular, extracapsular, phacoemulsification or secondary implantation, and accurate anterior chamber maintenance. Phaco unit and Cavitron machine will be available for participants ' use . The course qualifies the participant for lens use.
Course 110 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Methods of Clinical Research The following areas of clinical research will be discussed: (I) when is clinical research appropriate? (2) principles of scientific research, (3) natural history studies , disease regis-
tries , clinical trials, case-control studies, retrospective review of clinical charts, (4) development of research protocol, (5) role of measurement and classification, and (6) reproducibility of observations and measurements.-:standardization of procedures.
Course 111 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6 Course 108 Wednesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 2-MI
Carl Kupfer, MD, Bethesda, MD Fred Ederer, Frederick L. Ferris, MD, Matthew Davis, MD
Room 211-MP
Burton J. Kushner, MD, Madison, WI John T. Flynn, MD
Room 20-MI
Steven G. Kramer, MD, PhD, San Francisco, CA John A. Stanley, MD, Jorge A. Alvarado, MD
Keratoplasty: Complications, Pitfalls, and Current Techniques in Detail Meticulous technique is all-important to successful penetrating keratoplasty (PKP). This course covers details of tissue storage , donor trephination, recipient trephination , preplaced sutures, initial sutures, interrupted and continuous suturing techniques, aphakia, combined PKP and lens extraction, bullous keratopathy, and PKP in glaucoma and intraocular lens patients . Emphasis is given to surgical pitfalls, avoidance of complications, protection of the donor endothelium , appropriate postoperative care, and improvements in the visual rehabilitation of PKP patients.
Adjustable Suture Strabismus Surgery This in-depth course contains all the fine details needed to immediately begin utilizing adjustable suture techniques. Slides and a movie showing intraoperative and postoperative adjustment techniques are presented. Analysis of a large series is made, with attention to complications .
Course 112 Wednesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 214-MP
Peter Laibson, MD, Philadelphia, PA Jules L. Baum, MD, Chandler R. Dawson, MD, James H. Elliott, MD, Danny B. Jones, MD, Howard M. Leibowitz, MD, Anthony B. Nesburn, MD, Thomas Moore, MD
Treatment of Corneal and Conjunctival Infection and Inflammation Course 109 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 204-MP
Carl Kupfer, MD, Bethesda, MD Lloyd Aiello, MD, Matthew Davis, MD
Clinical Guidelines for Photocoagulation in Diabetic Retinopathy Data from the Diabetic Retinopathy Study provide information on the natural history of diabetic retinopathy and document the beneficial effect of photocoagulation. Case presentations will be used to illustrate the application of these results to clinical practice. Time will be allotted for questions and discussion.
This course will cover the following topics in detail: herpes simplex virus infection and herpes zoster infection, adenovirus infection and bacterial corneal ulcers and eridophthalmitis. We will also cover corneal dystrophies and recurrent corneal erosions, as well as the appropriate use of antibiotics and steroids in these various diseases. The material will be presented by lecturers , case presentations, panel discussions, and questions from the audience.
203
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 113 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 210-MP
Course 116 Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 102-MP
Albert N. Lemoine, MD, Kansas City, MO Rolfe A. Becker, MD, Thomas B. Coulter, MD, James T. Robison, Jr., MD, Jerry B. Wurster, MD, Gerhard Cibis, MD
Hunter L. Little, MD, Menlo Park, CA Robert L. Jack, MD, Lloyd M. Aiello, MD, Steven T. Charles, MD, Eric J. Cambie, MD, Acheim Wessing, MD, Gabriel Coscas, MD
Fundus Lesions: Differential Diagnosis
Diagnosis and Treatment of Retinal and Choroidal Vascular Diseases
The purpose of this course is to review both common and unusual developmental defects and pathology of the disc, macula, and peripheral fundus. Emphasis is on diagnosis by the direct and indirect ophthalmoscope and biomicroscope; however, the role of fluorescein angiography, ultrasound, ERG, EOG, and VER will be considered.
Course 114 Tuesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 216-MP
Richard Alan Lewis, MD, Houston, TX Johnny Justice, Jr., Stephen N. Schindler, MD
Fluorescein Angiography: Basic Techniques and Angiographic Interpretations The basic techniques of fluorescein angiography and their application to diagnosis and documentation of retinal and choroidal diseases are demonstrated. We emphasize the indications and limitations of angiography, the basic terminology of angiographic interpretations, and the recognition and management of adverse reactions to intravenous fluorescein. (Review of Course 225 [1979] evaluation cards indicates an overwhelming request for expansion of this course to two hours.)
Course 115 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 5-MI
Harvey Lincoff, MD, New York, NY Ingrid Kreissig, MD, Frank LaFranco, MD, Leonard Parver, MD
The Treatment of Retinal Detachment with Sponge Explant and without Drainage The course is divided into three parts: (1) the preoperative examination with emphasis on finding the retinal hole and the management of vitreous hemorrhage, (2) the selection of patients for nondrainage, primary surgical repair, and analysis of failure, and (3) recent issues, including radial versus circumferential buckles, encircling limits, new gases, and unsecured balloons.
This is a course on the diagnosis and treatment of retinal and choroidal vascular diseases, stressing the interpretation of fluorescein angiography and its uses as a diagnostic aid in evaluation of retinal and choroidal diseases. Specific instruction will be given on the use of argon laser photocoagulation and the indications and results of pars plana vitrectomy. Half the period will be devoted to diabetic retinopathy, which is the leader of retinal vascular diseases both in frequency and in terms of patient disability. Discussions of diabetic retinopathy will pertain to the magnitude of the problem, the natural history, current concepts on pathogenesis, and the use of laser photocoagulation and vitrectomy in the treatment of diabetic retinopathy and vitreous hemorrhages.
Course 117 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room I-MI
Maurice H. Luntz, MD, New York, NY Jeffrey Freedman, MD
Problem Solving in Glaucoma The course discuss\!S the practical management of major present-day problems in glaucoma, particularly surgical management. Case histories are used as illustration. Subjects discussed are: (1) angle-closure glaucoma (treatment of acute episode and neglected acute episode, chronic condition, management of the fellow eye, medical management), (2) open-angle glaucoma (when to treat ocular hypertension and the place, if any, of surgery, indications for surgery in established cases, selection of suitable surgical method, management of cataracts and corneal disease with glaucoma, special problems such as high myopia, visual field changes with poor prognosis and good prognosis, management of hemorrhagic glaucoma and glaucomato-cyclitic crisis), (3) glaucoma in aphakia and its management, and (4) secondary glaucoma (management of uveitis with raised intraocular pressure).
Course 118 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 11-MI
John R. Lynn, MD, Dallas, TX George W. Tate, Jr., MD
Techniques of Quantitative Perimetry Several variables must be considered if the results of
204
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
perimetry are to be maximally useful. Practical application of physiology and psychophysics leads to tips for avoidance of common pitfalls in testing the visual field. The Goldmanntype perimeter will be used as a preferred model in this course so that solid examples of controlled variables can be shown, but appropriate guidelines for the best use of other perimeters will also be discussed. Accuracy and reproducibility are the goals to be achieved in quantitative perimetry.
Course 119 Thursday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 20-MI
Course 122 Friday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 1-MI
Malcolm L. Mazow, MD, Houston, TX William Phelps, MD, Keith McNeer, MD
Diagnosis and Management of Adult Strabismus This course will cover the management, both medical and surgical, of strabismus in adulthood. The course will be divided into three components: (I) long-standing, uncorrected cases occurring both as congenital and early-childhoodacquired strabismus, (2) acquired restrictive deviations both of acute and chronic nature, and (3) neurologic-acquired strabismus.
Robert Machemer, MD, Durham, NC Thomas A. Rice, MD, Thomas Aaberg, MD, Ronald Michels, MD, Stephen Ryan, MD
Pars Plana Vitrectomy: the Treatment of Retinal Detachments This course provides detailed information about the treatment ofrhegmetogenous (especially giant tears) and traction retinal detachments with the techniques of pars plana vitrectomy. The rationale for surgery, preoperative evaluation, surgical technique, and surgical and postoperative complications and their results are discussed and illustrated.
Course 120 Wednesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 204-MP
A. E. Maumenee, MD, Baltimore, MD Walter Stark, MD
Anterior Segment Surgery Techniques for cataract, glaucoma, and corneal surgery will be discussed and illustrated with slides and movies. The indications for these types of surgeries and their results will be presented. If time permits, examples of reconstruction of the anterior segment of the eye following trauma and complicated congenital abnormalities will be illustrated.
Course 121 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Course 123 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Clinton D. McCord, Jr., MD, Atlanta, GA Henry Baylis, MD, Robert Wilkins, MD
Room 3-MI
System of Reconstruction and Repair of FullThickness Eyelid Defects The ophthalmologist and resident in general practice may be called on to repair a traumatically created defect of the eyelid or one that he has created himself by the removal of an eyelid tumor. The course will emphasize that the creation and repair of eyelid defects can be systematized in that any defect can be satisfactorily repaired provided certain basic techniques are first learned. In this system of repair, it is emphasized that eyelid reconstruction involves a system of alternative procedures or techniques that can be applied to a variety of eyelid defects. If one technique cannot be called on, there is a "backup" alternative technique, or modified technique, that can be used. Eyelid defects will be grouped into medial canthal defects, lateral canthal defects, upper eyelid defects, and lower lid defects with subgroupings depending upon the amount and contour of the defects.
Room 204-MP
Irene H. Maumenee, MD, Baltimore, MD Walter J. Stark, MD, Harold E. Cross, MD, G. Frank Judisch, MD, A. Linn Murphree, MD, Edward L. Kazarian, MD
Course 124 Tuesday-Periods 4 and 5
Inherited Ocular Diseases
John A. McCrary, III, MD, Houston, TX
During this course, the genetics, histology, biochemistry, and ultrastructure of hereditary ocular diseases will be discussed. Genetic mechanisms will be explained. These will be exemplified by discussion of anterior segment diseases due to corneal dystrophies, metabolic diseases, chromosomal aberrations, and syndromes primarily affecting the anterior part of the eye.
Room 204-MP
Clinical Neuroanatomy Neuroanatomy is the key to comprehension of neuroophthalmology. This course provides a strong foundation in applied neuroanatomy. The neuroanatomy of the orbit, cavernous sinus, parachiasmal region, suprachiasmatic visual radiations, and posterior fossa are covered. Clinical correlation is used extensively.
205
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 125 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 1-MI
Don McKerricher, MD, 'Nanaimo, BC, Canada William Ross Morton, MD, William J. Could well, MD
Newer Drugs in General Medicine: Ocular Implications The purpose of this course is to help ophthalmologists recognize ocular side effects of medications, particularly those that may have been obtained elsewhere. The ocular side effects of topical medications, corticosteroids, psychotropics, antiarthritics, antibotics, diuretics, vitamins, antihypertensives, B-blockers, anticholinergics, antimetabolites, etc., will be discussed, and illustrative cases will be presented.
Course 126 Friday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 203-MP
Alice McPherson, MD, Houston, TX Charles D. J. Regan, MD, Robert B. Welch, MD
Complications of Retinal Detachment Surgery: Diagnosis, Management, and Prevention In this course we will consider various preoperative, operative, and postoperative complications of detachment surgery performed either alone or in conjunction with vitrectomy. Complications associated with full-thickness scleral buckling, with exoplants and intrascleral procedures, and with implants will be considered. Special attention will be given to the complications that may be encountered in the management of retinal detachment that occurs following vitrectomy or the implantation of a pseudophakos.
Course 127 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 15-MI
John W. McTigue, MD, Washington, DC Stephan R. Waltman, MD, Malcolm J. Magovern, MD, George R. Beauchamp, MD
A Basic Approach to the Management of Common Diseases of the Cornea This course is designed to acquaint the practicing clinician with the diagnostic and therapeutic techniques at his disposal for the treatment of common corneal and external diseases. The therapeutic approach to each specific problem will be chosen with regard to those agents that are available to all practitioners.
Course 128 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 204-MP
Travis A. Meredith, MD, Milwaukee, WI Frederick H. Reeser, MD, Thomas M. Aaberg, MD, Robert A. Wiznia, MD
Exoplants and Cryotherapy in Repair of Retinal Detachment This course will provide a basic approach to the repair of
retinal detachments. Discussion will be presented in four parts: (1) theoretic and practical advantages of cryotherapy, soft silicone exoplants, and drainage of subretinal fluid, (2) operative technique, (3) application of principles to specific cases, and (4) recognition and management of complications.
Course 129 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 203-MP
David D. Michaels, MD, San Pedro, CA David L. Guyton, MD
Management of Complex Refractive Problems The purpose of this course is to consider the diagnosis, differential diagnosis, and management of the more complex refractive problems, such as anisometropia, aniseikonia, oblique astigmatism, and binocular motility disorders. In particular, we will consider the prescription of vertical and horizontal prisms, cylinder modifications (with respect to axis and power), aniseikonia screening tests, and recent advances in refracting amblyopia. The course is designed to be practical rather than theoretic, with emphasis on therapeutics.
Course 130 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 19-MI
Benjamin Milder, MD, St. Louis, MO Byron H. Demorest, MD
The Lacrimal System: Diagnosis and Treatment Knowledge of the anatomy and physiology of the secretion and elimination of tears, essential in planning appropriate treatment, will be reviewed briefly. Diagnostic tests will be described. These include Schirmer testing, Jones tests, dye disappearance, and dacryocystography. Based on these tests, treatment will be described for each component of the lacrimal system.
Course 131 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 3-MI
Benjamin Milder, MD, St. Louis, MO Barry D. Milder, MD
Problems in Presbyopia Presbyopia and bifocals are responsible for more problems and more patient dissatisfaction than any other area of ophthalmic practice. This course will provide guidelines for the management of such problems as the premature presbyope, indications for unequal adds, prescribing for the anisometrope, bifocals in developing cataracts, and multifocals for occupational use.
Course 132 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 101-MP
George E. Morgan, MD, Pasadena, CA Peter Rowell, MD
Hypnosis in Ophthalmology Hypnosis is a useful tool in ophthalmology. In children
206
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
who resist such procedures as instillation of drops for removal of a foreign body, hypnosis saves time. In those patients allergic to local medications and on whom tonometry is necessary, hypnosis allows measurement of intraocular pressure. Hypnosis can be used to relieve pain. In the preoperative patient, hypnosis and suggestion reassure the patient and allay fear. The simple, rapid-induction technique requires less than two minutes to obtain the desired state. The rapid-induction technique will be demonstrated, and its applications to ophthalmic practice will be discussed. During the second hour, each person attending the course will have an opportunity (if he wishes) to practice some of the induction techniques used in ophthalmology.
Course 133 Thursday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 211-MP
Joseph F. Novak, MD, Pittsburgh, PA William H. Coles MD, John A. Burns, MD
Ocular Trauma This course, intended for the general ophthalmologist, will describe office management of industrial trauma with an update on hyphema, basic techniques of immediate repair of perforating corneal scleral lacerations, the management of intraocular foreign bodies, plastic repair of lid lacerations, lid burns, and management of orbital floor fractures.
Course 134 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6
Room ll-MI
Robert A. Nozik, MD, San Francisco, CA Ronald E. Smith, MD, Robert S. Weinberg, MD, Joseph B. Michelson, MD
Practical Uveitis The first hour of this course presents a unique approach to uveitis based on disease classification. The emphasis will be to simplify and organize the entire world of clinical uveitis. The second hour is directed towards the IO to 15 percent of cases which do not "'follow the rules." This will be a problem-solving session and there will be time for attendees to present their difficult cases. This will also be a time to enlarge on issues presented during the first hour.
Course 135 Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 211-MP
Richard R. Ober, MD, Los Angeles, CA Alan C. Bird, MD, Stephen J. Ryan, MD
Course 13'6 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 211-MP
* Thomas E. Ogden, MD, PhD, Los Angeles, CA Practical Office Electrophysiology
Designed for the ophthalmologist who does not have access to a qualified electrophysiology laboratory but wishes to provide ERG, EOG, and VER tests, the course includes discussion of (1) indications for and use of tests, (2) problems of office electrophysiology and possible solutions, (3) review of available equipment, and (4) a new approach-automated testing, demonstration, and discussion.
Course 137 Thursday-Periods 4,5, and 6
Room 216-MP
Edward Okun, MD, St. Louis, MO Glen Paul Johnston, MD, Richard Escoffery, MD, Neva P. Arribas, MD
Specific Topics in Retinal Diseases: Management of Diabetic Retinopathy This course will discuss diabetic retinopathy under five major headings: (1) pathogenesis of diabetic retinopathy and rationale for treatment, (2) photocoagulation techniques for proliferative retinopathy in all stages, (3) techniques for treatment of disc neovascularization, (4) treatment and prevention of rubeosis iridis and neovascular glaucoma, and (5) indications for and techniques of vitrectomy in advanced diabetic retinopathy.
Course 138 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 201-MP
Karl C. Ossoinig, MD, Iowa City, IA Frederick C. Blodi, MD, Sandra Frazier Byrne, MD, Barton L. Hodes, MD, Nancy J. Weyer
Orbital Diagnosis: Integrated Use of Standardized Echography and Computerized Tomography In the first section, we will review the current diagnostic techniques applied to the orbit, including basic principles, examination techniques, and typical patterns of orbital echography and computerized tomographic scanning. In the second and third periods, we will discuss the clinical applications of both methods, including explanation of the often different, independent, and complementing information provided by each method, clinicopathologic correlations with special emphasis on findings of standardized echography and computerized tomography, and the role of the ophthalmologist and the technician in the use of these methods.
Fluorescein Angiography: Practical Principles and Diagnostic Interpretation of Fundus Disease
Course 139 Thursday-Periods 1,2, and 3
This course will emphasize basic principles, techniques, and theories of fluorescein angiography. The role of fluorescein angiography in the diagnosis and treatment of various fundus diseases will be discussed. The advantages and limitations of fluorescein angiography as a diagnostic adjunct for the practicing clinician will be stressed.
Karl C. Ossoinig, MD, Iowa City, IA Sandra Frazier Byrne, Barton L. Hodes, MD, Nancy J. Weyer
*By invitation
Room 201-MP
Standardized Echography: The Eye 'This course will be a review of the use of clinical ultrasonography in intraocular diseases based on the combination of standardized A-scan and contact B-scan. The first
207
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
period covers principles of echography with emphasis on different types of information obtained with A-scan and Bscan; special design and standardization of the equipment; examination techniques for detection, localization, measurement and differentiation of lesions, and for reliable and accurate measurement of axial eye length and thickness of cornea, lens, retina, choroid, and sclera. The second and third periods cover clinical application (vitreoretinal conditions, differential diagnosis of malignant melanoma, retinoblastoma, trauma, etc.), echographic-pathologic correlations, and indications for echography.
Course 140 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 102-MP Room 102-MP
Marshall M. Parks, MD, Washington, DC David S. Friendly, MD, John F. O'Neill, MD
Horizontal Strabismus and Muscle Surgery This six-hour course is divided into two parts-horizontal strabismus and muscle surgery. The first part comprehensively reviews the diagnostic and treatment aspects of esotropia and exotropia. The second part reviews the anatomic basis of surgical principles, emphasizing how to avoid technique complications, followed by illustration of the surgical technique for horizontal and oblique muscle surgery.
Room 2-MI
H. Bruce Ostler, MD, San Francisco, CA Phillips Thygeson, MD, Chandler Dawson, MD
The Herpetic Viruses The herpetic viruses are considered in detail starting with a consideration of their physical and immunologic properties. The epidemiology, clinical findings, laboratory findings, and therapy are all considered. The course is designed to introduce some controversy into the discussion; therefore each participant will discuss his mode of therapy and be asked to defend that mode of therapy before the group . The course is appropriate inasmuch as herpetic infections still constitute a major cause of blindness.
Course 141 A, B Wednesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Course 142 A, B Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Wednesday-Periods 4,5, and 6
Room 7-MI Room 7-MI
H. Bruce Ostler, MD, San Francisco, CA Phillips Thygeson, MD, Mas Okumoto, Ira Wong, MD, Robert R. Sexton, MD, Jack Whitcher, MD, W. Bruce Jackson, MD
Course 143 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room I-MI
Gholam A. Peyman, MD, Chicago, IL James G. Diamond, MD, James E. Puklin, MD, Felipe U. Huamonte, MD, Morton F. Goldberg, MD
Pars Plana Vitrectomy This course comprises lectures on embryology, anatomy. biochemistry, and biomicroscopy of the vitreous. It reviews past methods of vitrectomy and replacement substances. Special consideration is given to the present status of vitreous surgery . A section is devoted to comparative instrumentation, preoperative evaluation of patients, and various surgical techniques of vitrectomy and lensectomy. Also covered will be: indications for , and method of management of, vitrectomy in diabetics and numerous nondiabetic causes of vitreous hemorrhage and opacities (traumatic anterior segment injuries, intraocular foreign bodies, secondary membranes, endophthalmitis , membrane stripping, and other proliferative diseases) .
External Diseases of the Eye This course is designed to give the practItIoner basic knowledge using the "Proctor" approach to external diseases and especially infectious diseases of the eyes. The course may be taken for three hours or six hours, depending on the desire of the participant. During each three-hour period, lectures will be given discussing the cytology, virology, bacteriology, mycology, and parasitology of the various diseases covered during each hour of that period. Diseases covered will include: (I) 1st hour, eyelid infections, (2) 2nd hour, conjunctival bacterial infections , (3) 3rd hour, viral and chlamydial conjunctivitis, (4) 4th hour, fungal and bacterial corneal ulcers, (5) 5th hour, marginal corneal ulcers and allergic conjunctivitis. and (6) 6th hour, endophthalmitis.
Course 144 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 13-MI
Charles D. Phelps, MD, Iowa City, IA M. Gilbert Grand, MD
Slit-Lamp Microscopy of the Anterior Chamber Angle and Ocular Fundus We will describe the gonioscopic examination of the anterior chamber angle with emphasis on landmarks, normal variations, and signs of glaucoma. We will also demonstrate how to examine the fundus through a contact lens, including the use of scleral indentation. Normal and pathologic findings will be illustrated.
208
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 145 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 21O-MP Room 21O-MP
L. Harrell Pierce, MD, Baltimore, MD
specular microscopy or review of present methods of corneal tissue storage (penetrating and lamellar grafts). New operating room instrumentation and epithelial versus endothelial fashioning of donor buttons will be discussed.
George F. Hilton, MD, Edward W. D. Norton, MD, Donald M. Shafer, MD
Surgery of Retinal Detachment The purpose of the course is to present a comprehensive view of the surgery and treatment of retinal detachment. We will cover preoperative management, surgical principles, techniques available, choice of technique, drainage of subretinal fluid, prevention of infection, complications, different types of detachments, and treatment of each type. The different approaches of four instructors will hopefully be instructive.
Course 146 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 9-MI
Robert H. Poirier, MD, San Antonio, TX Mathea Allansmith, MD, C. Stephen Foster, MD
Limbal Corneal Disease Abnormalities of the corneal limbus are commonly seen in clinical practice. They may be found in association with metabolic disorders and with the use of certain medications and are a favored place for hypersensitivity reactions. A systematic approach to differential diagnosis oflesions at the corneal limbus is presented. The management of infections (viral, bacterial, and chlamydial) will be given. Immunopathogenesis of limbal lesions will be reviewed in detail. Marginal corneal ulcers, Moorens ulcers, rheumatoid corneal furrows, Terriens marginal degeneration, and other limbal degenerations will be presented, and current management concepts discussed. The surgical management of a variety of limbal degenerations, including peripheral corneal thinning and limbal perforations, will be presented. The use of corneoscleral lamellar grafts and tectonic grafts will be presented. A movie illustrating surgical techniques will be shown and course outlines distributed.
Course 147 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 4-MI
Course 148 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Management of Corneal Graft Complications This course will review modern concepts in the postoperative care of the transplanted cornea. We shall discuss the influence of corneal disease in the prognosis for successful keratoplasty. Various causes for graft failure are discussed, including primary tissue failure, wound dehiscence, glaucoma, immune graft reactions, infection, vitreous complications, ulceration, vascularization, and secondary procedures. Suggestions for both the medical and surgical management of these complications to maintain graft clarity are stressed using clinical case histories and histopathologic preparations. Additionally, we discuss techniques for suture removal, the problem of cystoid macular edema, and the management of high astigmatism.
Course 149 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 8-MI
Albert M. Potts, MD, Louisville, KY Jay Enoch, MD, Mathew Alpern, MD, Arthur H. Keeney, MD, Vivianne C. Smith Pokorny, MD
The Assessment of Visual Function The purpose of this course is to present the basic science foundations of ophthalmic practice and to correlate these with the daily office procedures of the ophthalmologist. Each year for three years a different set of topics is presented and updated, after which the cycle is repeated. Topics covered are: (1) visual field, (2) color vision, (3) dark adaptation, (4) practical aspects of depth perception, (5) electrophysiological methods, (6) visual acuity, (7) ocular motility, and (8) selected topics in visual performance.
Frank M. Polack, MD, Gainesville, FL Frederick S. Brightbill, MD
Course 150 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
The Eye Bank and the Donor Cornea
Allen M. Putterman, MD, Chicago, IL Galdino E. Valvassori, MD
This course will review the organization and function of the modern eye bank. Discussion will include standards required for membership, certification by the EBAA, modern equipment needs, and program financing. Course outlines used in the training and certification of funeral directors and technicians will be distributed. Emphasis will be placed on preoperative evaluation and management of eye donor tissue including: (1) up-to-date criteria for donor tissue acceptance; (2) bacteriology of eye bank eyes, and (3) slit-lamp and
Room 215-MP
Frank M. Polack, MD, Gainesville, FL Frederick S. Brightbill, MD
Room 21O-MP
Basic Orbit Radiology for the Ophthalmologist The purpose of the course is to teach the ophthalmologist how to read basic orbital roentgenograms and to determine which roentgenographic studies and views to order in the most common orbital problems. Tomography, optic canal views, venography, computerized tomography, and dacryocystography will be emphasized. Orbital fractures, tumors, and anomalies will be covered.
209
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 151 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 203-MP
Edward L. Raab, MD, New York, NY
The Strabismus Examination:' Performance and Interpretation The usual tests employed in evaluation of the strabismus patient require careful performance and interpretation to avoid misleading conclusions. This course will emphasize appreciation of the limits to the information provided by these common procedures and ways to increase their reliability. Among the included topics are: (1) factors that affect the choice of examination techniques, and (2) "credibility checks" in evaluating subjective responses.
Course 154 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
Newer Concepts in ·Malpositionsof the 'Eyelids: Their Etiology and Management This is a basic course attempting to clarify the diagnosis and surgery for ptosis and entropion by presenting normal and abnormal anatomy and associated pathophysiology . It is a departure from the presentation of "cookbook" surgery with before and after photographs , which usually aids very little in the long run .
Course 155 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5 Course 152 Tuesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 208-MP
I. Matthew Rabinowicz, MD, Detroit, MI
Pediatric Ophthalmology: Diagnostic Difficulties and New Advances
Room 8-MI
Merrill J. Reeh, MD, Seattle, WA Arthur J . Schaefer, MD, Richard L. Anderson, MD
Room 211-MP
Frederick Reeser, MD, Milwaukee, WI Trexler M. Topping, MD, Thomas M. Aaberg, MD, Stephen Sinclair, MD Perforating Ocular Injuries: A Comprehensive
Approach
Various pediatric problems, some controversial, some new , will be discussed. The evaluation of the apparently blind child , confusing fundus lesions , epiphora , the "funny-looking-child, " and the management of uniocular and binocular cataracts will be among the topics covered. The course is intended to be very practical and will be illustrated with slides.
This course provides an understanding of the newer techniques available for the evaluation and management of perforating ocular injuries . Discussion will include: (l) evaluation-ultrasonography, electrophysiology , macular function testing, foreign body localization; (2) primary repair-foreign body removal, vitrectomy, wound repair techniques and (3) secondary complications-prevention and management. The emphasis is on determining what surgery is necessary , and when.
Course 153 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Course 156 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 205-MP
Gullapalli N. Rao, MD, Rochester, NY James V. Aquavella, MD, Edward L. Shaw, MD
Extended Wear of Soft Contact Lenses The purpose of this course is to familiarize the ophthalmologist with the current thinking about the extended wear of soft contact lenses , both in the correction of aphakia and as a therapeutic modality. This course will cover: (1) basic corneal physiology as applied to extended wear lenses, (2) different types of extended wear lenses, their merits and demerits, (3) fitting techniques, (4) sterilization techniques, (5) proper selection of patients, (6) common problems associated with these lenses, their pathogenesis, early recognition and management, and (7) therapeutic bandage lenses.
Room 4-MI
Robert Ritch, MD, New York, NY Steven M. Podos, MD
Laser Iridectomy: Procedure and Pitfalls Designed for practitioners, this course details patient selection, indications, contraindications, preoperative preparation , operative procedure, postoperative treatment , and complications. Modifications for difficult iris types , avoidable pitfalls, and various types of primary and secondary angle-closure glaucomas responsive to laser iridectomy will be covered. Other anterior segment laser applications will be discussed.
Course 157 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 216-MP
Dennis M. Robertson, MD, Rochester, MN Morton S. Cox, Jr., MD, Froncie A. Gutman, MD
Chorioretinal Disorders This course is designed to present a clinical approach to the management of selected inflammatory diseases of the
210
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
retina and choroid, venous occlusive disease, and a collective group of disorders which have a similar pathogenesis in common, namely, the development of subretinal neovascular membranes.
Course 158 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 3-MI
Richard S. Ruiz, MD, Houston, TX W. S. Hagler, MD, F. H. Davidorf, MD
The Diagnosis and Management of Small Melanomas of the Choroid This course reviews the author's approach to the clinical diagnosis as well as the laboratory diagnosis of small melanomas of the choroid. A thorough discussion of the indications and contraindications of various testing procedures such as P- 32 will be carried out. Those cases which are suitable for photocoagulation and cobalt plaque therapy will be discussed and multiple examples of specific cases will be used during the presentation. Several carefully documented series of cases will be reviewed and discussed.
Course 159 Friday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 20-MI
Stephen J. Ryan, MD, Los Angeles, CA James S. Kelley, MD, Ronald G. Michels, MD
Diagnosis and Therapy of Macular and Retinal Vascular Disease The morphology and pathogenesis of macular and retinal vascular diseases will be presented. Macular degeneration, especially diseases characterized by the disciform process, will be considered in depth. Cystoid maculopathy, branch vein occlusion, diabetic retinopathy, and other retinal vascular diseases will also be considered from the aspects of pathogenesis and treatment.
Course 160 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 5-MI
meant for the practitioner and includes no formal mathematics. Explanations will be given for how computers work, what they can and can't do, and how they relate to the people who use them.
Course 162 Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 214-MP
Whitney G. Sampson, MD, Houston, TX Marlys H. Sampson
Parliamentary Procedure for Physicians This course will review the application of the fundamental principles of parliamentary law to the orderly and legal transaction of the business of deliberative assemblies. As one gains familiarity and confidence with these principles, those specific rules necessary for group participation and leadership assume a logical pattern , thereby removing most of the confusion and mystery from a subject that is assuming increasing importance in the professional activities of all physicians.
Course 163 Thursday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 205-MP
Charles L. Schepens, MD, Boston, MA H. M. Freeman, MD, Tatsuo Hirose, MD, J. W. McMeel, MD, F. I. Tolentino, MD, C. L. Trempe, MD
Vitreous Surgery: 1980 Modifications of indications and techniques of vitreous surgery are discussed, especially points emerging as of prime importance. Preoperative workup techniques of closed vitrectomy, including prevention and management of complications, are summarized. Vitreous surgery in trauma, rhegmatogenous, and traction retinal detachments are discussed in detail , including case presentations. Open-sky vitrectomy is similarly discussed .
Baruch J . Sachs, MD, Boston, MA
Office and Space Design for Ophthalmology A presentation of techniques for precise calculation of total space needs, space subdivision, and efficient utilization. Proper patient flow patterns, suitable room designs, single and multiple doctor offices, space for ancillary help, equipment space utilization, and layout procedures for effective interaction of alI office areas will be discussed. The course is intended for all ophthalmologists.
Course 161 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 202-MP
Aran Safir, MD, New York, NY Norman R. Kashdan, MD
Computers in Ophthalmology This course, covering the fundamentals of computers and some of their applications to clinical ophthalmology, is
Course 164 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 205-MP
C. L. Schepens, MD, Boston, MA H. M. Freeman, MD, F. I. Tolentino, MD, T. Hirose, MD
Retinal Detachment Panel This two-period course is divided into two parts. The first will cover new and controversial approaches in the management of retinal detachment, such as the role of vitrectomy, the usefulness of athermal buckling, and the use of hyaluronic acid injections. In the second part, members of the panel will present specific vitreoretinal problems encountered in their practice. Other panelists and the audience will be invited to comment and present their views on diagnosis and treatment. This will be followed by a description of what was done, the results, and the complications.
211
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 165 Wednesday-Periods 1,2, and 3
Room 102-MP
T. F. Schlaegel, Jr., MD, Indianapolis, IN Daniel H. Spitzberg, MD, C. Joseph Anderson, MD
Essentials of Uveitis The practical approach will be emphasized. Procedures that are of importance in the diagnosis of uveitis will be discussed. The diagnosis of uveitis is based mainly on history and clinical appearance. Therapeutic agents will be considered in detail.
Course 166 Thursday-Periods 4,5, and 6
Room 212-MP
Richard O. Schultz, MD, Milwaukee, WI Robert A. Hyndiuk, MD, R. Poirier, MD, J. Krachmer, MD, M. Besson, MD
tests and histopathologic correlations. Specific illustrative cases will be shown. Audience participation is encouraged.
Course 169 Tuesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 203-MP
M. Bruce Shields, MD, Durham, NC David G. Campbell, MD, David L. Epstein, MD, Robert Ritch, MD
Secondary Glaucomas: Current Concepts, Diagnosis, and Management An update of current concepts in the mechanism, diagnosis, and management of several of the more clinically significant secondary glaucomas is presented. Subjects to be discussed in this year's course are glaucomas associated with (1) intraocular tumors, (2) ocular inflammation, (3) ocular trauma, and (4) ocular surgery.
Diagnostic Problems in External Disease This course offers a systemic approach to differential diagnosis, correlating clinical signs with information from cultures and cytology. Entities are stressed that present diagnostic problems or provoke controversy in management, e.g., atypical ulcers, superficial keratitis, limballesions, follicular conjunctivitis, and noninfectious disorders. Current concepts in management are illustrated by demonstration materials and panel discussion.
Course 167 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 101-MP
Bernard Schwartz, MD, PhD, Boston, MA Ralph Z. Levene, MD, Miles Galin, MD
Decision-Making in the Management of Glaucoma
The course will consist of a series of case presentations. Each case will be introduced step-by-step to a panel of wellknown clinicians. At each stage of the patient's history, the members of the panel will be asked to comment on their method of handling a particular case. In this way a comprehensive discussion of the more subtle aspects of the management of glaucoma cases will be obtained. The panelists will not be familiar with the cases prior to the presentation.
Course 170 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 210-MP
John P. Shock, MD, Little Rock, AR Floyd L. Wergeland, Jr., MD, George W. Blankenship, MD
Phacofragmentation of Cataracts and Other Planned Extracapsular Cataract Techniques This course is designed to present the principles and the practice of phacofragmentation of cataracts, with emphasis on technique, indications, contraindications, and instrumentation. The technique will be demonstrated through both limbal and pars plana incisions in conjunction with posterior vitrectomy. A full-incision, planned extracapsular cataract method will also be demonstrated.
Course 171 Tuesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 13-MI
Richard J. Simmons, MD, Boston, MA B. Thomas Hutchinson, MD
Contemporary Glaucoma Surgery Course 168 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 206-MP
Jerry A. Shields, MD, Philadelphia, PA William S. Tasman, MD, William H. Annesley, Jr., MD Jay L. Federman, MD, Lov K. Sarin, MD, William E. Benson, MD, Leonard Joffe, MD, James J. Augsburger, MD, Terrance L. Tomer
Diagnosis and Management of Fundus Diseases This course will present a discussion of common conditions affecting the ocular fundus. Congenital, inflammatory, traumatic, degenerative, and neoplastic disorders will be considered with emphasis on differential diagnostic ancillary
A system of contemporary glaucoma surgery based on the entire spectrum of glaucoma procedures available is presented. The emphasis is on practical methods. A variety of procedures is presented which allows individual selection of the technique most suited for each glaucoma case. Specific surgical techniques presented include, when time permits, contemporary glaucoma procedures such as trabeculectomy, other filtering techniques, approaches for the aphakic eye, management of coexisting cataract and glaucoma, special techniques for low-tension glaucoma, techniques for prevention and management of flat anterior chamber, and the use of anterior segment reconstruction techniques with "vitreous nibblers" in glaucomatous eyes.
212
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 172 Tuesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 206-MP
Hampson A. Sisler, MD, New York, NY Crowell Beard, MD
Blepharoptosis: Prevention and Treatment of Complications A detailed workup, knowledgeable therapeutic choice, and good operative technique will minimize complications of ptosis surgery. These elements, together with methods of dealing with those complications that do occur, compose the substance of this course. A familiarity with basic surgical techniques will be assumed by the instructors.
Course 173 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 208-MP
Management of Complications in Ophthalmic Plastic Surgery This continuing, advanced course deals in depth with different subjects each year. This year's topics include complications of evisceration, enucleation, buried prosthetic devices and autogenous dermal fat grafts, and complications of brow, canthus, and upper lid surgery. Participants should have completed basic courses in oculoplastic surgery since a working knowledge of oculoplastic procedures is necessary to fully comprehend the discussions. Audience participation and panel discussions are integral components of the course.
Room 19-MI Room 19-MI
Clinicopathologic Correlations in Ophthalmology This is a clinically oriented course in which the ophthalmic pathologist will present several cases in the traditional "CPC" approach. A group of expert panelists will be asked to discuss each case from the point of view of differential diagnosis and management.
Room 20-MI
Ronald E. Smith, MD, Los Angeles, CA John A. Carver, MD, Alan H. Friedman, MD, Alexander R. Gaudio, MD, Conrad L. Giles, MD, Raymond Records, MD
Ophthalmology Basic and Clinical Science Course, Section 3: Intraocular Inflammation, Uveitis, and Ocular Tumors In this course, Section 3 of the Basic and Clinical Science Course of the American Academy of Ophthalmology will be *By invitation
Room 216-MP
Ocular Immunology This course is designed for the student or practitioner who is interested in a comprehensive view of immunologic ocular disease. We will cover basic immunologic mechanisms to the pathophysiology of specific ocular diseases. The clinical course of these diseases, the morphology of their lesions, and their differential diagnosis will also be described. Treatment, including both the well-established methods and some new approaches that are now being tested, will be discussed.
Course 177 Thursday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 17-MI
Gilbert Smolin, MD, San Francisco, CA Mitchell Friedlander, MD, J. Alvarado, MD
Morton E. Smith, MD, St. Louis, MO Brooks Crawford, MD
Course 175 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Course 176 Wednesday-Periods 2 and 3
Gilbert Smolin, MD, San Francisco, CA G. Richard O'Connor, MD
Byron Smith, MD, New York, NY Richard R. Tenzel, MD
Course 174 Wednesday-Periods 4,5, and 6 Thursday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
used as a guide and manual. Part 1, "Intraocular Tumors," will be a discussion of diagnostic and therapeutic approaches to ocular tumors. Part 2 will be "Intraocular Inflammation and Uveitis." It will be assumed that each registrant has studied Section 3 in advance, and therefore formal presentations will be brief, leaving much time for discussion and questions. A self-assessment examination will be given at the end of the course.
Corneal Dystrophies and Degenerations In this course, corneal dystrophies and degenerations will be discussed in detail. The presentation will include the frequency, hereditary pattern, pathogenesis, signs and symptoms, clinical appearance, course, and treatment of these entities. The discussion will familiarize the practitioner with the appearance and the latest information regarding these diseases so that recognition of the specific entity and an understanding of its course will result.
Course 178 Thursday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 13-MI
... Samuel Sokol, PhD, Boston, MA
The Visually Evoked Potential: Techniques and Clinical Applications Particular emphasis will be placed on the use of the visually evoked potential (YEP) in pediatric ophthalmology, neuro-ophthalmology, and glaucoma. Specific case examples will be presented to illustrate the usefulness ofthe YEP. The types of stimuli used to elicit the YEP and the measurement and interpretation of amplitude and implicit time will also be discussed.
213
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 179 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 103-MP Room 103-MP
David B. Soli, MD, Philadelphia, PA Richard C. Webster, MD, George F. Buerger, MD, Robert C. Della Rocca, MD, Robert R. Waller, MD, Richard L. Anderson, MD, James L. Hargiss, MD, Earl J. Rathbun, MD, John D. Bullock, MD, Michael A. Callahan, MD, John S. Crawford, MD, Richard P. Carroll, MD
Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery Different topics in oculoplastic surgery are discussed in detail by experts. Emphasis is placed on practical surgical techniques useful to both the general ophthalmologist and the experienced oculoplastic surgeon. Management and avoidance of complications are covered. Discussions and audience participation are encouraged. Subjects are rotated each year. Subject material is coordinated with Course 15, given by Charles K. Beyer, MD.
Course 180 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
* Joseph
Room 215-MP
W. Soper, Houston, TX
Advanced Contact Lens Fitting This is an advanced course in contact lens technology which will present approaches to problem cases and the use of special types of lenses. Included in the course will be gas-permeable, bifocal, toric, and keratoconus lenses. Soft lenses for cosmetic, therapeutic, and extended wear will be covered.
Course 181 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 208-MP
the inexperienced in litigation, elements of appropriate form and language of ophthalmological evaluation reports, legal terms, and rules of legal procedure will be outlined. Preparation for pretrial conference, deposition, and conduct during court appearance will be discussed.
Course 183 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 205-MP
Hunter R. Stokes, MD, Florence, SC
Vascular Considerations for the Ophthalmologist: Ocular and Systemic Central retinal artery and central retinal vein occlusions require very specific treatment and a very careful medical evaluation. Advances in diagnosis and therapy are discussed with emphasis on ophthalmodynamometry (ODM) and the role of carotid artery disease. The critical role of the ophthalmologist in the evaluation and referral of patients is emphasized.
Course 184 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 205-MP
William Tasman, MD, Philadelphia, PA William E. Benson, MD, Jerry A. Shields, MD
Retinal Diseases in Children In this course we will present a review of the fundus characteristics of hereditary chorioretinal disorders, retinoblastoma, Toxocara, and retinal telangiectasia. Disorders of childhood that may lead to retinal detachment, such as retrolental fibroplasia, Stickler's syndrome, and trauma, will also be considered. Particular attention will be given to retrolental fibroplasia.
Walter J. Stark, MD, Baltimore, MD Ronald E. Smith, MD, George O. Waring, MD
Anterior Segment Surgery Using Vitrectomy Techniques
Course 185 Friday-Periods 1 and 2
In this course, three anterior segment surgeons will discuss the application of endosurgical (vitrectomy) techniques in anterior segment surgery. We will first cover the strengths and weaknesses of available endosurgical systems. The majority of the course, however, will emphasize the functional principles of surgery-cutting, aspiration, infusion, tissue incision, fragmentation, and endoillumination. The role of the anterior segment surgeon in the management of appropriate cases using endosurgical techniques will be emphasized.
H. Stanley Thompson, MD, Iowa City, IA
Course 182 Thursday-Periods 2 and 3
Room 203-MP
Theodore Steinberg, MD, Fresno, CA
Expert Witness: Preparation and Court Appearance Professional liability, public liability, and industrial compensation litigation involve expert medical testimony. For *By invitation
Room 3-MI
Pupillary Signs in Clinical Diagnosis This course reviews the most useful pupillary signs, including filters, how to detect small afferent pupil defects and measure them, how to recognize Adie's tonic pupil and distinguish it from other poorly reacting pupils, how to make the diagnosis of Horner's syndrome and locate the lesion, and how to distinguish "simple anisocoria" from other, more serious, pupillary inequalities.
Course 186 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 202-MP
Ramesh C. Tripathi, MD, PhD, Chicago, IL
Pathophysiology of Glaucomas and Rationale of Current Surgical and Medical Treatment This course provides current information on the pathophysiology of the glaucomas and the rationale for their
214
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
medical and surgical management. As an introduction to the basic understanding of the problems, the various drainage mechanisms of aqueous humor, especially the newly described transendothelial channels, are reviewed. New findings on the pathogenetic aspects of primary and secondary glaucomas are presented together with practical tips and logic on selected topics of medical, surgical, and Argon laser treatments. The course offers practitioners an updating of their knowledge; for investigators, it means a greater insight into the fundamental problems of glaucoma.
Course 187 Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Course 189 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5
Refractive Keratoplasty: Basic Principles and Techniques The cornea can now be modified surgically to correct meridional and axial optical errors. Two basic principlessurface area or thickness volume modification-are employed for all currently recognized techniques. These principles and the surgical techniques currently practiced to affect axial and meridional corrections will be presented.
Room 205-MP
Stephen L. Trokel, MD, New York, NY
Imaging Orbit Structures: Plain Film and Computerized Tomograms (CT Scans) Following clinical examination, the most important tools for analyzing orbital diseases are skull x-rays for the bone structures and computed tomograms for the soft tissues. Hypocycloidal tomography and angiography are of less critical importance since the development of high resolution CT scanning. Details of the plain-film radiographs are developed with disarticulated orbital bones in photographs and x-rays. Soft tissue structures in the orbit are shown on the CT scan and correlated with anatomic structures. The interrelationship of plain films, computed tomograms, and other special x-ray studies is illustrated with specific clinical cases. Most patients with orbital disease problems can be analyzed using the plain films and the CT scan studies.
Course 190 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 212-MP Room 212-MP
Richard C. Troutman, MD, New York, NY Gerald J. Barron, MD, Michel Mathieu, MD, John Stuart, MD, Austin I. Fink, MD, Stephen E. Kelly, MD, Jeffrey Freedman, MD, Herbert G. Pang, MD, Casimir A. Swinger, MD, Alan I. Chalfin, MD, Ronald N. Gaster, MD
Microsurgery of the Anterior Segment: A Practical Course This is a practical laboratory course in the use of the surgical microscope, microsurgical instruments, suture materials, and several anterior segment surgical techniques. It is mandatory that the student bring his own instruments: razor blade knife and blades, microsurgical needleholder, fine corneal forceps, fine iris scissors, cataract or keratoplasty scissors, I mm iris spatula, lens extracting forceps, erysiphake of disposable cryoextractor, disposable 8 mm corneal trephine, disposable corneal splitting knife, four 2-cc plastic syringes, six 25-gauge needles, anterior chamber irrigation needle, and (most important of all) tying forceps for monofilament sutures, one straight and one curved. Enrollment is limited to 24 participants.
Room 207-MP
W. A. J. van Heuven, MD, Albany, NY Walter D. Cockerham, MD, Kenneth R. Hovland, MD
Vitreous Examination in Vitreoretinal Diseases This course teaches the importance and technique of vitreous cavity examination as a prerequisite to retinal and vitreous surgery and as an aid to the understanding of vitreous and retinal diseases. A step-by-step description is given of slit-lamp positions and contact lens manipulations that permit maximum visualization of all parts of the vitreous cavity and retina. A method of recording vitreous findings is described. Vitreous anatomy and its changes with aging and with vitreoretinal disease are then discussed.
Course 191 Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Course 188 A, B Tuesday-Periods 1,2, and 3 Wednesday-Periods 1, 2, and 3
Room 15-MI
Richard C. Troutman, MD, New York, NY Casimir Swinger, MD, Jose Barraquer, MD, Richard Villasenor, MD
Room 3-MI
Gunter K. von Noorden, MD, Houston, TX Eugene Helveston, MD
Practical Aspects of Strabismus Management Problems of medical and surgical management of strabismus as they may confront the practicing ophthalmologist will be discussed. The content of this course is changed every year to avoid repetition. Videotape recordings will be shown to demonstrate interesting diagnostic and therapeutic problems and their solutions. The purpose of this course is to keep the practitioner up to date with the latest advances in the practical aspects of strabismus management. This course does not provide instruction in the basic sciences, nor is it an introduction to ocular motility disorders.
Course 192 Thursday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 13-MI
Ingolf Wallow, MD, Madison, WI Guillermo de Venecia, MD, George Bresnick, MD
Clinical Histopathologic Correlations of Diabetic Retinopathy Changes of diabetic retinopathy (DR) will be shown by color and fluorescein photographs, trypsin digest preparations, flat mounts, and by light and electron micrographs of
215
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
retinal cross sections. We will describe in detail capillary nonperfusion, microaneurysms, intraretinal microvascular abnormalities, vitreoretinal relationships in proliferative DR, and the histopathologic effects of photocoagulation.
Course 193 Wednesday-Periods 5 and 6
Room 10-MI
Joseph B. Walsh, MD, Bronx, NY Paul Henkind, MD, Daniel H. Gold, MD, Barry E. Wright, MD
Retinal Vascular Disease
oculogram (EOG) is dependent on the integrity of the standing potential of the eye which develops between the retinal pigment epithelium and the neural retina. The visually evoked potential (YEP) represents the cortical response to light stimulation of the retina and primarily reflects central visual acuity.
Course 196 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 8-MI
Jacob T. Wilensky, MD, Chicago, IL David Robbin, MD, M. Cyrlin, MD
Current Concepts in Angle-Closure Glaucoma
This course will cover, over a several-year period, the spectrum of retinal vascular diseases. Lectures will emphasize the clinical features of these disorders, their underlying pathophysiology with clinicopathologic correlations, and their treatment. Illustrative material will include clinical photographs, fluorescein angiograms, and both light and electron photomicrographs.
Our present understanding of angle-closure glaucoma (ACG) will be presented. The pathophysiology, incidence, and diagnosis of the disease will be reviewed. New methods of therapy, including laser iridotomy, will be discussed and illustrated. Primary ACG will be stressed, but chronic and secondary ACG will be covered as well.
Course 194 Thursday-Periods 2 and 3
Course 197 Tuesday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 210-MP
Martin Wand, MD, Hartford, CT David K. Dueker, MD, David A. Hill, MD, B. Thomas Hutchinson, MD, C. Davis Belcher, MD
Neovascular Glaucoma: Diagnosis, Causes, and Management Neovascular glaucoma has always been one of the most dreaded types of secondary glaucoma because so little was known of its cause and so little could be done in its management. Recently, there have been many significant developments in its detection and treatment, and the prognosis is no longer as bleak. This course will start with a discussion of the natural history of neovascular glaucoma as well as the important ocular causes of neovascularization. Fluorescein angiograms of the iris at various stages of rubeosis iridis and neovascular glaucoma will be presented. Goniophotocoagulation, its indication and techniques, will be discussed. Current thought on medical and surgical therapy will conclude this course.
Course 195 Wednesday-Periods 4 and 5
Room 209-MP
George W. Weinstein, MD, San Antonio, TX
Clinical Visual Electrical Physiology (ERG, EOG, and VEP) Evaluation of the visual system with electrophysiologic techniques permits clinicians to obtain objective information about the function of various portions of the visual pathways. The electroretinogram (ERG) provides information about the outer retinal layers, indicating the sensitivity of both rod- and cone-mediated functions. The electro-
Room 206-MP
Robert C. Welsh, MD, Miami, FL Charles Moore, MD, Oliver Dabezies, Jr., MD
Aphakia Spectacles This practical course will present basic and advanced information that should help cataract surgeons (not doing intraocular lenses) provide their aphakic patients with the very best spectacles for aphakia. The three instructors will review all currently available types of spectacles for aphakia. Unusual and improved techniques for aphakic refraction will be covered, along with the essential physiology (defects) of vision through aphakic spectacles. The course is geared toward residents, cataract surgeons, office aides, and advanced opticians.
Course 198 A, B Tuesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 212-MP Room 212-MP
Donald E. Willard, MD, Easton, PA Frank M. Polack, MD, L. L. Hyde, MD, Ned M. Reinstein, MD, Robert Abel, Jr., MD, Emily J. Karp, MD, Perry S. Binder, MD
Practical Course in Ophthalmic Microsurgery This course will offer six hours of intensive practice in the techniques of ophthalmic microsurgery. Established techniques as well as recent developments will be included. Each student must provide his own microsurgical instruments. Microscopes and other practice materials will be furnished in the course. Enrollment is limited to 25 students.
216
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 199 Thursday-Periods 1 and 2
Room 209-MP
Course 203 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 8-MI
W. Bruce Wilson, MD, Denver, CO Robert B. Rutherford, MD
* Robert
Although transient loss of vision (one hour or less) is usually related to vascular disease , other important disease entities must be considered. Ophthalmic symptoms and signs need to be correlated with associated findings that may suggest concomitant lesions in the brain or heart. This course will present the differential diagnosis of transient visualloss, its workup, and therapy.
Aphakics experience the most marked visual changes, but small design variations in moderate prescriptions may also be disturbing. Topics discussed and illustrated are frame fitting, vertex distance , lens curves and thicknesses , distortions, ring-scotoma , magnification, swim, and patient adaptation. Tables will be explained and distributed showing the magnitude of these factors and how they may be controlled for optimum vision.
Spectacle Lens Problems in Aphakia and Nonaphakia
Transient Loss of Vision
Course 200 Wednesday-Periods 1 and 2
* Jan
Room 215-MP
G. F. Worst, Haren, The Netherlands
Lens Implantation Sutured Iris Medallion Type Lenses This course on lens implantation summarizes the author's experience with 3,000 cases of artificial lens implantation in routine and unusual cases. The course deals mainly with routine intracapsular surgery and lens implantation, and extracapsular surgery and lens implantation.
Course 201 Wednesday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
E. Bannon, Buffalo, NY
Room I-MI
John E. Wright, MD, London, England William B. Stewart, MD, Gregory Krohel, MD, Richard M. Chavis, MD
Course 204 Friday-Period 2
Room 8-MI
John C. Barber, MD, Galveston, TX
Management of the Dry Eye Patient
One of the more common difficult management problems encountered in private practice is the patient with dry eyes . A scheme of differential diagnosis is presented to enable the practitioner to separate dry eye patients into etiological categories. This allows rational initial therapy, which is usually more effective. Modification of therapy is discussed, and nonmedical forms of treatment are presented with specific instructions. Special attention is given to diseases related to dry eyes and to medication-induced dry eyes. Relative merits of the available tear products are discussed at length .
Practical Approach to Diseases of the Orbit
This is a practical and clinically oriented course on the diagnosis and management of orbital disease. A flowchart of the approach to diagnosis , an overview of the most common diseases affecting the orbit, and the basics of orbital surgery will be presented. A highlight topic will also be covered in depth . Questions and discussion will be encouraged.
Course 202 Thursday-Period 6
Room 214-MP
Richard L. Abbott, MD, San Francisco, CA Robert G. Webster, Jr., MD
Postoperative Corneal Complications: Prevention and Management This course will cover the prevention and management of corneal complications that may occur with the following surgical procedures: (I) ptosi s surgery, (2) retinal detachment and vitrectomy , (3) cataract surgery , including phacoemulsification, (4) intraocular lens implantation, and (5) penetrating keratoplasty . Emphasis will be placed on the prevention of corneal complications both prior to and during surgery and the management of complications should they occur. 'By invitation
Course 205 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 9-MI
Henry Baylis, MD, Encino, CA Clinton D. McCord, MD
Correction of Deformities in Patients with a Prosthetic Eye by Surgical and Nonsurgical Methods This course will cover all major problems that occur in patients who wear a prosthetic eye. The major topics will be eyelid malposition, socket contracture, enophthalmos , extruding implants, mucous membrane grafting, and combinations of the above.
Course 206 Tuesday-Period 2
Room 202-MP
Owen Belmont, MD, Philadelphia, PA
Refraction: Causes of Failure This course analyzes the categories of patients who return dissatisfied with their glasses. Many failures in refraction are preventable, and the problems may be anticipated. Case histories are presented with practical solutions to common problems. Troublesome areas such as presbyopia, aphakia, and anisometropia are discussed.
217
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 207 Tuesday-Period 5
Room 15-MI
Richard Bensinger, MD, Seattle, WA
Practical Color Vision and Color Testing Color testing in light of current theory with legal implications will be covered. Enough background will be provided to allow classification and the limitations imposed by color deficiency. Aspects of the usefulness of color testing in a variety of ocular pathologies and toxicities will be discussed. The .. X-Chrom" lens will be featured.
Course 208 Wednesday-Period 4
Room 215-MP
One-Day Intracapsular and Extracapsular Surgical Techniques without Phacoemulsification: With Application to Intraocular Lens Implantation We will describe techniques that allow one-day hospitalization with intracapsular or extracapsular extraction without phacoemulsification and will discuss indications and contraindications for each. Use of the Shearing posterior chamber lens will be described. Histopathologic material will be used in the discussions of surgical wound technique and intraocular lens implantation.
Room 216-MP
E. J. Blumberg, MD, Arlington, TX
Modern Diagnosis and Treatment of Migraine Clinical experience has delineated the diagnostic criteria of common vascular headaches. They should be considered a manifestation of an underlying condition rather than a basic one. Recognition and treatment of these basic problems is now of primary importance, prevention rather than treatment being dominant in the approach to these conditions.
Course 210 Wednesday-Period 4
Room 4-MI
Blaine S. Boyden, MD, San Francisco, CA
Vitreous Hemorrhage: Diagnosis and Management Mismanagement of vitreous hemorrhage is too common. The purpose of this course is to present a systematic method for examination, diagnosis, and management of vitreous hemorrhage. Indications for medical versus surgical treatment will be emphasized and there will be a handout.
Course 211 Thursday-Period 3
Course 212 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 205-MP
John D. Bullock, MD, Dayton, OH
Ophthalmic and Systemic Disease
Jerome W. Bettman, Jr., MD, Albuquerque, NM Steven P. Shearing, MD
Course 209 Wednesday-Period 6
quires the use of multiple diagnostic and surgical capabilities. This course is designed to present an organized, comprehensive approach to foreign body care, utilizing both conventional and new concepts of instrumentation and vitreous microsurgery.
Room 206-MP
Nathaniel R. Bronson, II, MD, Southampton, NY Yale L. Fisher, MD
Intraocular Foreign Body Management: A Practical Approach to Magnetic and Nonmagnetic Particles Successful extraction of intraocular foreign bodies re-
The ophthalmologist is in a unique position to diagnose diseases of virtually every organ system. Ophthalmic manifestations of metabolic, collagen-rheumatic, nutritional, endocrine, cardiovascular, hematologic, gastrointestinal, infectious, pulmonary, dermatologic, and renal diseases are presented and illustrated by clinical photographs, retinal photographs, photomicrographs, radiographs, and other special studies.
Course 213 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 211-MP
James E. Burris, Jr., MD, White Plains, NY G. Peter Halberg, MD, Louis Previte
Practical Applanation Tonometry This course will present an overview of applanation tonometry. Discussion of applanation and indentation tonometry principles will be followed by a review of the known practical applanation tonometry devices. The Goldmann, Perkins, Kowa, Halberg, Maklakoff, Tonomat, DigilabPneuma, Biotronics and EMT Electronic, and American Optical Noncontact tonometers and their clinical applications will be discussed.
Course 214 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 19-MI
John C. Cavender, MD, San Francisco, CA
Hypertensive and Arteriosclerotic Retinopathy Confusion continues to exist regarding the ophthalmic signs seen in both of these entities and their systemic and ocular implications. The course will attempt to unravel some of the mystery through demonstration of the most important and reliable signs found in each retinopathy and through discussion of related underlying pathophysiology. All clinical variants of these two interacting disease states will be covered, including retinal vein occlusion. In addition, the effects of systemic hypertension on diabetic retinopathy will be discussed and illustrated. This course should appeal to general ophthalmologists who wish to update their knowledge in this field and who may find themselves in the position of advising their medical colleagues on the status of their hypertensive patients.
218
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 215 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 13-MI
Webb Chamberlain, MD, Cleveland, OH
Management of Strabismus: Update Current-status diagnostic testing, medical treatment, and specific surgical procedures will be presented. The role of miotics in detecting accommodative factors will be noted. The importance of eight-point versions and forced ductions will be stressed in differentiating paralytic and restrictive etiologies. The surgery of Brown's syndrome and the continuing importance of significant AV patterns are included.
Course 216 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 15-MI
John W. Chandler, MD, Seattle, WA S. Lance Forstot, MD
Ophthalmia Neonatorum: Diagnosis and Therapy The causes, manifestations, and systemic involvement in external infectious diseases of the newborn are changing. This one-hour course will discuss these changes as well as the prevention, diagnostic approach, and therapy of ophthalmia neonatorum. Special emphasis will be given to an understanding of gonococcal, chlamydial, and viral agents. The goal of the course will be to increase the physician's knowledge of the causes of ophthalmia neonatorum and the ability to intelligently approach diagnosis and management. The lecture will be supplemented with a handout that will outline course content and give references.
Course 217 Friday-Period 2
Room 17-MI
Gilbert W. Cleasby, MD, San Francisco, CA John L. Norris, MD
Surgery of the Orbit This course emphasizes practical points concerning diagnostic evaluation, indications for surgery, and operative techniques in surgery of the orbit. Establishing a diagnosis and making the decision for or against surgery is often difficult and frustrating. Many special diagnosis studies are available; their applications will be discussed. Special attention will be given to orbital endoscopy. Neoplasms and deformities provide the principal indications for surgery and will be discussed in detail, with emphasis on the management of expanding masses.
Course 218 Thursday-Period 4
for removing unwanted material and structures with vitreous surgery instruments. Special applications of this type of surgery have been found to avoid and correct problems associated with cataract surgery and lens implantation. Techniques and instrumentation will be described for removing intrusive or opaque vitreous, removing residual lens materials, enlarging small pupils, opening the posterior capsule, removing secondary cataracts, and removing retroimplant membranes.
Course 219 Thursday-Period 3
Room 209-MP
D. Jackson Coleman, MD, New York, NY Stanley Chang, MD
Vitrectomy in Traumatized Eyes
Management of traumatic disruption of the lens and vitreous has been improved with vitrectomy instrumentation. The appropriate surgical timing and approach depend on suitable preoperative evaluation techniques, including ultrasonography for the characterization of structural change and localization of intraocular foreign bodies. Surgical approach and instrumentation in a variety of clinical situations, including perforated lens, vitreous hemorrhage with retinal detachment, retained reactive intraocular foreign body, and double perforating injury, will be presented. The applicability of a single incision or bimanual approach, as well as the pars plana-limbus incision route with different vitrectomy instruments, will be discussed.
Course 220 Thursday-Period 3
Room 4-MI
Robert S. Coles, MD, New York, NY
Office Management of Uveitis
Most uveitis can be managed as an office procedure. Practical consideration and a diagnostic workup, along with pertinent clues indicating a specific diagnosis, will be emphasized. Detailed instruction on therapy of the various forms of uveitis will be thoroughly covered, with emphasi~ on management of nonspecific recalcitrant forms. A 22-page handout will summarize the material.
Course 221 Tuesday-Period 1
Room 17-MI
Brian J. Curtin, MD, New York, NY Robert H. Bedrossian, MD
Room 209-MP
Gilbert W. Cleasby, MD, San Francisco, CA Steven J. Eckstein, MD
Vitreous Surgery as a Supplement to Cataract Surgery In recent years a new field of intraocular surgery has evolved that uses both the pars plana and limbal approaches
Problems in Myopia Management The diagnostic signs that differentiate physiologic from pathologic myopia are reviewed. The use of atropine in treating progression, and the efficacy of orthokeratology in physiologic myopia are discussed. The management of complications in pathologic myopia (cataract, glaucoma, retinal breaks) are presented along with the current status ofrefractive keratoplasty in myopia.
219
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 222 Wednesday-Period 6
Room 3-MI
Louis Daily, MD, Houston, TX
Biomicroscopy of Vitreous and Fundus Oculi This advanced course uses many unique photographs to illustrate techniques of examination and appearances of structures and lesions by diffuse, focal, retro, and proximal illumination, ie, vitreous detachments, vitreoretinal adhesions, and retinal detachments, tears, cysts, hemorrhages, edema, including the region of the vitreous base as seen with scleral depression.
Course 223 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 2-MI
A. Dellaporta, MD, Palo Alto, CA
Trepano-Trabeculectomy: Ten Years Experience The course includes technique of trepano-trabeculecto my (TTE), complications, and results. TTE is effective in open-angle and angle-closure glaucoma in whites, blacks, and young adults. It can be combined with a cataract operation. Eighty percent of eyes operated on show surgical scars covered by normal conjunctiva, avoiding the hazards seen in avascular cystic scars.
Course 224 Wednesday-Period 2
Room 17-MI
Robert Della Rocca, MD, New York, NY Frank Nesi, MD
Course 226 Tuesday-Period 2
Room 17-MI
J. Graham Dobbie, MD, Chicago, IL Carl L. Fetkenhour, MD, Richard B. O'Grady, MD
Clinical Fundus Diagnosis
This course will present the significant clinical features of a variety of fundus lesions and correlate these with histopathology, fluorescein angiography, and a retinal function profile including electroretinogram (ERG), electrooculogram (EOG), dark adaptation, color vision, and visual fields. The conditions covered will include congenital and acquired disease of the fundus. Each of these conditions will be presented in the form of color stereoscopic fundus slides. Corresponding fluorescein angiograms and retinal function tests will then be shown, discussed, and correlated with histopathologic slides illustrating these lesions and emphasizing the retinal layers involved.
Course 227 Tuesday-Period 1
Room 8-MI
Donald J. Doughman, MD, Minneapolis, MN James V. Aquavella, MD, Walter Mayer, MD, Bernard McCarey, MD
The Modern Eye Bank: Methods and Procedures This course will include practical discussion of donor selection, donor endothelium assessment, methods of contamination control, removal of the corneoscleral segment, M-K media storage, 37°C organ culture preservation, current EBAA guidelines, morticians' courses, medical examiners' legislation, and eye bank financing.
Lid and Canthal Reconstruction
This course will present to the ophthalmologist procedures for lid and canthal reconstruction. Specific techniques and their application will be emphasized and will include primary lid repair composite grafts (skin and tarsus) and the Cutler-Beard and Modified Hughes procedures. The surgical repair of superficial and deep canthal defects will also be discussed.
Course 225 Thursday-Period 6
Room 202-MP
James G. Diamond, MD, New Orleans, LA Gholam A. Peyman, MD
Course 228 Thursday-Period 3
Room 216-MP
Nicholas G. Douvas, MD, Port Huron, MI
Vitrectomy Update: Techniques and Special Applications The presentation will detail a description of current techniques and principles relating vitrectomy instrumentation to surgical goals and mechanical objectives. This year's presentation will be devoted primarily to the management of intra- and postoperative surgical complications by the anterior segment surgeon. If time allows, management of trauma will be discussed.
Intraocular Management of Endophthalmitis This instructional period will present an in-depth analysis of the extraocular versus intraocular management of infective endophthalmitis. Background and basic research in the therapeutic and toxic effects of intraocular antibiotics alone, and in conjunction with vitrectomy, will be covered. A systematic approach in the management of endophthalmitis will be discussed.
Course 229 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 202-MP
Davis G. Durham, MD, Wilmington, DE John Schmelzer
Keogh vs. Incorporation The ophthalmologist is confronted with this decision. The
220
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
course will present advantages and disadvantages of each, and discuss when it is best to incorporate. An expert in this field will be available during the presentation and discussion.
Course 230 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 19-MI
Jared M. Emery, MD, Houston, TX Gunter K. von Noorden, MD
Diagnosis and Management of Orbital Floor Fractures
Current techniques of managing orbital floor fractures are presented. Topics covered include: signs and symptoms, diagnostic methods, indications for surgery versus conservative management, methods of surgery , complications of surgery, and long-term results of surgical versus nonsurgical management. Special emphasis will be placed on criteria for surgery and on surgical pitfalls .
Course 231 Wednesday-Period 6
Modern Techniques of Quantitative Perimetry This course outlines techniques in static and kinetic perimetry. An attempt will be made to provide some understanding of the procedures used . Recent methods applicable to layer-by-Iayer quantitative perimetry will be described. Clinical utilization of methods, selection of appropriate methods, and sample cases will be provided. Relative merits of different instruments will be considered.
Room 2-MI
John W. Espy, MD, New York, NY R. Linsy Farris, MD, Frank B. Hoefle, MD
Management of Aphakia and Other Refractive and Therapeutic Problems with Contact Lenses This course will highlight the use of all types of contact lenses, particularly extended-wear lenses, in handling specific optical problems (aphakia , keratoconus, postgraft , and corneal scarring). Current uses of therapeutic lenses will be described. Selection of the proper type of lens, methods of fitting, complications, and follow-up management will be discussed .
Course 235 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 203-MP
R. M. Fasanella, MD, New Haven, CT
Complications of Cataract Surgery This course will cover trends in the avoidance of pitfalls and complications in the classic intracapsular lens extraction. Discussion will include: (I) my cataract routine of choice, (2) dislocated lenses , (3) infection, (4) expulsive hemorrhage, (5) membranes, and (6) anesthesia. Slides will be shown.
Room 204-MP
J. Terry Ernest, MD, Indianapolis, IN
Fluorescein Angiography, Angioscopy, and Fluorophotometry This course is designed to increase the clinician's understanding of fluorescein angiography, angioscopy, and fluorophotometry . The techniques of the three methods are described , and emphasis is placed on the interpretation of the results on the basis of the most up-to-date information on the vasculature and the retinal pigment epithelium.
Course 233 Thursday-Period 6
Course 234 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 15-MI
Jay M. Enoch, PhD, Gainesville, FL Emilio Campos, MD
Course 232 Wednesday-Period 4
general, and neuroleptic agents; indications, counterindications ; and how best to alter surgical technique to use these agents to their fullest advantage. The various drugs, muscle relaxants, and anesthetic procedures and their effect on the intraocular pressure, the mortality, etc., will be detailed.
Room 211-MP
Albert C. Esposito, MD, Huntington, WV
Anesthesia in Ocular Surgery, Local, General, Neuroleptic Analgesia: Pre- and Postoperative Management Including Intraocular Lens This course offers a working knowledge of the various anesthetics used in ocular surgery covering the newer, local,
Course 236 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 202-MP
Carl L. Fetkenhour, MD, Chicago, IL Earl Choromokos,
Anterior Segment Photography and Fluorescein Angiography Anterior segment photography and fluorescein angiography is an important and useful clinical and research procedure. A technique t,hat utilizes a fundus camera (Topcon) to obtain quality photographs and angiograms of the conjunctiva, cornea, anterior chamber angle, and iris will be demonstrated. Pertinent vascular anatomy and normal and abnormal studies , the latter representing a variety of clinical problems, will be discussed. Bilateral simultaneous angiographic techniques will also be shown.
221
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 237 Wednesday-Period 6
Room 213-MP
Course 241 Friday-Period 1
Room 201-MP
Eugene R. Folk, MD, Skokie, IL Marilyn Miller, MD, Lawrence Chapman, MD
Jerre Minor Freeman, MD, Memphis, TN Thomas Gettelfinger, MD, Spencer Thornton, MD
Diagnostic Problems in Strabismus
The Punctum Plug: The Dry Eye and the Wet Eye
The purpose of this course is to discuss those strabismus problems that most frequently present diagnostic difficulties. The format will consist of videotape case presentations that the participants will be asked to evaluate. The salient features and differential diagnoses will be presented and discussed.
This course is designed to introduce the practicing ophthalmologist to a device that occludes the lacrimal punctum reversibly and will include the following: (I) patient selection, indications for occlusion, (2) signs and symptoms of the dry eye, (3) varying methods of treatment other than occlusion, (4) instrumentation required, (5) anesthetic, insertion technique, (6) avoidance and management of complications, (7) when to remove, when to reinsert, and (8) methods of surgical occlusion of the punctum. Discussion of lacrimal duct reconstruction with the nasal lacrimal duct prosthesis will also be included.
Course 238 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 2-MI
Maureen A. ReIland, MD, New York, NY Sidney A. Fox, MD
Senile Ectropion and Entropion Recent work has removed the etiologies of senile ectropion and entropion from the realm of guesswork to a factual basis. Some of these modern theories will be discussed. Operative procedures best adapted for the correction of various types of mild and severe ectropion and entropion will be considered, and the reasons for each choice explained.
Course 239 Wednesday-Period 4
Room 201-MP
Course 242 Tuesday-Period 1
Room 208-MP
Wayne E. Fung, MD, San Francisco, CA
The Office Use of Intravenous Fluorescein (Angioscopy) Intravenous fluorescein can be advantageously used in the office setting for more complete evaluation of macular, space-occupying, and vascular lesions of the fundus. Its use is advantageous to both the patient and the practicing ophthalmologist. This course will concentrate on teaching the indications, technique, and interpretation of its use.
Frederick T. Fraunfelder, MD, Portland, OR John H. Sullivan, MD
Cryosurgery for External Disease Including Skin Malignancies Cryosurgery is becoming increasingly popular for the treatment of basal and squamous cell carcinomas of the eyelids. It is probably the current treatment of choice for extensive trichiasis. The course is designed to detail necessary equipment, method of treatment, indications, results, and complications of cryosurgery of periocular and external ocular lesions.
Course 240 Thursday-Period 4
Room 9-MI
Albert R. Frederick, Jr., MD, Boston, MA Johnny Justice, Jr.
Techniques for Producing and Presenting Visual Aids This course will review bases for preparation of effective visual aids to enhance oral medical presentations. Theory and practical techniques will be reviewed. Methods for doit-yourself preparation of materials available to the practitioner will be suggested. Clarity and effectiveness of graphic aids will be stressed.
Course 243 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 1-MI
Antonio R. Gasset, MD, Miami, FL
Contact Lenses for the Practicing Ophthalmologist The hallmark of contemporary ophthalmology is the rapidity of its change. Contact lens practice today is quite different from that of yesterday. The course is an update of the book Contact Lenses and Corneal Diseases by Appleton-Century-Crofts. This course follows the same outline of presenting the new contact lens field in a unique fashion that will allow the ophthalmologist to use this knowledge immediately in his daily practice. New fitting techniques that have successfully allowed us to use extendedwear soft contact lenses the day after surgery will be presented.
Course 244 Wednesday-Period 2
Room 209-MP
Conrad L. Giles, MD, Southfield, MI Malcolm Mazow, MD
Childhood Uveitis The management, diagnosis, etiologic evaluation, and
222
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
treatment of childhood uveitis will be discussed. Special emphasis will be placed on the treatment of uveitis of children in the office setting. The management of the complications associated with this disorder in children will also receive attention.
Course 245 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 210-MP
A. Marvin Gillman, MD, New York, NY
Profiles of Complications in Cataract Surgery: Pathogenesis and Prevention Recognition and immediate correction of the various pathogenic mechanisms that may complicate conventional cataract surgery, ICCE, KPE, and IOL will be reviewed in terms of the following major pathogenic categories: (1) anterior chamber failure, (2) hypotension, (3) aphakic glaucoma, (4) CME, (5) ARD, (6) keratopathy, (7) vitreous mechanisms and vitrectomy, and (8) unique KPE and IOL pathogenic mechanisms.
Course 246 Friday-Period 1
Room 17-MI
James P. Gills, MD, New Port Richey, FL Robert Cooper Welsh, MD
Extracapsular Cataract Extraction and Insertion of the Posterior Chamber Lenses The fine details of extracapsular cataract extraction with emphasis on capsular fixation of posterior chamber lenses will be demonstrated. The techniques of administering anesthesia, opening the capsule, lens delivery, cortical removal, cleaning of the posterior capsule, lens insertion, suture closure, surgical keratometer, control of astigmatism, intraocular lens power determination, quality control of intraocular lenses, triple procedures, and discissions will be covered.
Course 247 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 206-MP
W. Sanderson Grizzard, MD, Tampa, FL James J. O'Donnell, MD
Principles of Human Genetics The course will review the current state of knowledge in human genetics and metabolic disease and give examples pertinent to ophthalmology. Emphasis will be placed on inheritance patterns, genetic counseling, and appropriate laboratory investigation of patients with inheritable eye disease.
Course 248 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 20-MI
Ellis Gruber, MD, Rochester, NY
What's New in Soft Contact Lenses The field of soft contact lenses is a dynamic, everchanging one. The number of manufacturers has grown from one company with one lens to approximately 20 companies with dozens of lenses. Today the emphasis is on ultra-thin lenses and extended-wear lenses, and we can expect many changes in the future in lens designs (torics, bifocals, etc.) and in materials (high water content, silicone, etc.). This course will be updated each year to keep abreast of the latest developments.
Course 249 Thursday-Period 6
Room 205-MP
William S. Hagler, MD, Atlanta, GA Zane F. Pollard, MD
Toxocara Canis Endophthalmitis: Surgical Management The Elisa test has been shown to be sensitive and specific for the diagnosis of toxocara canis endophthalmitis. The major retinal complication of this is retinal detachment, which frequently involves the posterior pole. Scleral buckling and/or pars plana vitrectomy is effective in a significant number of patients. Indications and techniques for management of the retinal and vitreous complications will be given.
Course 250 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 9-MI
G. Peter Halberg, MD, New York, NY Robert A. D'Amico, MD
Management of the Contact Lens Problem Case Practicing ophthalmologists are increasingly consulted by patients with improperly fitted and/or troublesome contact lenses. The analysis of such cases from the point of view of ophthalmologic diagnosis as well as contact lens technology, is an important medical task. Topics to be discussed in this course include management of common contact lens prob" lems, fitting errors and their elimination, proper "contact lens-free" time schedules for correction of such problems as the corneal warpage syndrome, proper guidance of the disappointed contact lens patient, and the practical, kind, and uncomplicated management of the usually complex problem case.
223
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 251 Thursday-Period 3
Room 2-MI
G. Peter Halberg, MD, New York, NY Alfonse A. Cinotti, MD
Extended-Wear Contact Lenses in Aphakia
A short presentation of the anatomy and the physiology of the optic disc will be followed by detailed discussion of the different clinical methods available for examining and following changes of the optic disc. Full-color and red-free photography of the optic disc will be presented and correlated with other findings in glaucoma. Practicality, as well as academic and clinical values of the different methods, will be emphasized. A question and answer period will close the course.
This course is designed to bring the ophthalmologist up to date on what is new in the field of extended wear of contact lenses in aphakia. The instructors are investigators of these lenses and will describe their experiences and results with the following lenses: Permalens, Sauflon, CSI (Corneal Sciences), Softcon, and TC-75 (Trans-Canada).
Course 256 Wednesday-Period 4
Room 17-MI
William H. Havener, MD, Columbus, OH
Room 209-MP
Thomas S. Harbin, Jr., MD, Atlanta, GA Alan I. Mandell, MD, Irvin Pollack, MD
Glaucomatous Visual Field Defects, Correlation with Optic Disc Cupping The correlation of specific glaucomatous (nerve fiber bundle) visual field defects with optic nerve cupping is crucial for the differentiation between glaucoma and other causes of field changes. This course will cover the specific and the nonspecific glaucomatous field defects, using patient examples as encountered in day-to-day practice. The characteristic features of glaucomatous optic disc cupping will be reviewed, and a series offield defects correlated with discs will be presented. Examples of misinterpreted fields and discs will be included.
Course 253 Thursday-Period 6
Room 15-MI
Hiram H. Hardesty, MD, Cleveland, OH
The Use and Abuse of Prisms
The popularity of Fresnel press-on prisms has led to frequent abuse of this modality. Prisms have been found to be especially helpful in the management of overcorrected and undercorrected exotropias. Although useful in hypertropia, they are frequently overprescribed. Prisms are least useful in esotropia because of the adaptation phenomenon.
Course 254 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 208-MP
Jack Hartstein, MD, St. Louis, MO Richard Lembach, MD, Anthony Nesburn, MD
Optic Disc in Glaucoma
Course 252 Wednesday-Period 3
Course 255 Wednesday-Period 4
Techniques of Posterior Segment Cryotherapy If you can depress the scleral during indirect ophthalmoscopy, you can apply a cryoprobe. It is easier if you know the little tricks of sliding underneath the rectus muscles, rotating the eye for optimum view, avoiding the catastrophe of shaft depression and uncontrolled posterior freezing, etc. Come, I'll show you.
Course 257 Friday-Period 2
Room 201-MP
Sanford D. Hecht, MD, Waltham, MA Joseph Flanagan, MD
Management of Recurrent Entropion and Ectropion Entropion surgical failures are common, as is evidenced by the high rate of referral to ophthalmic plastic surgeons. Ectropion failures are less common. We will discuss the specific physical findings that dictate the choice of secondary procedures. The vital roles of horizontal laxity and the rapidity of the failure are emphasized.
Course 258 Thursday-Period 1
Room ll-MI
John Heckenlively, MD, Los Angeles, CA Richard Lolly, PhD
Current Concepts in Retinitis Pigmentosa Room 215-MP
Hiram H. Hardesty, MD, Cleveland, OH
Superior Oblique Surgery Diagnosis and surgical treatment of superior oblique pareses will be discussed. Techniques for tenotomizing and tucking the superior tendon will be illustrated by a movie, still slides, and pictures of cadaver dissections. Stress will be placed on pitfalls that to date have not been described in our literature.
There is strong evidence that retinitis pigmentosa is not one disease but many different diseases with different etiologies. During the first hour, diagnostic criteria, treatment modalities, and inheritance patterns will be reviewed and approaches for patient counseling discussed. Clinical cases will be used to illustrate points and, in particular, that in a few patients, primary changes can be localized by fluorescein angiography to specific cellular layers. The course will also cover current clinical and basic science research efforts including a histopathologic study with clinical
224
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
correlation to two of the eyes and short presentations on research in animal models-the RCS rat model and cyclic GMP and visual cell degeneration in animals with inherited retinal dystrophies (mouse and dog).
Course 259 Thursday-Period 4
not often required in the aphakic patient. The course will acquaint the ophthalmologist With a variety of anterior segment, vitreous, and retinal problems seen in the intraocular lens patient. Topics include lens design considerations, instrumentation, vitreous hemorrhage, vitreocorneal touch, retroimplant membranes, pupillary block, dislocated lenses, use of intraocular gas techniques, and management ofrelinal detachment.
Room 213-MP
Kenneth R. Hovland, MD, Denver, CO R. Sloan Wilson, MD
Small-Pupil Binocular Indirect Ophthalmoscopy This is a course on the use of various indirect ophthalmoscopes in situations in which the pupil cannot be dilated well, such as intraocular lenses. An explanation of principles and helpful maneuvers will be followed by practical experience on small-pupil model eyes. The course is limited to 30 participants, preferably those with more than two years' experience in indirect ophthalmoscopy.
Course 260 Thursday-Period 2
Course 263 Tuesday-Period 1
Room 216-MP
Barry N. Hyman, MD, Houston, TX
Carotid Artery Disease and the Ophthalmologist
This course is intended for the practicing ophthalmologist who encounters patients with suspected carotid artery disease. We will first review the ocular diagnostic signs and symptoms. Also discussed will be noninvasive tests and how these tests may help identify the patient who needs arteriography.
Room 11-MI
Rufus O. Howard, MD, New Britain, CT
Ocular Defects Due to Chromosome Errors Most ocular abnormalities have occurred in patients with chromosome defects. Specific chromosome defects resulting in retinoblastoma, aniridia, cyclopia, microphthalmia, strabismus, and corneal opacities will be illustrated by patient case histories.
Course 261 Tuesday-Period 6
Room 208-MP
Creig S. Hoyt, MD, San Francisco, CA Robert D. Stone, MD
Does the Baby See? This course is designed to outline the ways in which a clinician may assess visual acuity in early infancy. Attention will be drawn to recent research that suggests that potential visual acuity in infancy is much better than previously thought. The differential diagnosis of visual failure in the infant will be presented, and the basis of electrophysiological differentiation of these disorders will be reviewed.
Course 264 Thursday-Period 3
Room 8-MI
Jerry Hart Jacobson, MD, Ogdensburg, NY
Clinical Applications of Retinal and Cortical Electrical Activity Recording Recording of the electrical activity of the retina and/or the cortex (electroretinopathy and visual-evoked response) provide information of value in the diagnosis of retinal and optic pathway disease. This course will describe the methods used and benefits to be derived from these techniques.
Course 265 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 3-MI
George K. Kambara, MD, Los Angeles, CA Frank J. Weinstock, MD
Sources of Information for the Low-Vision Patient Course 262 Thursday-Period 3
Room 3-MI
William L. Hutton, MD, Dallas, TX William B. Snyder, MD
Vitreoretinal Complications of Intraocular Lenses The management of vitreous and retinal abnormalities in the intraocular lens patient introduces special considerations
The panel will discuss how to evaluate the needs of lowvision patients in the office, including the office routine and role of office personnel in this evaluation. Sources of information and the type of information available from organizations such as NAVH, AFB, NSPB, the Library of Congress, and local social service agencies will be presented. In addition to the currently available material, future vistas of help for the low-vision patient will be explained.
225
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 266 Thursday-Period 3
Room 9-MI
Frederick M. Kapetansky, MD, Columbus, OH Paul A. Weber, MD
Diagnosis and Management of Glaucoma
The practicing ophthalmologist who wishes to assess his concepts of the diagnosis and management of primary glaucoma may benefit from this course. Four basic skillsbiomicroscopy, gonioscopy, perimetry, and ophthalmoscopy-will be reviewed as they pertain to the field of glaucoma. The impact that timolol has had on the medical management of glaucoma will be reviewed briefly.
the perinatal intensive care nursery. A brief history of retrolental fibroplasia (RLF) is given, including its prevalence and significance in 1980. Special emphasis is placed on who and when to examine, the clinical classification of RLF, and the natural history of acute RLF. A discussion of attempted treatment modalities confirms the role of ophthalmologist as observer, rather than healer, in the perinatal nursery. A consideration is given to the medicolegal aspects of RLF.
Course 270 Wednesday-Period 6
Room 205-MP
Terence G. Klingele, MD, Belleville, IL
Course 267 Tuesday-Period 4
Optic Neuritis: Differential Diagnosis and Treatment Room lO-MI
Frederick M. Kapetansky, MD, Columbus, OH
Ocular Syndromes and Glaucoma
The primary purpose of this course is to assist the physician by clarifying and organizing important syndromes with which glaucoma is often associated. The entire 35-mm slide presentation should stimulate the physician to recall some of the salient features of these syndromes. While viewing important selected clinical features, each physician has the opportunity to assess his or her own ability to identify these syndromes.
Course 268 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 13-MI
Arthur H. Keeney, MD, PhD, Louisville, KY Joseph F. Novak, MD
Injuries and Protection from Ophthalmic Lenses and Frames: New Materials, New Standards, and What You Can Achieve New lens materials, oversize designs, consumerism, and 1979 American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards require optical design, tolerance, and safety awareness. Chemical leach from phototropic glass is outlined clinically. A combined lens and frame system can absorb greater impact than specified for lenses or frames alone. Polycarbonates for industry and prescription use provide high-impact resistance with chromatics dispersal. U.S. standards will be reviewed.
Course 269 Wednesday-Period 5
The course is limited to optic neuritis and confusing similar entities. The presentation is illustrated by Kodachrome slides covering the subject of optic neuritis in childhood through old age. Office evaluation is stressed, including practical color vision testing, consideration of the role of kinetic and static perimetry, the value of visual-evoked response, and when to involve other specialties for further workup. A detailed discussion covers systemic disorders causing, or associated with, optic neuropathy, including toxic and nutritional factors, infectious, inflammatory,demyelinating, vasculitic, neoplastic, and ischemic disorders and related heredofamiliar entities. Specific treatment of each entity is outlined.
Course 271 Tuesday-Period 6 Paretic Strabismus
Emphasis will be placed on up-to-date methods in the treatment ofthird-, fourth-, and sixth-nerve paresis. Surgical techniques will be stressed in detail including primary procedures and reoperations. Specific operative points will include muscle transposition procedures, the Jensen procedure, superior oblique tendon transplant, adjustable sutures, anchoring sutures, and the use of bare sclera and conjunctival recession techniques. Decision-making in both the preoperative and intraoperative phases will be discussed in relation to avoiding surgical pitfalls.
Course 272 Wednesday-Period 6 Room ll-MI
Room 10-MI
Philip Knapp, MD, New York, NY John Hermann, MD
Room 209-MP
Harold P. Koller, MD, Cherry Hill, NJ Anthony Caputo, MD
James Kingham, MD, Tampa, FL
Practical Amblyopia Therapy
This one-hour course is tailored for the primary ophthalmologist who acts regularly or occasionally as consultant in
This course will provide the practitioner with a practical guide to the management of amblyopia in childhood. Expected results in the various age groups and amblyopia types
Retrolental Fibroplasia
226
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
will be explained. All methods of therapy, with their advantages and disadvantages, will be practically demonstrated using slides and motion pictures. Full- versus part-time occlusion, as well as pharmacologic penalization techniques, will be included. Orthoptics and pleoptics will be briefly discussed and their relevance to more simple occlusion techniques demonstrated. A practical way of treating even the most resistant children will be presented.
Course 273 Friday-Period 3
Room 9-MI
Marvin F. Kraushar, MD, New York, NY Sheila Margolis, MD
Why Can't My Patient See 20/20? Simplified Evaluation of Macular Function This course is a comprehensive, step-by-step, simplified office procedure for evaluating foveomacular integrity in patients with minimal visual and fundus abnormalities. The mechanism, technique, interpretation, and indications are discussed for Amsler's grid, red-free ophthalmoscopy, fluorescein angiography, macular photostress, flying corpuscles, contrast sensitivity gratings, electroretinography (ERG), foveal ERG, electro-oculography, visual-evoked responses and other tests are fully illustrated with Kodachrome slides.
will be reviewed. The indications for the use of intraocular gas in anterior and posterior segment surgery will be presented. Current techniques for the injection of intraocular gas (both at the time of surgery and postoperatively) in both retinal and vitreous surgery will be discussed. Techniques of photocoagulation in the presence of intraocular gas will be described. The complications that arise from the use of intraocular gas, their prevention, and their management will be outlined.
Course 276 Tuesday-Period 1
Corneal Edema: Glaucoma Syndromes Corneal edema with elevated intraocular pressure is the most striking manifestation of a variety of diseases, including angle-closure glaucoma, epithelial downgrowth, interstitial keratitis, Fuchs' dystrophy, Chandler's syndrome, essential iris atrophy, and Cogan-Reese syndrome. The course will review the pathophysiology, diagnostic measures, and medical and surgical management of each entity.
Course 277 Friday-Period 1 Course 274 Wednesday-Period 1
Room Il-MI
Roger H. S: Langston, MD, Cleveland, OH Joel Sugar, MD
Room 203-MP
Theodore Lawwill, MD, Louisville, KY
Room 203-MP
Marvin L. Kwitko, MD, Montreal, Canada
Glaucoma in Infants and Children Patients with congenital glaucoma are classified into groups according to the time of onset of symptoms: birth, six months, and three years. Each group is analyzed according to initial signs and symptoms. Schi."tz tonometer reading under general anaesthesia, gender, bilaterality, surgical procedure performed, and final visual acuity are discussed. The differential diagnosis is discussed as well as the complications that were experienced in surgical treatment. The conditions found associated with these cases of congenital glaucoma are outlined.
Practical Clinical Electrophysiology: ERG, EOG, and VER
The basic principles and clinical uses and abuses of clinical electroretinography, electro-oculography, and visual-evoked responses will be reviewed. The presentation will include an explanation of what information is to be expected from these tests, when they can be useful, and when they are not indicated. Some of the psychophysical tests that must be available to fully evaluate the electrophysiologic tests will be outlined. Clinical examples will be drawn from the cases re· ferred to the author's laboratory over the past 12 years.
Course 278 Tuesday-Period 4 Course 275 Wednesday-Period 4
Room 202-MP
Maurice B. Landers, III, MD, Durham, NC Robert Machemer, MD
Use of Intraocular Gas in Retinal and Vitreous Surgery The use of intraocular gases, including air, sulfur hexafluoride, and other inert gases, will be described. The physiologic principles governing the use of these substances
Room I-MI
William E. Layden, MD, Tampa, FL Virginia M. Shaffer, John S. Cohen, MD
Public Speaking for Physicians Basic fundamentals in public presentation of medical material are considered and reviewed. Illustrations focus on ophthalmic subjects. Principles that apply to correct slide preparation and presentation are included. Enhancement of interest in medical subjects by different modalities is highlighted. Duties of moderators and panel chairmen will be reviewed.
227
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 279 Tuesday-Period 6
Room 204-MP
Michael A. Lemp, MD, Washington, DC David W. Lamberts, MD, Henry D. Perry, MD
tions that are directly associated with the surgical techniques of retinal detachment surgery and photocoagulation for neovascular retinopathy. Color fundus photographs will be used to illustrate pathology.
The Dry Eye: Diagnosis and Management This course is directed toward a practical approach to the diagnosis and treatment of dry eyes. Tear-film anatomy and physiology gives rise to a pathologic classification, grading severity, and a rational plan of treatment. Clinical examples and discussion time are included.
Course 280 Thursday-Period 3
Mark R. Levine, MD, Shaker Heights, OH Albert Hornblass, MD
Room 1-MI
Medical and Surgical Treatment of Orbital Fractures The course is designed to guide the physician in correctly diagnosing orbital fractures and selecting those that should be operated on. Special emphasis will be placed on operative intervention by the infralid, Caldwell-Luc, and combined approach. Complications will be emphasized as well as their treatment. This will be highlighted with case presentations illustrating the management of these complications.
Course 281 Thursday-Period 4
Room 4-MI
Paul R. Lichter, MD, Ann Arbor, MI David N. Cohen, MD
The Optic Disc in Glaucoma and N euro-Ophthalmology Careful evaluation of the optic disc is essential in all ophthalmologic examinations . Most particularly, the optic disc is important in the diagnosis and management of glaucoma and in the evaluation of neurologic disease. This course is designed to review the basic aspects of evaluation of the optic disc, including the instrumentation and techniques of evaluation. The characteristics of the normal optic disc are thoroughly discussed, followed by a review of the glaucomatous and neurologic disc. A number of case presentations are given in the course including many unknowns. Ample opportunity will be provided for questions from the audience.
Course 282 Friday-Period 1
Room 8-MI
Ruth Stoddard Long, MD, New York, NY
Complications of Retinal Surgery Complications of the surgical treatment of retinal tumors, including malignant melanoma and cobalt plaqueing, will be discussed. There will also be a discussion of the complica-
Course 283 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 4-MI
Virginia L. Lubkin, MD, New York, NY Morris Feldstein, MD
Cosmetic Blepharoplasty: Avoidance and Treatment of Complications Cosmetic blepharoplasty appears to be a simple procedure, but it is fraught with hazards at every step, from the choice patient to the repair of ectropion. This course aims specifically at the point-by-point prevention of complications and their later treatments . A handbook will be distributed.
Course 284 Thursday~Period
4
Room 204-MP
Barry A. Maltzman, MD, Jersey City, NJ
Extended-Wear Contact Lenses: a Six-Year Experience Softcon contact lenses have been fit on more than 200 aphakic eyes for more than six years. These lenses have been fit for extended wear and defined as successful when worn continuously on the eye and removed only for replacement because of precipitates, change of power, etc. This course will provide the fitting techniques employed, which include patient selection, corneal evaluation, lens parameter selection, and complications and their treatments. Typical case presentations will be used to demonstrate the desired results clearly. Problems such as converting bilateral spectacle-corrected aphakia, high astigmatism, and corneal disease will specifically be addressed. At present, an 85 percent success rate can be expected.
Course 285 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 209-MP
Barry A. Maltzman, MD, Jersey City, NJ
Toric Soft Lenses Toric soft lenses represent a new contact lens design. It is estimated that 45 percent of contact lens wearers have greater than 0.75 diopters of refractive astigmatism. With the increasing advantages of soft lenses, the toric lens is becoming an important tool for the ophthalmologist. This course will emphasize: (I) new lens materials, (2) fitting techniques, (3) fitting problems and solutions, and (4) case reports. Our experience is an 84 percent success rate with a follow-up of one year. This indicates a greater chance of success for treating astigmatism than in the conventional lenses.
228
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 286 Wednesday-Period 4
Room ll-MI
Michael F. Marmor, MD, Palo Alto, CA
The Management of Retinitis Pigmentosa (and Allied Diseases) Retinitis pigmentosa and related dystrophies are not rare diseases but are frustrating to manage. Current understanding of these diseases will be reviewed briefly, includi,llg problems of diagnosis and electrophysiologic testing. The practical management of the patient will be discussed in detail including modes (and hypotheses) of treatment, genetic counseling, optical aids, and guidelines for prognosis.
Course 287 Thursday-Period 6
Room lO2-MP
Extracapsular Cataract Surgery: the Manual Procedure This is a didactic course dealing with the nonmechanized techniques of planned extracapsular cataract surgery and artificial lens implantation. Emphasis is on anterior capsulecto my , expression of nucleus, aspiration of cortex, and lens implantation. Special instrumentation will be discussed.
Room 2-MI
J. Wallace McMeel, MD, Boston, MA Clement L. Trempe, MD
Practical Photocoagulation of Common Retinal Vascular Problems
Two common vascular disorders of the fundus (diabetic retinopathy and venous obstruction) that may be treated by photocoagulation are discussed. Pathogenesis, clinical evaluation, and case selection for treatment are considered. Emphasis is placed on the technique for photocoagulation; cases are presented. The results and complications of treatment are reviewed.
Course 289 Tuesday-Period 6
Room 8-MI
Gerald E. Meltzer, MD, Denver, CO
Room 15-MI
Richard P. Mills, MD, Seattle, W A Jon Trobe, MD
Supervision of Visual Field Technicians Trained assistants are commonly employed to examine visual fields. Physicians, though knowledgeable in technique, find the delegation of this task difficult. Proper orientation, ongoing supervision, and trouble-shooting by physicians will be covered, resulting in generation of reliable tangent, perimetric, or automated fields by technicians.
Course 291 Thursday-Period 6
David J. Mcintyre, MD, Bellevue, WA
Course 288 Thursday-Period 6
Course 290 Tuesday-Period 6
Room 13-MI
Peter H. Morse, MD, Chicago, IL Marvin F. Kraushar, MD, Morton L. Rosenthal
Which Patients Should I Send for Fluorescein Retinal Angiography? Careful clinical examination, using direct or indirect ophthalmoscopy and Goldmann contact lens examination, will often reveal essential points that may obviate fluorescein study. Circumstances in which fluorescein angiography is necessary or helpful are: (I) early detection of subtle, pigmented epithelial defects in cases of retinal degeneration or drug toxicity, and assessment of pigmented choroidal lesions to exclude malignant melanoma; (2) prognostic factors for central vision in patients with diabetic retinopathy or branch vein occlusion, and (3) as a guide to therapeusis in cases of central serous choroidopathy, other serous retinal separations, and macular degeneration with subretinal neovascular membranes.
Course 292 Wednesday-Period 5
Room 17-MI
A. Linn Murphree, MD, Los Angeles, CA H. Dunbar Hoskins, MD, Eugene Helveston, MD
Pediatric Ophthalmology Update This one-hour course will be a review of recent developments and trends in pediatric ophthalmology. Strabismus, congenital glaucoma, congenital cataracts, retinal blastoma, pediatric neuro-ophthalmology, and genetics will be discussed in informal round table sessions. Emphasis will be on audience involvement and informal discussion rather than a formal lecture format. Topics will vary from year to year.
Critical Evaluation of Scientific Literature Physicians make significant daily medical decisions based on data presented to them in journals and at meetings. This course is designed to help physicians better evaluate these scientific data. The scientific method is reviewed, and examples are given from the literature of error in formulating hypotheses, testing these hypotheses, and collecting and analyzing data.
Course 293 Thursday-Period 6
Room 203-MP
Joseph F. Novak, MD, Pittsburgh, PA
Occupational Ophthalmology This course describes a basic industrial eye program including: industrial eye examinations; job vision standards;
229
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
placement of workers with eye defects such as amblyopia, monocular vision, and cataracts; the implementation of an effective eye safety program; and some aspects of American National Standards Institute (ANSI), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Workmen's Compensation, and the Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
Course 294 Thursday-Period 4
Course 297 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 15-MI
Roswell R. Pfister, MD, Birmingham, AL
The Alkali-Burned Eye: Current Concepts This course will review the early, intermediate, and late changes occurring after alkali burns of the eye. The subject will be approached from clinical, morphologic, physiologic, and therapeutic standpoints. Emphasis will be placed on new concepts as they apply to the management of these burns.
Room 17-MI
Conor O'Malley, MD, San Jose, CA George O. Waring, III, MD
Ocutome Surgery for the Anterior Segment Surgeon In this course the experienced anterior segment surgeon will be fully exposed to the indications, contraindications, principles, technique, and training requirements for surgery with the Ocutome for open-sky vitrectomy and definitive closed-eye surgery via the limbus and pars plana for cataracts in the young, subluxated and ruptured lenses, pupillary membranes, and retro-intraocular lens membranes.
Course 295 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 10-MI
Roswell R. Pfister, MD, Birmingham, AL
Systematic Approach to the Management of Corneal Disease: the Treatment of Corneal Perforations Clinical case presentations will be used to illustrate judgmental approaches (medical and surgical) to the diagnosis and management of corneal diseases. This year the diagnosis and management of diseases causing corneal perforation will be discussed. In particular, trauma, inflammations, infections, and surgical complications will be considered.
Room 17-MI
Patrick O'Malley, MD, South Bend, IN Thomas Stafford, MD
Portable Xenon Arc Light Coagulator: Theory and Practice We will discuss in detail the clinically significant optical and electronic features of the Log- 2 and Log- 3 light coagulators and then briefly review the clinical role of these instruments. Each participant will have the opportunity to perform in vivo experiments.
Course 296 Thursday-Period 6
Course 298 Wednesday-Period 1
Course 299 Wednesday-Period 2
Room 9-MI
Guillermo Pic6, MD, Santurce, PR Guillermo Pic6, Jr., MD
Techniques in Lacrimal Surgery Surgical management of epiphora will be presented. The techniques used by the authors in phimosis of the punctum, repair of the freshly lacerated canaliculus, and obstruction of the canaliculus, common punctum, and nasolacrimal duct will be shown with slides and movies. Our technique of dacryocystorhinostomy will be described.
Room 208-MP
H. Bruce Ostler, MD, San Francisco, CA L. Douglas Perry, MD
Oculogenital Diseases This course is designed to acquaint the physician with the various oculogenital diseases that he may see. during the course of practice. The presentation of the subject will begin with ophthalmia neonatorum and will include those diseases of oculogenital significance seen in the child and in the adult. The discussion will include epidemiology, signs and symptoms of the disease, laboratory studies, and treatment. The subject is timely inasmuch as there has been a recrudescence of oculogenital disease with the increase in venereal disease that has occurred within the past decade.
Course 300 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 9-MI
Guillermo Pic6, MD, Santurce, PR William Townsend, MD
Surgery for Pterygium Time will be allotted for a detailed description, with slides, of a technique of combined excision and beta radiation. Pathogenesis of recurrent pterygium will be presented with special emphasis on preventive measures at the original surgery. Surgical procedures used, which depend on the type oflesion encountered, will be illustrated by a motion picture.
230
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
Course 301 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 207-MP
Course 305 Thursday-Period 4
Room 11-MI
Raymond E. Records, MD, Durham, NC
Frank M. Polack, MD, Gainesville, FL Endre Balaczs, MD
Bacterial Endophthalmitis: Diagnosis and Therapy
Viscosurgery of the Anterior Segment Thi s course will de scribe the properties and use of Healon®. This viscoelastic substance acts as a mechanical buffer protecting the corneal endothelium from trauma with intraocular lenses or instrument s and helps in restoring the depth of the anterior chamber after cataract or glaucoma surgery. It has a protective effect on the endothelium of corneal grafts during phakic or aphakic keratoplasty. Movie s and videotape of surgical procedures will be shown.
Bacterial endophthalmitis most commonly arises following cataract extraction. Upper eyelid swelling, loss of the red reflex , and unusual tenderness on palpation are early signs. Symptoms include unusual postoperative pain and loss of light sense. Diagnosi s can often be made on the basis of an anterior chamber tap. Therapy is divided into three parts : topical, using mydriatics and cycloplegics; oral steroids, and intravenous antibiotics selected on the basis of gram-stain tinctorial and morphologic findings.
Course 302 Wednesday-Period 6
Course 306 Thursday-Period 1
Room 11-MI
Edward W. Purnell , MD, Cleveland, OH William E. Cappaert, MD, K. E. Frank, MD
Clinical B-Scan Ultrasonography This course is designed to present practical information to ophthalmologists involved in the clinical use of B-scan ultrasonography. Instrumentation and newer concepts will be discussed. However, emphasis will be placed on the diagnosis o f anterior segment pathology , vitreoretinal disease, and the evaluation of monocular exophthalmos. The characteristic sonograms of each will be presented .
Congenital Corneal Anomalies
This course is designed to provide a guide to aid in the diagnosis and management of the numerous congenital anomalies of the cornea. Clinical features that will aid the ophthalmologist in making a diagnosis will be emphasized. The results of surgical as well as other therapeutic regimens for the various anomalie s will be presented.
Course 307 Thursday-Period 1 Course 303 Tuesday-Period 6
Room 206-MP
James G. Ravin, MD, Toledo, OH
Fine Art and Ophthalmology Fine art works can reveal abnormalities in the subject of the work or reflect ocular disease of the artist. Medical abnormalities from centurie s of civilization will be shown. Discu ssion will include these questions: Did EI Greco have astigmatism? Did van Gogh become insane from glaucoma? Which artists had cataracts?
Course 304 Friday-Period 3
Room 212-MP
Lawrence A. Raymond, MD, Cincinnati, OH George Kranias, MD
Managing the Patient Who Complains of "Flashing Lights" Light flashes have diagnostic and prognostic value . They can be caused bY .retinal d etachment, vitreous detachment , retinal microembolization , cataract operation, lesions of the occipital region, migraine, and digitalis overdose. Their features will be emphasized. The following will be discussed: How does the busy ophthalmologist distinguish the various diagnostic possibilities? Which patients should be referred?
Room 210-MP
John W. Reed, MD, Winston-Salem , NC
Room 211-MP
Alan M. Roth, MD, Sacramento, CA Robert G. Webster, Jr., MD
Pigmented Lesions of the Bulbar and Palpebral Conjunctiva The classification, pathologic as pects, and clinical significance of pigmented lesions of the conjunctiva have long been obscure to the practicing ophthalmologist. This course will give a practical clinical approach to clarify the major types of conjunctival pigmentation, dividing them into benign, potentially malignant , and frankly malignant lesions. It will describe their clinical and hi stopathologic feature s and give their natural history. It will teach the clinician to know when and how to take a specimen for biopsy of pigmented tumors! of the conjunctiva and how to use the histopathologic features of these lesions as a guide to further therapy. It will focus particularly on the lesions that may become malignant melanomas and will describe the clinical significance of melanosis oculi. Use of unknown photographs will help the clinician to test what he has learned .
Course 308 Thursday-Period 3 Richard S. Ruiz, MD, Houston, TX
Room 11-MI
Optic Disc Lesions This course is designed to present to practicing ophthal-
231
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
mologists, residents, and general physicians a large number of conditions involving the optic nerve head (the disc) and the immediately surrounding choroid and retina. The presentation is illustrated with multiple examples of the same condition to show a large cross section of variation within the same disease process. The course aims to enhance diagnostic abilities for those conditions that can involve the posterior pole region and particularly the optic disc area. It is clinically oriented and does not study any particular entity in depth.
Course 309 Tuesday-Period 2
Room ll-MI
Felix N. Sabates, MD, Kansas City, MO King Y. Lee, MD
Photocoagulation Treatment and Immunological Aspects of Ocular Histoplasmosis Our experience in more than 150 cases treated with argon laser photocoagulation and krypton laser photocoagulation will be discussed as well as the immunological aspects of this disease. The different risk factors and the relationship to the final visual results following treatment will be presented. The retinal changes with emphasis on early diagnosis and treatment will also be discussed. This course will familiarize the general ophthalmologist with this disease as well as aid those who choose to treat with photocoagulation.
Course 310 Wednesday-Period 4
Course 312 Wednesday-Period 3
Room ll-MI
Aran Safir, MD, New York, NY
Understanding Retinoscopy Retinoscopy is too complex to be expressed by a set of rules. Skillful retinoscopy requires an understanding of the phenomena observed through the retinoscope sight-hole. Simple optical concepts (no math) are used to explain the appearance of the reflexes in ways that form a coherent and easy-to-remember scheme.
Course 313 Thursday-Period 3
Room 100MI
Norman Sanders, MD, North Miami Beach, FL
Aphakic Bullous Keratopathy: Etiology, Prevention, and Surgical Therapy
This course attempts a comprehensive look at aphakic bullous keratopathy, from etiology to surgical therapy. The thrust of the discussion is aimed at achieving the best corneal clarity possible, both during cataract extraction and corneal transplantation for aphakic bullous disease.
Room 100MI
Felix N. Sabates, MD, Kansas City, MO King Y. Lee, MD
Basic Approach in the Management of Intraocular Foreign Bodies The purpose of this course will be to present in practical, clinical terms the different approaches in the management of the removal of intraocular foreign bodies, magnetic and nonmagnetic. Emphasis will be placed on techniques that will minimize the incidence of early and late complications, mainly retinal detachments and all retinal changes following this type of surgery. The use of photocoagulation and scleral buckling procedures, as well as pars plana vitrectomy, in handling these cases will be demonstrated with 33-mm slides and movies.
Course 311 Tuesday-Period 6
tem. Using autopsy material, this course will emphasize the pathologic correlates of abnormal discs, fields, and motility.
Room 215-MP
Joel G. Sacks, MD, Cincinnati, OH
Neuropathology for Ophthalmologists Ophthalmologists have little exposure to neuropathology and yet the interpretation of neuro-ophthalmologic symptoms and signs requires an understanding of the basic patterns and mechanisms of disease in the central nervous sys-
Course 314 Tuesday-Period 3
Room ll-MI
J. Albert Sarrail, MD, San Francisco, CA Barbara Silvestri, MD, Gray Aguilar, MD
Plastic Surgery of the Eyelids Surgical techniques of the following procedures will be illustrated and exhibited with color movies: (1) blepharochalasis, upper lids and lower lids; (2) spastic senile entropion, Butierprocedure; (3) ectropion repair, Kuhnt-Szmanowsky; (4) levator resection, Blaskovics' procedure; (5) fascia lata sling for complete ptosis; (6) Wheeler halving, modified; (7) carcinoma, split-thickness graft; (8) carcinoma, lower lid, tarsal transplantation with lid closure; (9) dacryocystorhinostomy; (10) orbital floor fractures, and (11) integrated implants as secondary procedure for surgical anophthalmos.
Course 315 Tuesday-Period 6
Room 13-MI
Harold G. Scheie, MD, Philadelphia, PA
Cataract Extraction: Routine and Complicated The author's routine for intracapsular cataract extraction will be presented and illustrated by films. The removal of
232
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
dislocated lenses will also be shown, as well as complicated cataract extractions such as those following filtering procedures for glaucoma. Preparation of the patient and prophylactic measures to avoid complications will be discussed. Postoperative care will be described.
Course 316 Thursday-Period 5
Room 213-MP
C. L. Schepens, MD, Boston, MA C. L. Trempe, MD
Indirect Ophthalmoscopy This course is designed to offer practitioners who use indirect ophthalmoscopy an opportunity to improve their techniques. An illustrated, short lecture will highlight the most common stumbling blocks to satisfactory indirect ophthalmoscopy and suggest how to overcome them. The major portion of the session will be practical, utilizing the optimized indirect ophthalmoscope, appropriate lenses, scleral depressor, rubber eyes, and drawing materials. Emphasis will be on close, personal supervision of each participant by the instructors so that individual problems can be analyzed and corrective suggestions made. In order to maintain a high instructor/student ratio, the course will be limited to 30 persons.
Course 317 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 2lfrMP
Abraham Schlossman, MD, New York, NY Richard S. Muchnick, MD
Approaches to Oblique Muscle Surgery There are numerous approaches to surgery on the oblique eye muscles. Recession, myectomy, and elongation of the inferior oblique will be described. Tenotomy will be compared with recession of the superior oblique. Indications, techniques, and advantages and disadvantages of the various procedures will be discussed. Results will be demonstrated.
Course 319 Tuesday-Period 1
Room 202-MP
Dennis D. Shepard, MD, Santa Maria, CA Ronald P. Jensen, MD
Surgical Keratometers and Control of Corneal Astigmatism In this age of extended-wear soft lenses and intraocular lenses, an excellent cataract operation with 5.00 diopters of postoperative astigmatism may be interpreted by the patient as a "bad result." Thus, in order to successfully fit aphakic soft lenses or to achieve good, unaided pseudophakic vision, it is imperative to minimize surgically-induced corneal astigmatism. The course covers: (1) introduction to operating keratometers, practical techniques to minimize surgically-induced astigmatism, and review of Fyodorov's multiple radial keratotomies (Dennis D. Shepard, MD), and (2) the microwedge resection for astigmatism-indications, instruments, techniques, results, and conclusions (Ronald Jensen, MD).
Course 320 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 4-MI
Dennis D. Shepard, MD, Santa Maria, CA
Obtaining a "Soft" Eye: Vitreous Pressure Reduction Techniques Numerous techniques are evolving to lower the vitreous pressure and thereby lessen the risk of vitreous loss during anterior segment surgery. This has always been important with cataract extraction, but has become increasingly important with the advent of secondary lens implantation and removal of intraocular lenses. This is a practical course demonstrating and evaluating useful drugs, devices, and techniques for obtaining a surgically soft eye.
Course 321 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 1S-MI
Jerry A. Shields, MD, Philadelphia, PA James J. Augsburger, MD
Diagnosis and Management of Ocular Tumors Course 318 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 17-MI
Dennis D. Shepard, MD, Santa Maria, CA
Diagnosis and Treatment of Intraocular Lens Complications With the increasing use of lens implants, the ophthalmologist is encountering a greater number of complications due to intraocular lenses. Indeed, even nonimplanting surgeons are having to diagnose and treat those patients operated on elsewhere. This course emphasizes the recognition and management of these complications with special emphasis on uveitis, hypopyon, hyphema, secondary glaucoma, and cystoid macular edema.
This course provides the practitioner and resident with current information on diagnosis and management of ocular, adnexal, and orbital tumors. There is a self-assessment quiz and a lively discussion with audience participation. Time is allotted for registrants to show slides and ask questions regarding cases from their practices.
Course 322 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 20S-MP
Bernd Silver, MD, St. Louis, MO
Decision Before Incision
This course will clarify to the ophthalmologist performing occasional oculoplastic surgery how he can best select the
233
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
appropriate operation for his patient-decision bej(}re incision. Proper diagnosis comes first, followed by an explanation of how the lid became abnormal. Lid tissues react in predictable ways to various insults. There are only a limited number of manipulations that can be selected for resolving a lid problem. With an extended understanding of the healing process, untimely intervention and unexpected results can be markedly reduced. Current lid operations will be presented to clarify this rational approach to lid surgery.
Course 323 Thursday-Period 1
Course 326 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 215-MP
William B. Snyder, MD, Dallas, TX William L. Hutton, MD
Outpatient Retinal Laboratory Room 13-MI
Richard L. Kimbrough, MD, Houston, TX Richard J. Simmons, MD
Argon Laser Photocoagulation in Glaucoma and Anterior Segment Disease Topics covered will be: corneal neovascularization, photomydriasis, photocoreoplasty, epithelialization, anterior chamber cysts, iris tumors, vascularized iridocyclitic membranes, wound neovascularization, laser iridotomy, incomplete surgical peripheral iridectomy, pupillary block glaucoma in aphakia, pupillary block glaucoma secondary to a swollen, intumescent lens, combined mechanism glaucoma, primary open-angle glaucoma, congenital glaucoma, neovascular glaucoma, failure of filtration blebs, and gonioplasty.
Course 324 Thursday-Period 6
necessary to know the current law in order to understand what legal approaches offer the greatest opportunity for success. Specific information is provided on a how-to-do-it basis.
This course has two purposes: (1) to show how to develop and use an efficient diagnostic and treatment unit, and (2) to review the current concepts regarding outpatient management of certain retinal diseases. We will consider space, personnel, and budget requirements. A review of conditions applicable to outpatient treatment, coupled with analysis of the relative frequency of these conditions, dictate the type of diagnostic and therapeutic instruments required. Current indications for treating common fundus lesions will also be reviewed.
Course 327 Wednesday-Period 2
Room 10-MI
Maria Spinak, MD, Bronx, NY Alan H. Friedman, MD
Cytology and Pathology as an Aid in the Study of Ocular Disease Room 201-MP
Lawrence J. Singerman, MD, Cleveland, OH David Orth, MD, Daniel Finklestein, MD
Evaluation and Management of Proliferative Retinopathies
The spectrum of proliferative retinopathies will be discussed. Proliferative diabetic retinopathy and branch retinal vein occlusion complicated by neovascularization will be emphasized. The etiologic role of hypoxia and inflammation in proliferative retinopathies will be discussed, and the current status of research on vasoproliferative factors will be summarized. The workup of patients with various proliferative retinopathies will be presented in detail. Fluorescein angiography interpretation will be emphasized, but many other ancillary tests will be discussed. Indications, contraindications, techniques, and complications of photocoagulation will be presented in detail. Our photocoagulation methods for various proliferative retinopathies will be illustrated with videotape presentations.
The diagnostic value of cytologic examination for the practicing ophthalmologist will be presented. The techniques and equipment needed for bacteriologic and cytologic examination will be demonstrated. Included will be a discussion of the cytologic means for establishing the diagnosis of various types of conjunctivitis, e.g., bacterial, viral, fungal, and allergic, as well as various types of keratinization and inclusion bodies. There will be an evaluation of the morphologic changes in exfoliative cells of both benign and malignant cells as an aid in early diagnosis of tumors of the conjunctiva and cornea. Several cases will be presented in which clinicopathologic correlations have been made.
Course 328 Wednesday-Period 6
Room 17-MI
James B. Sprague, MD, Denver, CO W. Bruce Wilson, MD
Congenital Anomalies of the Visual Pathway Course 325 Tuesday-Period 6
Room ll-MI
Don M. Smart, MD, LLB, Dallas, TX
Malpractice Countersuits
The malpractice countersuit is in a state of evolution. It is
Congenital abnormalities of the anterior visual sensory system are usually identified by examination. Many are associated with systemic abnormalities involving the skull, the pituitary, and the midline structures of the brain. Congenital anomalies of the retrogeniculate pathway may be more difficult to diagnose but may also be associated with significant.
234
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
brain anomalies. The visual evoked response and neuroradiology may be helpful in diagnosis and prognosis. A review of the embryology of the brain is also helpful in understanding these abnormalities. Case material will be presented to illustrate these developmental problems.
Course 329 Wednesday-Period 3
Robert H. Stewart, MD, Houston, TX Raymond P. LeBlanc, MD
Room 3-MI
Complications of Filtering Operations and Their Management This course outlines the common complications that occur with filtering surgery for glaucoma; a detailed description of limbal anatomy is included. The complications will be discussed in a time sequence related to when they appear: (I) the complications occurring during surgery, such as buttonholing of the flap and hemorrhage, (2) the problems that occur early in the postoperative period, such as persistent flat anterior chamber and malignant glaucoma, and (3) difficulties that can occur late in the postoperative period , for example, ruptured blebs and cataractous changes of the lens. An outline of trabeculectomy surgery and its value in preventing the common complications of routing filtering surgery will be presented.
Course 330 Wednesday-Period 6
Trophic-Tractional Degeneration of the Peripheral Retina Recognizing that clinical examination of the peripheral fundus is part of routine ophthalmic practice, this course presents the broad pathogenic divisions of peripheral retinal degenerations-trophic, tractional, and trophic-tractionaland considers in-depth the trophic-tractional lesion of lattice degeneration of the retina. Material is designed to facilitate clinicopathologic correlation and to provide a rational basis for clinical management of lattice degeneration of the retina .
Room 2-MI
Alan Sugar, MD, Ann Arbor, MI
Clinical Specular Microscopy Clinical specular microscopy is a means of examining human corneal endothelial cells. It has been used for clinical research and has broad implications for corneal disease and ocular surgery. History and theory, examination techniques , and clinical uses will be described . Previous clinical studies and the implications of data will be explained. *By invitation
Room 207-MP
Daniel M. Taylor, MD, New Britain, CT Alan L. Stern, MD
Advanced Keratoplasty This course is designed for those with some experience in routine keratoplasty who wish to enhance their sphere of effectiveness. Subjects covered will be reconstructive keratoplasty for conditions leading to corneal destruction including total keratoplasty combined with trabeculectomy, and keratoprosthesis, keratoplasty combined with cataract extraction and intraocular lens insertion in various combinations, and refractive keratoplasty.
Course 333 Thursday-Period 6
Room 20-MI
Richard R. Tenzel, MD, North Miami Beach, FL
Cosmetic Blepharoplasty
The course will include indications and contraindications for cosmetic blepharoplasty. Various techniques utilizing cosmetic blepharoplasty will be illustrated. Discussion of complications, prevention, and treatment will constitute a major portion of the course.
Room 211-MP
Bradley R. Straatsma, MD, Los Angeles, CA Robert E. Christensen, MD, Manfred Spitznas, MD
Course 331 Wednesday-Period 2
Course 332 Thursday-Period 4
Course 334 Wednesday-Period 1
* Clifford M. Terry, MD, Fullerton, CA
Room 17-MI
The Quantitative Techniques Used with the Quantitative Surgical Keratometer for Astigmatism Control The course will teach the cataract surgeon how to control astigmatism at the time of surgery using the quantitative surgical keratometer. The theory and concept of surgical keratometry will be discussed . The course will provide the practitioner with the basic information on surgical skills necessary for the proper use of surgical keratometers .
Course 335 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 20S-MP
Howard H. Tessler, MD, Chicago, IL Lee M. Jampol, MD, Robert S. Weinberg, MD
Episcleritis and Scleritis Episcleritis and scleritis are two distinct entities. This course will be divided into three parts: (I) the clinical separation of episcleritis and scleritis; (2) the systemic evaluation of a patient with these two entities, and (3) medical and surgical therapy.
235
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
Course 336 Wednesday-Period 1
Room 9-MI
Frederick H. Theodore, MD, New York, NY Stephen E. Bloomfield, MD
Course 340 Wednesday-Period 2
Room 13-MI
Joseph A. C. Wadsworth, MD, Durham, NC Charles F. Sydnor, MD
External Diseases of the Eye Due to Allergy
Orbital and Lacrimal Surgery
Confusion of ocular allergies with other external inflammatory processes often results in therapeutic problems, avoidable if the basic immune mechanisms are understood and classified clinically. This course will first present current immunologic concepts in an understandable manner and then offer an organized approach to the recognition and treatment of external eye allergies.
The diagnostic modalities available for investigation of the orbit have changed considerably in the past several years. Computerized tomography, ultrasonography, and thin section tomography have allowed greater anatomic exposure of the orbit. The globe, muscles, optic nerve, and various spaces of the orbit can now be seen, allowing differentiation between orbital masses and conditions such as thyroid disease or pseudotumor. This may be translated into better surgical planning in the approach to a mass lesion. Superior, inferior i and lateral approach to the orbit and indications and contraindications for intracranial approach will be reviewed.
Course 337 Thursday-Period 1
Room 203-MP
Elise Torczynski, MD, Tampa, FL
Ocular Embryogenesis and Congenital Anomalies This course presents a short review of ocular and facial embryogenesis, incorporating recent experimental work on the contributions of cranial neural crest cells to the eye and the orbit. Congenital anomalies of the eye are related to the normal sequence of ocular organogenesis. Clinical aspects of diagnosis, prognosis, and management of anomalies will be discussed.
Course 338 Thursday-Period 3
Room 214-MP
Albert Vaiser, MD, Dallas, TX Joel Kaplan, MD
Retinal Detachment and Pseudophakia The characteristics of different types of pseudophakic retinal detachments, as well as the potential difficulties in managing this type of retinal detachment, will be covered. Statistical evaluation of a consecutive series of pseudophakic retinal detachments will be presented, emphasizing anatomic and visual results. Unusual problems with pseudophakic detachments will be discussed, emphasizing preoperative and intraoperative examination, different types of intraocular lenses, and deductive logic regarding position of possible unseen holes according to fluid distribution.
Course 339 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 202-MP
Suzanne Veronneau-Troutman, MD, New York, NY
Recent Advances in Strabismus Therapy: Fresnel Prism Membranes This course is designed to acquaint ophthalmologists with the use of the Fresnel press-on prism membrane as an adjunct to the managements of strabismus, heterophoria, and ocular motor paralysis.
Course 341 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 208-MP
Michael A. Wainstock, MD, Detroit, MI Richard D. Binkhorst, MD
Ultrasonic and Calculating Techniques for the Experienced Intraocular Implant Surgeon This course is intended for those surgeons with little or no training in ophthalmic ultrasound or dioptric power calculations. It is programmed to introduce the surgeon to basic, simple ultrasonic and biometric techniques. Emphasis will be on the use of preprogrammed modules and the value of ultrasound for this procedure.
Course 342 Tuesday-Period 3
* Barrett
Room 206-MP
P. Walker, MD, Atlanta, GA
External and Slit-Lamp Photography Tips and Techniques for Your Practice
The objective of this course is to give physicians a greater knowledge of the techniques necessary for external and slit-lamp photography, whether they choose to take the pictures themselves or have them taken by an ophthalmic photographer. Physicians contemplating the purchase of photographic equipment will find a review of the relative merits and costs of available camera systems particularly useful.
Course 343 Friday-Period 3
George O. Waring, III, MD, Atlanta, GA Robert LaPerrier, MD
Room 4-MI
The Skin and Eye
Many patients with skin diseases have ocular involvement. In this course an ophthalmologist and dermatologist
236
OPHTHALMOLOGY • AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
illustrate the clinical findings in these disorders, discuss their pathogenic mechanisms, and emphasize practical clinical management of both the ocular and dermatologic components. The discussion will cover seborrheic blepharitis and meibomian gland dysfunction, rosacea blepharitis and keratitis, psoriatic conjunctivitis, bullous dermatoses (pemphigus vulgaris and cicatricial pemphigoid), atopic and allergic problems, and genodermatoses like ichthyosis, pseudoxanthoma elasticum, and juvenile xanthogranuloma. The course will exclude tumors, infectious diseases, and connective tissue disorders. Registrants will participate in a discussion of unknowns.
clude alteration of refractive error, choroidal detachment, uveitis, subretinal hemorrhage, glaucoma, anterior segment ischemia, motility disturbances, and macular pathology. Instructional materials include a course outline, bibliography, and program for managing a routine postoperative convalescence.
Course 347 Wednesday-Period 4
Room 21O-MP
Frank J. Weinstock, MD, Canton, OH Ronald Akashi, MD
Bifocal and Multifocal Contact Lenses Course 344 Wednesday-Period 6
* Alfred
Room 9-MI
L. Weber, MD, Boston, MA
Radiology of Benign and Malignant Lesions of the Orbit
This course discusses a variety of benign and malignant lesions of the orbit, with emphasis on those lesions most frequently encountered. The following lesions will be discussed: (I) lacrimal gland tumors, (2) epidermoids, (3) mucoceles, (4) paranasal sinus neoplasms, (5) meningiomas, (6) optic nerve tumors, (7) histiocytoses, and (8) vascular lesions. Following a brief review of the normal radiographic anatomy, different methods of orbital examinations are discussed. These methods include conventional films, poly tomography , orbital venography, angiography, ultrasound, and CT scanning.
Course 345 Tuesday-Period 5
Room 10-MI
Robert G. Webster, Jr., MD, San Francisco, CA Harvey H. Slansky, MD
Bifocal and multifocal contact lenses are an important addition to the ophthalmologist's armamentarium for dealing with presbyopic, aphakic, and possibly accommodative esotropic patients. These lenses will be discussed from various points of view. The various types of available lenses will be described with the indications for each. Practical methods of fitting the lenses will be delineated, with a discussion of problems and problem cases. Time will be allowed for general discussion.
Course 348 Tuesday-Period 3
Room 203-MP
Frank J. Weinstock, MD, Canton, OH
Glaucoma Diagnosis Glaucoma diagnosis with specific relationship to ocular hypertension will be presented in a logical manner that is related to the practical office situation. Home tonometry, photography, disc evaluation, risk factors, trial of therapy, new instrumentation, and an office routine for continual management and follow-up will be emphasized.
Current Concepts in the Treatment of Alkali Burns This course will present the current treatment of chemical burns of the cornea and anterior segment. The immediate, intermediate, and long-term therapy will be outlined. The use of irrigation systems, therapeutic lenses, collagenase inhibitors, ascorbic acid, and conjunctival transplantation will be discussed. New ideas in medical therapy and surgical management of complications will be the primary focus of discussion.
Course 346 Thursday-Period 4
Room 10-MI
Thomas A. Weingeist, MD, PhD, Iowa City, IA
Management of the Postoperative Retinal Detachment Patient This course considers the incidence and treatment of complications following retinal detachment surgery. Subjects in*By invitation
Course 349 Tuesday-Period 4
Room 209-MP
Richard G. Weleber, MD, Portland, OR Andrea Cibis Tongue, MD
Genetic Counseling for the Ophthalmologist The purpose of this course is to review the types of inheritance possible in ophthalmic genetic diseases, how to establish inheritance patterns, indications for counseling, and techniques involved in the counseling process.
Course 350 Thursday-Period 6
Room 206-MP
Jacob T. Wilensky, MD, Chicago, IL Arthur Schwartz, MD, Marshall Cyrlin, MD
Laser Therapy of Glaucoma
The use of lasers in the treatment of various types of glaucoma will be discussed in detail. Practical "how to"
237
• INSTRUCTION COURSES
instructions will be given for the various techniques. Laser iridotomy, trabecular photocoagulation for open-angle glaucoma, and panretinal photocoagulation therapy for neovascular glaucoma will be stressed.
Course 351 Tuesday-Period 5
Room 208-MP
Robert B. Wilkins, MD, Houston, TX Clinton D. McCord, MD
Techniques in Blepharoplasty A one-hour course will be presented for ophthalmologists interested in cosmetic blepharoplasty. The indications, contraindications, techniques, complications, and treatment of complications will be discussed. Basic techniques will be outlined as well as problems the inexperienced blepharoplasty surgeon may encounter. Time will be allowed for general discussion.
Course 352 Wednesday-Period 3
Room 10-MI
Douglas E. Williamson, MD, Venice, FL Harold I. R. Sawelson, MD
Room 211-MP
Warren A. Wilson, MD, Los Angeles, CA
Ocular Manifestations in the Diagnosis of Unusual Inborn Errors of Metabolism The differential diagnosis showing the eye findings in several disorders of carbohydrate metabolism, including the mucopolysaccharidoses, will be presented. Heritable diseases of amino acid metabolism will also be discussed. Cytogenetic patterns will be given when known.
Course 356 Thursday-Period 1
Room 15-MI
External Disease Problems
The course will trace the history of outpatient cataractimplant surgery. Dr. Williamson will describe his clinic setting and the surgical techniques he uses. Dr. Sawelson will describe an ambulatory surgery center and a hospital setting he uses as well as his surgical techniques. A question-andanswer period will follow.
The course covers: (I) diagnosis and management of corneal ulcers; (2) differential diagnosis and management of the chronically irritated eye; (3) bandage soft contact lenses, and (4) corneal surgery. This is a practical course, designed for the practicing ophthalmologist in handling everyday external disease problems.
Course 357 Tuesday-Period 5 Room 1-MI
Louis A. Wilson, MD, Atlanta, GA
Basic Ocular Mycology and Fungal Diseases of the Eye Fungal organisms are often confusing to the ophthalmologist. In this course their characteristics and role in various ocular infections will be reviewed in depth. The clinical findings, appropriate laboratory procedures for definitive diagnosis, and current antifungal therapy for fungal diseases of the eye and orbit will be outlined.
Course 354 Tuesday-Period 4
Course 355 Tuesday-Period 4
Thomas O. Wood, MD, Memphis, TN
Outpatient Cataract-Implant Surgery
Course 353 Thursday-Period 6
uid nitrogen cryofixation of a tumor's blood supply. Hopefully this will reduce metastatic seeding of certain malignant intraocular tumors. While the theory and background animal studies will be mentioned, the major emphasis will be on describing the exact technique and instrumentation. Following a slide presentation and a short movie, a practical demonstration of the technique using model eyes will allow participants to become familiar with the proper application of the instrumentation.
Room 8-MI
R. Sloan Wilson, MD, Little Rock, AR F. T. Fraunfelder, MD
Room 8-MI
David M. Worthen, MD, San Diego, CA
Applied Anatomy of the Eye and Orbit The purpose of this course is to review specific anatomic facts that apply to the medical and surgical treatment of disease of the eye and orbit. Each anatomic point will be made at the gross, microscopic, or ultrastructure level as an aid in understanding a specific problem. Case histories from patients illustrating the application of that particular anatomic point will be presented. Material will be illustrated with slides and a discussion of the specific anatomic point and how it is a applicable for better understanding or treating a particular patient.
Course 358 Wednesday-Period 6
Room 8-MI
Keith M. Zinn, MD, New York, NY
"No Touch" Enucleation Technique
Peripheral Retinal Degenerations
This course will provide the ophthalmologist with the essentials of the so-called "no touch" enucleation procedure, which stresses a delicate surgical technique followed by liq-
A brief review of the ophthalmoscopic and the microscopic anatomy of the peripheral retina will be presented. A classification system for the peripheral retinal degenerations
238
OPHTHALMOLOGY. AUGUST 1980 • PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT
will be outlined, and some will be discussed in terms of their clinical appearances and histopathologies. The pathogenetic mechanisms and treatment of these disorders will also be discussed. Reticular and typical degenerative retinoschisis, lattice retinal degeneration, Wagner's hereditary vitreoretinal degeneration, and paving stone degeneration are a few of the disorders covered. The aim of the course is to present the latest information in the literature on the subject and the current thinking on clinical management and treatment.
Course 359 Friday-Period 3
Room 8-MI
Jay I. Lippman, MD, New Rochelle, NY Daniel Sigband, MD
Fitting of Oxygen-Permeable Contact Lenses The course updates the practitioner in the use of oxygenpermeable contact lenses. Silicone, cellulose acetate butyrate, and combinations of materials are considered. Physical properties and chemistry of the materials are explained. Lens parameters and methods of fitting are discussed. The chemistry of the solutions used and problems encountered are reviewed.
Course 360 Thursday-Period 3 Benjamin F. Boyd, MD, Panama
"When Intraocular Lenses and when Prolonged-Wear Contact Lenses" What are the intraocular lenses of choice and techniques recommended? Considering the fact that extended wear con-
tact lenses are a reality with the third generation of contact lenses, what patients are more suitable for intraocular lenses and which ones for extended wear lenses? What are the extended wear lenses of choice?
Course 361-A,B A: Thursday-Periods 1,2, and 3 B: Thursday-Periods 4, 5, and 6
Room 16-MI
Milton Boniuk, MD, Houston, TX Session A Moderator: Milton Boniuk, MD Panelists: David H. Abramson, MD, J. Brooks Crawford, MD, Andrew P. Ferry, MD, Ramon Font, MD, Lorenz E. Zimmerman, MD Session B Moderators: Don H. Nicholson, MD, William R. Green, MD Panelists: John C. Cavender, MD, John G. Clarkson, MD, Robert Machemer, MD, Myron Yanoff, MD
Ocular and Adnexal Tumors: Current Topics in Vitreo Retinal Pathology Session A: This is a clinically oriented course in which the moderator will have a panel composed of experts in the field of ocular oncology. Emphasis will be directed by the moderator toward diagnostic and therapeutic problems and subjects of a controversial nature.
Embryology and Developmental Anomalies Session B: This session will examine clinical pathologic appearance of selected vitreoretinal disease processes, their natural course, and response to medical or surgical management, as well as experimental models that help us understand their pathogenesis.